Return to the menu
Return to the menu
Print
Print
MULTIPSK auxiliary functions
MULTIPSK auxiliary functions
Auxiliary functions which can be run only with the registered version.
. ,      .
Spectrum + statistics on E2
Spectrum + statistics on E2
Spectrum + statistics on E1
Spectrum + statistics on E1
Maximum E                  =
Maximum E                  =
% of the scale
% of the scale
Minimum E                   =
Minimum E                   =
Root mean square E    =
Root mean square E    =
Average E                    =
Average E                    =
Fondamental F             =
Fondamental F             =
Not enough points!
Not enough points!
Triggering failure
Triggering failure
Are you sure to wish to abandon the graph plotter?
 ,     ?
Completed
Completed
File loaded
File loaded
In progress
In progress
Dual trace oscilloscope 0-20 KHz + sound recorder + graph plotter (limited to licensed copies)
  0-20 KHz +  +  (  )
Triggering
Triggering
On rise
On rise
On decay
On decay
On 0 passage
On 0 passage
On 0 then rise
On 0 then rise
On 0 then decay
On 0 then decay
X/Y Inputs (E1: left, E2: right, t: time)
X/Y Inputs (E1: left, E2: right, t: time)
Start
Start
Scanning
Scanning
Curve spectrum
Curve spectrum
Oversampling for t<=200s/div
Oversampling for t<=200s/div
Disabled
Disabled
Spectral window
Spectral window
Rectangular
Rectangular
Hamming
Hamming
Spectrum freq.
Spectrum freq.
Rectified signal
Rectified signal
Filtering
Filtering
Use the filtering with the rectified signal, to see the base band signal.
    ,     .
"Lissajous" function
"Lissajous" function
Graph plotter by recording on a .WAV sound file, then graph plotting from this WAV sound file
Grafik Postroitel po zapisi v zvuk .WAV file, i postroenie grafika iz etogo fajla
Permits to load the name of the .WAV file to record
    .WAV  
Seconds
Seconds
Recording duration
Dlina zapisi
Automatic recording
Automatic recording
Permits to automatically record the .WAV sound file
     .WAV
Periodic recording
Periodic recording
Periodic recording until a signal be detected. The squelch determines the amplitude minimum of the signal so as to be detected.
    .        .
Stop of the periodic recording at the end of the recording in progress (this last one will not be stored). Just click one time on "Stop" to stop.
      (   ).    "Stop",  .
1 to 60 seconds
1 to 60 seconds
Plotting the recorded sound file
Postroenie po zapisi zvuk faila
Playing and graph plotting from the recorded .WAV sound file
      .WAV-
Play the recorded .WAV sound file
    .WAV
Stop before the normal end of the playing
    
Plotting
Plotting
The graphs are plotted from the recorded data. The duration of each graph is the one specified for the oscilloscope window
    .        
Graph
Graph
Load the sound file
Load the sound file
Load the recorded .WAV file to, afterwards, plot it, graph by graph
   .WAV,    ,   
Level on sound inputs
Level on sound inputs
Line in right channel
Line in right channel
Microphone
Microphone
Dual trace spectrum analyzer 0-20 KHz (limited to licensed copies)
     0-20 KHz (  )
Print screen
Print screen
X/Y Inputs (E1: left, E2: right, F: freq.)
X/Y Inputs (E1: left, E2: right, F: freq.)
Continuous mode
Continuous mode
Gain: dB or ratio
Gain: dB or ratio
Ratio
Ratio
Spectrum band
Spectrum band
Spectrums average
Spectrums average
Number of averaged spectrums (1 to 12)
   ( 1  12)
Waterfall in grey levels
Waterfall in grey levels
Frequencies

Frequencemeter, for respectively the left input and the right input
,      
Level =
Level =
Frequency =
Frequency =
Distance=
Distance=
January
January
February
February
March
March
April
April
May
May
June
June
July
July
August
August
September
September
October
October
November
November
December
December
of
of
Incorrect APRS frame: the date/time string is incorrect
 APRS-:   / 
local
local
Incorrect Mic-E APRS frame: the destination adress is incorrect
  Mic-E APRS:   
M0: Off Duty
M0: Off Duty
M1: En Route
M1: En Route
M2: In Service
M2: In Service
M3: Returning
M3: Returning
M4: Committed
M4: Committed
M5: Special
M5: Special
M6: Priority
M6: Priority
: Custom-
: Custom-
Incorrect MIC-E Info APRS frame: the longitude string is incorrect
  MIC-E  APRS-:    
Incorrect MIC-E Info APRS frame: the speed/course string is incorrect
  APRS   MIC-E:  / 
Incorrect APRS frame: the compressed co-ordinates string is incorrect
  APRS:    
Incorrect APRS frame: the co-ordinates string is incorrect
  APRS:    
GPS Fix: current -
GPS Fix: current -
GPS Fix: old (last) -
GPS Fix: old (last) -
NMEA source:
NMEA source:
Compression origin:
Compression origin:
CHANNEL
CHANNEL
Speed=
Speed=
Gust=
Gust=
Temp=
Temp=
Rain_1=
Rain_1=
Rain_24=
Rain_24=
Rain_0=
Rain_0=
Snow=
Snow=
Raw rain counter:
Raw rain counter:
Software:
Software:
WX station:
WX station:
feet or
feet or
Altitude=
Altitude=
Tropical Storm
Tropical Storm
Hurricane
Hurricane
Tropical depression
Tropical depression
Pres=
Pres=
Radius hurricane winds=
Radius hurricane winds=
Radius tropical storm winds=
Radius tropical storm winds=
Radius whole gale=
Radius whole gale=
nautical miles or
nautical miles or
Radio range=
Radio range=
miles or
miles or
Ant. height=
Ant. height=
Power=
Power=
feet,
feet,
Directivity:
Directivity:
Comment:
Comment:
Frame:
Frame:
Beam heading=
Beam heading=
ER Power=
ER Power=
Precis=
Precis=
Unknown APRS data type identifier
 APRS   
APRS data type identifier no decoded by Multipsk
   APRS   Multipsk
You have received the following message from
   MSG 
"Live" object:
"Live" object:
"Killed" object:
"Killed" object:
"Live" item:
"Live" item:
"Killed" item:
"Killed" item:
Positionless Weather report
Positionless Weather report
Position by Locator
Position by Locator
No BMP, GIF or JPG file with the label
  BMP, GIF  JPG  
This file is not a picture file.
     .
picture file
picture file
The pieces of data are saved in the file APRS.SER
kuski dannyh sohranyayutsya v fajle APRS.SER
The world map cannot be re-defined.
     .
Gust
Gust
Rainfall during last hour
Rainfall during last hour
Rainfall during last 24 hours
Rainfall during last 24 hours
Rainfall since midnight
Rainfall since midnight
Snowfall during last 24 hours
Snowfall during last 24 hours
miles
miles
To display GPS positions, click, first, on the "Reception of GPS position frames" button
  GPS-    "Reception of GPS position frames"
Packet APRS frames decoding/coding
/  APRS
PAX APRS frames decoding/coding
PAX APRS  /
FAE APRS frames decoding/coding (several functions are limited to 10 mn for non-licencied versions)
/  FAE APRS ( 10     )
FAE APRS frames decoding/coding
/  FAE APRS
Clear the map, automatically, on reception of a valid new APRS frame.
        APRS.
Map definition
Map definition
World
World
File
File
Comment (30 characters)
Comment (30 characters)
Top left corner
Top left corner
Close without storage
Close without storage
Maps
Maps
Lock the data to prevent a non-desired modification
 ,     
Import the co-ordinates .TXT, .INF (from UI-VIEW) or .CLB (Sailwx maps) file corresponding to the .BMP, .JPG or .GIF file
    .TXT, .INF ( UI-VIEW)  .CLB (Sailwx maps),   .BMP, .JPG  .GIF
Export the co-ordinates in a .TXT (and a .INF) file corresponding to the .BMP, .JPG or .GIF file
    .TXT ( .INF),   .BMP, .JPG  .GIF
1st point: click left
1st point: click left
de
de
Prec.
Prec.
Precision of the co-ordinates (0.005'
  (0,005'
Wording of the icon
Wording of the icon
"Icon"
"Icon"
Comment sent by the sender
Comment sent by the sender
Units
Units
Mile
Mile
Gust (from 0 to 100 knots scale)
Gust ( 0  100 )
Rainfall (24h)
Rainfall (24h)
Snowfall (24h)
Snowfall (24h)
Luminosity (Watt/m2)
Luminosity (Watt/m2)
Other information
Other information
It can be the central pressure of a hurricane
     
The distance and the azimuth are displayed if your position is defined (button "Transmission") or if your Locator is in your personal data (button "Personal" in the RX/TX window)
   ,     ( "Transmission")    Locator      ( "Personal"   RX/TX)
feet (0 to 999999)
feet (0 to 999999)
m (0 to 304799)
m (0 to 304799)
degrees (0 to 359)
degrees (0 to 359)
knots (0 to 999)
knots (0 to 999)
Gust speed
Gust speed
mph (0 to 999)
mph (0 to 999)
km/h (0 to 999)
km/h (0 to 999)
Temperature
Temperature
F (-99 to 999)
F (-99 to 999)
C (-72 to 537)
C (-72 to 537)
1/100 inch (0 to 999)
1/100 inch (0 to 999)
mm (0 to 253)
mm (0 to 253)
inch (0 to 999)
inch (0 to 999)
cm (0 to 999)
cm (0 to 999)
Humidity
Humidity
% (1 to 100)
% (1 to 100)
Pressure
Pressure
1/10 mbar (hPa) (0 to 99999)
1/10 mbar (hPa) (0 to 99999)
Display of received stations
Display of received stations
Nothing
Nothing
Callsign with SSID
Callsign with SSID
Callsign without SSID
Callsign without SSID
Display (call, temperature, pressure or nothing) choice
  (, ,   )
Transmission of APRS frames (position with, possibly, the weather) + definition of your exact position (for calculation of distances from your station)
  APRS ( , , ) +     (     )
Building of the APRS frame you wish to transmit
Formirovanie kadra APRS dlya peredachi
The frame correspond to a fixed station (QRA) or to a GPS station.
Kadr sootvetstvuet fiksirovannoj stancii (QRA) ili stancii GPS.
Data with their button non-clicked will not be sent
Dannye pri ne nazhatoj knopke ne budut otpravleny
Your call must be written in the field "Sender" in the RX/TX window.
Vash Call dolzhen byt zapisan v pole "Sender" v okne RX/TX.
The APRS destination is "APZMU3" ("Options" to modify)
APRS naznachenie "APZMU3" (izmenite v "Options")
The APRS destination is "APZMU3" (experimental APRS adress)
APRS naznachenie:"APZMU3" (eksperimentalnyj adres APRS)
Click on the "Options" button to change the APRS destination
  "Options",     APRS
Your latitude/longitude
Your latitude/longitude
Frame type
Frame type
"Weather" (+ position)
"Weather" (+ position)
Pieces of information for "Position" frame ("Comment" also for GPS)
Kuski info dlya kadra "Position" ("Comment" takzhe dlya GPS)
Pieces of information for "Weather" frame (not for GPS)
Kuski info dlya kadra "Weather" (ne dlya GPS)
Data checking
Data checking
Data storage
Data storage
Close with storage
Close with storage
Only one transmission
Only one transmission
Beacon with interval, in minutes, of:
Mayak, s intervalom, v min :
Stop the beacon
Stop the beacon
Extent of the map in X (horizontal, according to the pointed latitude)
   X (,   )
Stations in chronological order
Stancii po hronologii
Stations in alphabetical order
Stancii po alfavitu
Display all
Display all
Select the UTC time hour (from 0 to 59 mn), at which messages have been received
    UTC ( 0  59 ),     MSG
Display the APRS received positions, also on GoogleEarth, if this one exists on the PC and if you click on "Display all" or "Display hour".
   APRS   Google Earth,     ,     "Display all"  "Display hour".
Display the APRS received positions, also on DXAtlas, if this one exists on the PC.
   APRS   DXAtlas,   []   .
Ring on reception of an APRS frame
    APRS
Air temperature
Air temperature
Reception of the GPS frames and display of the GPS positions
  GPS   GPS-
Number of visible satellites ("Sat"), time, latitude, longitude and altitude received
    ("Sat"), , ,   
Reception of GPS position frames
  GPS-
Time (UTC)
Time (UTC)
Display of the GPS positions on the map
 GPS-  
Altitude in feet
Altitude in feet
Dot
Dot
Display of a dot
Display of a dot
Small dot
Small dot
Display of a small dot for a precise displayed position
       
Display of a dot and of the altitude (if known)
    ( )
"GPS position + altitude"
"GPS position + altitude"
"GPS position"
"GPS position"
Display in small characters
Display in small characters
Reduced
Reduced
APRS options and "repeaters" options
APRS    "repeaters"
"Repeaters" options
"Repeaters" options
Internet access to pass all the decoded frames to an APRS-IS server and to see the frames received by the server (through a filter)
          APRS-IS    ,   ( )
To stop the positions display due to an avalanche of frames coming from the APRS-IS server, which could prevent working of some functions
    -     APRS-IS,       
Building and transmission of an APRS message
   MSG APRS
Building and transmission of an APRS message (if the "Number" field is filled, it will be asked an acknowledgment to the addressee)
Formirovanie i peredacha APRS MSG (pri zapolnenii polya "Number" budet zaprosheno podtverzhdenie adresatu)
Attention: to transmit APRS position or your local meteo data, don't click on "Message" but on the "Transmission" button.
Vnimanie: dlya TX pozicii APRS ili vashih local meteo data nazhmite knopku "Transmission" a ne "Message"
Don't close this box before the reception of the addressee acknowledgment. The number of retries is limited to 9.
Ne zakryvajte etu panel do polucheniya podtverzhdeniya adresatom. Ogranicheno 9 popytok.
Number of retries, limited to 9
 ,  9
Addressee
Addressee
Message text (max 67 characters)
Message text (max 67 simvolov)
Number
Number
Message transmission
Message transmission
Non standard icon ->
Non standard icon ->
The standard icons are "Weather Station", "House QTH (VHF)", "House (HF)" or "Car" (if GPS position). For specific cases, it can be selected an other icon (for example "Emergency").
  - "Weather Station", "House QTH (VHF)", "House (HF)"  "Car" ( GPS-).        (, "Emergency").
No personal co-ordinates (button "Transmission")
Net lichnyh koordinat (knopka "Transmission")
Transmission of an APRS frame in progress
  APRS 
End of the 10 minutes maximum in limited version for some auxiliary fonctions.
 10  (  )   . .
The APRS frame is being transmitted.
Kadr APRS peredayotsya.
GPS COM port open
GPS COM port open
GPS COM port closed
GPS COM port closed
-GPS RX in progress
-GPS RX in progress
-No GPS RX
-No GPS RX
The latitude/longitude file is available.
 / .
No export.
No export.
Failure: the two clicked points are not on a diagonal.
:      .
Failure: the latitudes of the two points are the same.
:    .
The longitude of the second point is incorrect (Example: 001-02.03E with a max. of 179-59.99)
    (: 001-02.03E   179-59.99)
The corners co-ordinates are calculated and the map up-to-dated.
     .
Personal Locator present
Personal Locator present
Automatic scanning in progress...
  ...
Transmission of APRS frames (position with, possibly, the weather)
Peredacha kadrov APRS (poziciya s, vozmozhno, pogodoj)
The transmission panel is open...
  ...
The APRS beacon is on duty...
The APRS beacon is on duty...
Transmission of APRS messages
Transmission of APRS messages
The pieces of data are saved in the file APRS_TX.SER
     APRS_TX.SER
The latitude is incorrect (Example: 45-05.06N with a max. of 89-59.99)
  (: 45-05.06N,  89-59.99)
The GPS reception is not enabled (button "GPS" and, then, "Reception of GPS positions frames"
 GPS   ( "GPS"   "Reception of GPS positions frames"    GPS 
No GPS latitude to send
No GPS latitude to send
No GPS longitude to send
No GPS longitude to send
The Altitude is incorrect (example: 000123 or 123)
  (: 000123  123)
The Altitude is incorrect (max: 304799 m)
  (: 304799 )
The wind direction is incorrect (between 0 and 359)
   ( 0  359)
The wind direction is incorrect (max: 359 )
   (: 359 )
The wind speed is incorrect (Example: 123)
   (: 123)
The gust speed is incorrect (Example: 123)
   (: 123)
The temperature is incorrect (Example: 070)
  (: 070)
The temperature is incorrect (between -72 and 537 C)
  ( -72  537 C)
The rainfall is incorrect (Example: 010)
   (: 010)
The rainfall is incorrect (between 0 and 253 mm)
  ( 0  253 )
The humidity is incorrect (Example: 060)
  (: 060)
The humidity is incorrect (between 1 and 100 %)
  ( 1  100 %)
The pressure is incorrect (Example: 10000)
  (: 10000)
The snowfall is incorrect (Example: 010)
  (: 010)
The TX data is correct.
The TX data is correct.
APRS FAE transmission is not authorized (click first on "APRS transmission")
 APRS FAE   (  "APRS transmission")
There are too many meteo parameters to send, PSE unchech one or two
     , PSE,    
Beacon Off
Beacon Off
The APRS beacon is off duty.
The APRS beacon is off duty.
The APRS beacon is on duty with an interval of
APRS-mayak dezhurit s intervalom
minutes.
minutes.
Beacon On
Beacon On
Attention: text has been typed in the editor window. This text will be ignored.
:     .    .
Your are still transmitting...
   ...
Close, first, the maps panel.
Close, first, the maps panel.
Close, first, the new map window.
,    .
feet
feet
No serial port for GPS selected (in the configuration screen)
Net COM porta dlya GPS (v okne nastrojki)
Success opening the serial port linked to the GPS
  COM ,   GPS
Failure opening the serial port linked to the GPS
   COM ,   GPS
The name of the file is too long (>20 characters)
    (>20 )
The addressee misses...
The addressee misses...
The message is being transmitted.
TX peredacha otpravlenie
Transmission number:
Transmission number:
Transmission of the message in progress
 MSG 
Message rejected by the addressee
MSG  
Failure (no acknowledgment received)
 (  )
The acknowledgment is being transmitted.
 .
User:
User:
record
record
of QSO
of QSO
Number of the last displayed QSO:
Nomer poslednego otobrazhyonnogo QSO:
ADI files|*.ADI
ADI files|*.ADI
File export in progress...
File export in progress...
File export finished!
File export finished!
finished!
finished!
in progress...
in progress...
Log TCP/IP client
Log TCP/IP client
Log client
Log client
SECOND LOG BOOK (file LOG_N2.LO)
  ( LOG_N2.LO)
QSO by QSO
QSO by QSO
Month /  Day   / Year
Month /  Day   / Year
Select present QSO records which date is superior or equal than the chosen one
  QSO,       
Select present QSO records which date is equal than the chosen one
  QSO,    
Select present QSO records which date is inferior or equal than the chosen one
   QSO,       
Exported!
Exported!
Export in text format
Export in text format
Export present QSO records (and in the same order), on the text file
   QSO (    )   
Export file name
Export file name
Export in ADIF format
Export in ADIF format
Export present QSO records (and in the same order), on the ADIF file
   QSO (    )   ADIF
Export to DXKeeper (V. 4.2.2 or more)
Eksport v DXKeeper (V. 4.2.2 ili novee)
Export present QSO records (and in the same order) to the DXKeeper computerized logbook
   QSO (    )    DXKeeper
Export to
Export to
Export present QSO records (and in the same order) to the
   QSO (    ) 
computerized logbook
computerized logbook
"R" and "S" fields (for QSL) initially requested
 "R"  "S" ( QSL)  
If the "Request" button (for "QSL requested") is pushed, the fields "R" and "S" will be automatically filled with "R" for "Requested".
   "Request" ( "QSL requested"),  "R"  "S"     "R" ("Requested").
Delete all
Delete all
Delete all the present QSO records
   QSO
Delete QSO
Delete QSO
Delete the QSO located under the cursor
 QSO,   
Print label
Print label
Print the label relative to the QSO located under the cursor. This function is also called by clicking on the QSO.
   QSO,   .       QSO.
Call filter
Call filter
Call filter, with the call written on the filter editor
       
Mode filter
Mode filter
From all data
From all data
If the button is "On", each filter takes into account all data. Reversely (button "Off), filters can be cascaded.
  "On",     .  "Off"   .
Alphabetical order
Alphabetical order
Sort the QSO's by alphabetical order of the "Call" field
 QSO     "Call"
Reverse alpha order
Reverse alpha order
Sort the QSO's by reverse alphabetical order of the "Call" field
 QSO      "Call"
Display all the QSO records of the log book (in the chronological order)
   QSO   (  )
Log start
Log start
Display the first present QSO records
    QSO
Log end
Log end
Display the last present QSO records
   QSO
Archiving
Archiving
Log file archiving in an "
Log file archiving in an "
date time .AR" file
date time .AR" file
QSO modification
QSO modification
Modify the QSO located under the cursor
 QSO,   
Next or preceding QSO
Next or preceding QSO
Next or preceding page of QSO
Next or preceding page of QSO
File compression (removal of all deleted QSO)
  (   QSO)
ADIF file import
ADIF file import
Import of QSO stored in a standard ADIF file
 QSO,     ADIF
Search of a call among the last QSO's  (button "Search" in RX/TX screen)
    QSO ( "Search"   RX/TX)
Options about the search among the last 200 (3000 or all in licencied version) QSOs through an automatic or a manual (button "Search" in RX/TX screen) procedure
    200 (3000     ) QSO     ( "Search"   RX/TX) 
Automatic search
Automatic search
In automatic search, each modification of the call in the field "Call" (RX/TX screen) generates a search of information
        "Call" "" ( RX/TX)   
Automatic QSO fields deletion on loading of a new callsign
   QSO    
If this button is pushed, the QSO fields ("Name", "Locator", "QTH" and "Notes") are cleared and "Ur RST" and "My RST" are initialized to "599", on loading of a new callsign in the "Call" field from the reception window
   ,  QSO ("Name", "Locator", "QTH"  "Notes") ,  "Ur RST"  "My RST"   "599"       "Call"   
Search in all QSO
Search in all QSO
For licencied versions only (on powerful PC): the search is done in all QSOs stored instead of the last 3000 QSO
(  ) (  ):      QSO,      3000 QSO
|With the "|   " button, one can read the beginning of the QSO and with the "   |" button, the end
  "|  "    QSO,    "   |" - 
Second log book
Second log book
To be used independantly from the main log book (for example, for a contest), only for the licensed copies
     (,  ), (  )
Print the present QSO records, only for the licensed copies
     QSO, (  )
Options relative to the QSO fields on the RX/TX screen
Nastrojki otnositelno polej QSO na ekrane RX/TX
"Wkg" field instead of "Locator", for SWL
"Wkg"  "Locator",  SWL
The field "Wkg" is used for SWLs, to note the call of the second correspondent stations ("Working station")
 "Wkg"  SWL      ("Working station")
Automatic location of a logged call
    
To, automatically, determine the country and to locate the logged call on the map (limited to 10 mn for non licensied copies)
          ( 10     )
Automatic location of a logged Locator
    
To, automatically, determine the position and to locate the logged Locator, on the world map (limited to 10 mn for non licensied copies)
           ( 10     )
Big "QSO->Log" button
Big "QSO->Log" button
To double the size of the "QSO->Log" (QSO to Log) button. Useful for contests
   "QSO->Log" (QSO to Log).   
Big "DXKeeper" button
Big "DXKeeper" button
To double the size of the "DXKeeper" (QSO to DXkeeper) button. Useful for contests
   "DXKeeper" (QSO to DXkeeper).   
QSOs: automatic recording and export to DXKeeper or WXlogbook
QSO:      DXKeeper  WXlogbook
The recording of the QSO on the Multipsk logbook with, in parallel, the export will allow the user to benefit from the Multipsk search possibilities, particularly during contests to avoid "dupes".
 QSO   Multipsk         Multipsk,    ,   "dupes" "".
Name and QTH as "Name" and no "NAME" nor "name"
Name  QTH  "Name" (  )
Example: "Paris" or "paris" or "parIS" will be formatted in "Paris"
: "PaRiS"    "Paris" (  )
Initial QSO:
Initial QSO:
Initial number of the next QSO used for contest (+/-100), maximum: 25499
   QSO   (+/-100), : 25499
Initial number of the next QSO used for contest (+/-1), maximum: 25499
   QSO   (+/-1), : 25499
Options relative to the reception and transmission of spots on a cluster through SpotCollector (DXLab suite)
Nastrojki priyoma i peredachi spotov v klastere cherez SpotCollector (DXLab suite)
Automatically clear the "QSO" fields after a spot transmission
   "QSO"  spot-
eQSL options
eQSL options
Type your eQSL password (without spaces). It will not appear the next time (only "Password" will appear)
    eQSL ( ).       (  "Password")
Type your eQSL user name (normally your callsign)
    eQSL (  )
Password OK
Password OK
Click on this button after having typed your password
     
Automatic transmission of the QSO
Avto peredacha QSO
Automatic transmission of the QSO, after having clicked on one of the yellow buttons "QSO-->Log" or "DXKeeper"
  QSO       "QSO-->Log"  "DXKeeper"
Transmission of the QSO on demand
Peredacha QSO po zaprosu
Transmission of the QSO on a user demand, after having clicked on one of the yellow buttons "QSO-->Log" or "DXKeeper"
 QSO          "QSO-->Log"  "DXKeeper"
QSL comment
QSL comment
Various options
Various options
Re-validate deleted QSOs
Re-validate deleted QSOs
Works only for QSOs stored with Multipsk 4.3 or more, since the last compression
   QSO,   Multipsk 4.3  ,   
Start time=End time for DXKeeper
  =    DXKeeper
If pushed, the Start time will be the End time for the QSO exported to DXKeeper, instead of being the moment at which the user writes the callsign in the QSO field
  ,       QSO,   DXKeeper,  ,       QSO
Delete all the present QSO?
Delete all the present QSO?
Re-validate all deleted QSO?
Re-validate all deleted QSO?
Problem to write file
Problem to write file
Delete the QSO?
Delete the QSO?
File archiving in progress...
File archiving in progress...
File archiving finished!
File archiving finished!
Compression and so removal of all "deleted" QSO?
 , ,   "" "deleted" QSO?
Compression in progress...
Compression in progress...
Finished! Whole log compressed
!   
Sorting...!
Sorting...!
ADIF import  in progress...
ADIF import  in progress...
ADIF file impport finished!
ADIF file impport finished!
MAIN LOG BOOK (file LOG_PSK.LO)
  ( LOG_PSK.LO)
Finished!
Finished!
Last QSO
Last QSO
Success of the look-up
Success of the look-up
Sorry, no more room.
Sorry, no more room.
PSKReporter: no frequency specified in the QSO panel!
PSKReporter:   QSO   !
PSKReporter: the frequency is not correct in the QSO panel!
PSKReporter:     QSO!
Limited to 11 callsigns in limited version
 11  (  )
World map: manual or automatic positioning of a country after reception of a call
 :        
Re-initialization
Re-initialization
All the positionings on the map are cleared and the calls list is cleared
        
List of the received calls (only the 60 last calls are displayed)
   (  60  )
Report
Report
Edition of a report giving, for each country, the number of received calls
 ,         
Alarm
Alarm
Sound alarm on ham activity (on reception of a call)
 C    HAM (  )
Stop of the alarm on ham activity
  C    HAM 
Position:
Position:
To modify the vertical position of the panel:
   
Display the received Locator positions on GoogleEarth, if this one exists on the PC
     Google Earth,      
Large
Large
Save
Save
This list can be saved in a file which type is "CALLS date time.TXT" in the sub-directory WORLD created automatically by MULTIPSK
        "CALLS date time.TXT"   WORLD,   MULTIPSK
Automatic addition of the callsign in the "WORLD_CALLS.TXT" file (sub-directory "WORLD")
     "WORLD_CALLS.TXT" ( "WORLD")
Stop updating
Stop updating
Permits saving the map in a "WORLD date time.BMP" file under the sub-directory WORLD created automatically by MULTIPSK)
     "WORLD date time.BMP"   WORLD,   (MULTIPSK)
To print the map
To print the map
World map: positioning of a ship after reception of a position GMDSS DSC frame
 :      GMDSS DSC
World map: positioning of an aircraft after reception of an ACARS position
 :       ACARS
World map: positioning of a DGPS station
 :   DGPS
World map: positioning of a Ham station after reception of a JT65 Locator
 :   HAM     JT65 Locator
World map: positioning of a Ham station after reception of a LENTUS Locator or position
 :   HAM    LENTUS Locator  
Reception report
Reception report
Received calls
Received calls
TX AND RX DIGITAL MODES SELECTION
   TX  RX
Yes with sound
Yes with sound
Yes without sound
Yes without sound
Yes without sound, for big PC (by timer)
  ,   ( )
No (sound-card)
No (sound-card)
Yes (not advised for W. XP)
Yes (not advised for W. XP)
Attention! Takes 65 % of the calculation power...so for small PC.
!  65 %  ...     .
No (keying by the sound-card)
No (keying by the sound-card)
Yes, for big PC or W. XP/2000 (by timer)
,    Win XP/2000 ( )
Advised for PC >=450 MHz
Advised for PC >=450 MHz
On // port LPT1
On // port LPT1
Keying through SELECT IN/INIT/AUTOFEED/STROBE pins of the parallel port LPT (1 or 2). The INIT pin has its command in voltage inverted: when the SELECT IN/AUTOFEED/STROBE pins are at high potential, the INIT pin is at low potential, and reversely
Keying     SELECT IN/INIT/AUTOFEED/STROBE   LPT (1  2).   INIT    :   SELECT IN/AUTOFEED/STROBE   ,  INIT -  ,  
Keying done through the serial port DTR or RQS pin (for P166 or +)
   COM   DTR  RQS ( P166+)
CCW-OOK + CCW-FSK
CCW-OOK + CCW-FSK
No
No
"CCW " prefix
"CCW " prefix
Transmission mode (TX)
Transmission mode (TX)
Reception mode (RX)
Reception mode (RX)
TX mode = RX mode
TX mode = RX mode
CCW (coherent CW) + CCW-FSK
CCW (coherent CW) + CCW-FSK
75 bauds RTTY
75 bauds RTTY
CCW (coherent CW) + CCW-FSK (RX/TX)
CCW (coherent CW) + CCW-FSK (RX/TX)
RTTY 45 bauds (RX/TX)
RTTY 45 bauds (RX/TX)
RTTY 50 bauds + SYNOP (RX/TX)
RTTY 50 bauds + SYNOP (RX/TX)
RTTY 75 bauds (RX/TX)
RTTY 75 bauds (RX/TX)
RTTY 100 bauds (RX)
RTTY 100 bauds (RX)
RTTY 110 bauds (RX)
RTTY 110 bauds (RX)
RTTY 150 bauds (RX)
RTTY 150 bauds (RX)
RTTY 200 bauds (RX)
RTTY 200 bauds (RX)
HF fax (RX/TX)
HF fax (RX/TX)
HF fax
HF fax
PSK220F + digital SSTV "Run" (RX/TX)
PSK220F + digital SSTV "Run" (RX/TX)
PSK220F + digital SSTV "Run"
PSK220F + digital SSTV "Run"
PSK63F + digital SSTV "Run" (RX/TX)
PSK63F + digital SSTV "Run" (RX/TX)
PSK63F + digital SSTV "Run"
PSK63F + digital SSTV "Run"
Keying CCW speed
Keying CCW speed
Keying CW speed
Keying CW speed
Translation CW speed
Translation CW speed
CW (Morse) parameters (+ QRSS for keying options)
 CW () (+ QRSS  )
Shift for 50, 75 and >=100 bauds RTTY transmissions
  RTTY   50, 75  >=100 
EPIRB+ELT+PLB beacons
EPIRB+ELT+PLB beacons
FILTERS (DSP AF processing for full-duplex sound-card)
 (DSP AF     )
Signal analyser (baudmeter for full-duplex sound-card)
  (    )
CW binaural receiver
CW binaural receiver
Help / Modes description
Help / Modes description
Frequencies used
Frequencies used
CW transmission by Farnworth method: spaces are multiplied by 3, so the CW speed is divided about by 2
    :    3,       2 
Modes selection
Modes selection
It is proposed an option (for professional user) to select the only modes really used. The panels of modes (amateur and professional) will propose a choice among the selected modes.
  (  )    .    (  )      .
All modes
All modes
All modes are selected and, consequently, checked
   , , 
None mode (except BPSK31)
None mode (except BPSK31)
None mode is selected (except BPSK31) and, consequently, none mode is checked
     ( BPSK31) , ,     
Exit and storage of the selected modes
      
Exit without storage of the selected modes
    
No mode selection by the menu
No mode selection by the menu
If this option is checked, it is not possible to select a mode by the menu located on top of this window
   ,      ,    
words/mn
words/mn
Additional HF Fax commands (only for registered version)
  HF Fax (  )
Red (%)
Red (%)
Blue (%)
Blue (%)
Green (%)
Green (%)
Selection of the false colors for colorization of the satellite pictures
      
Color inversion: BGR --> RGB
Color inversion: BGR --> RGB
Phase:
Phase:
Reset to 0
Reset to 0
Correction of phase and amplitude intended to compensate the imperfection of the quadrature putting of Q compared to I, for RX
I/Q  RX:         Q   I
Problem: the SdR receiver or the sound card can introduce a bias on the amplitude and on the phase of I et Q. These bias must be corrected otherwise
: SdR           I  Q.    , 
1.1) Check that the balance (on the mixer) of the "Mic" or "Line in" input receiving the signal, is located at the center of the span.
1.1) ,   ("Mic"  "Line in") ,  ,    .
2. Calibration of the sound card
2.   
2.1) Supply the "Mic" or "Line in" input with a + 3 KHz USB signal (Multidem from an other PC can supply this reference, by pushing "TX +3000 Hz").
2.1)    "Mic"  "Line in"  +3 KHz USB (Multidem       ,   "TX +3000 Hz").
2.2) A signal at - 3 KHz might not appear. If it appears, it must be framed between the two cursors, this to measure the local level in %.
2.2)   -3 KHz   .  ,    2 ,      %.
2.3) By slightly using the "Amplitude" and "Phase" cursors, the signal at -3000 Hz must be reduced down to measure Ratio=0.0 or 0.1 %.
2.3)    "Amplitude"  "Phase",   -3000 Hz     Ratio=0,0  0,1 %.
3. Taking into account of the SdR receiver
3.   SdR
3.1) Supply the "Mic" or "Line in" input with a powerful USB radio signal (by using, for example, a transceiver in "Tune" on a resistive load).
3.1)   "Mic"  "Line in"   USB- (:    "Tune"   ).
3.2) Tune the SdR receiver to receive the signal in the superior part of the spectrum (at about 3000 Hz, for example).
3.2)   SDR        (  3000 Hz, ).
3.3) The LSB signal (at - 3 KHz in the example)  might not appear. If it appears, it must be framed between the two cursors, this to measure the local level in %.
3.3)   -3 KHz   .  ,     2 ,      %.
3.4) By slightly using the "Amplitude" and "Phase" cursors, the signal at -3000 Hz must be reduced down to measure Ratio=0.0 or 0.1 %.
3.4)    "Amplitude"  "Phase",     -3000 Hz   Ratio=0,0  0,1 %.
Amplitude:
Amplitude:
Correction OK
Correction OK
Correction of phase and amplitude intended to compensate the imperfection of the quadrature putting of Q compared to I, for TX
I/Q  TX:         Q   I
Problem: the SdR transmitter or the sound card can introduce a bias on the amplitude and on the phase of I et Q. These bias must be corrected otherwise
:  SDR          I  Q.     
a fraction of the USB (F>0) spectrum will be on the LSB part (F<0) and reversely. Normally, I et Q have the same amplitude but a phase of 90  between them.
  USB (F>0)    LSB (F<0)  .  I  Q   ,       90.
1. Preliminaries
1. 
1.1) Check that the balance (on the mixer) of the "Speaker out" or "Line out" output transmtting the I/Q signals, is located at the center of the span.
1.1) ,   ("Speaker out"  "Line out")   I/Q     .
2. Calibration of the sound card and the transmitter
2.     
During this test, Multipsk must transmit a 2000 Hz AF signal (in BPSK31 for example). None LSB signal must be received in your transceiver.
: Multipsk   AF 2000 Hz (,  BPSK31).        LSB.
2.1) The LSB signal at 2000 Hz might not appear. If it appears, it must be isolated with the AF filter of your transceiver, in LSB reception.
2.1)  LSB 2000 Hz   .  ,       AF     LSB.
2.2) By slightly using the "Amplitude" and "Phase" cursors, this LSB signal must be reduced down to not hear it.
2.2)    "Amplitude"  "Phase",  LSB   ,     .
Contacted OM
Contacted OM
Sequence:
Sequence:
Edit
Edit
Save and close
Save and close
Cancel
Cancel
Sequence name and color of the name
    
Edit sequence name
Edit sequence name
Save name and color
Save name and color
Text control according to the selected mode
    
No text control (PACKET)
No text control (PACKET)
'*' = '*' + short bell
'*' = '*' + short bell
Preceding mode (ex: ...PSK31... "...<CW> CQ <PRECED>" means "return to PSK31 after CW"
  (: ...PSK31... "...<CW> CQ <PRECED>"  "  PSK31  CW"
Black
Black
Blue
Blue
White
White
Purple
Purple
"AF frequency" macro to complete: "wxyz" is an integer representing the new AF frequency in Hz (for example: "300" ("HZ300") or "2000" ("HZ2000")).
 "AF frequency": "wxyz" -  ,    AF  Hz (: "300" ("HZ300")  "2000" ("HZ2000")).
It is automatically repeat the same sequence until the user decides to switch on reception. It is a useful function for tests. This macro must be located at the end of the sequence.
     ,     .     .       .
Permits to execute a Windows command. For example, provides an easy way to look up call on qrz.com: <EXEC:rundll32.exe url.dll,FileProtocolHandler http://www.qrz.com/db/<CALL>>. Macros which can be replaced by a text (as <CALL>) can be integered.
   Windows. ,       qrz.com: <EXEC:rundll32.exe url.dll,FileProtocolHandler http://www.qrz.com/db/<CALL>>. ,     ( <CALL>),   .
Permits to send a serial command through the selected COM port. For example for 9600 bauds, 8 bits, without parity, 1.5 stop bit: <COM: [9600 8 N 1.5] INIT <13>>. <13> is worth for character of order 13 ("CR"). "INIT <13>" is the command to send.
      COM-. ,  9600 , 8 ,  , 1,5  : <COM: [9600 8 N 1.5] INIT <13>>. <13> -    13 ("CR"). "INIT <13>" -   .
Permits to send a Tune (non modulated carrier) with the command: <TUNE: Power (in % from 0 to 100) Frequency (in Hz from 0 to 5000) Duration (in 1/10 sec from 1 to 999)>. For example <TUNE: 50 4000 10> (50% of power at 4000 Hz for 1 sec)
   ( ) : <TUNE: Power ( %  0  100) Frequency ( Hz  0  5000) Duration ( 1/10   1  999)>.  <TUNE: 50 4000 10> (50%    4000 Hz   1 )
<RPRT@> asks to the other Ham or to the SWL monitoring your QSO to send you a reception report by e-mail. Your address must be specified in the "WEB ADDRESS" of your personal data ("Personal" button).
<RPRT@>   HAM  SWL,    QSO,        .       "WEB ADDRESS"    ( "Personal").
This macro sends the current HF frequency in MHz displayed in the "Freq MHz" QSO field ("7.039 MHz", for example).
     HF  MHz,    QSO "Freq MHz" ("7,039 MHz", ).
Characters font size
Characters font size
Personal:
Personal:
Personal data, Help on right click
 ,    
<NAME>  is the name of the other Ham as displayed in the QSO field "Name"
<NAME>     HAM,     QSO "Name"
<MY RST>  is my RST as transmitted by the other Ham and displayed in the QSO field "My RST"
<MY RST>    RST,   HAM     QSO "My RST"
<UR RST> is the RST of the other Ham  displayed in the QSO field "Ur RST"
<UR RST>  RST  HAM,    QSO "Ur RST"
Gives UTC date and time (for example : " 02/03/02 11:42:09 UTC")
     UTC (: "02/03/02 11:42:09 UTC")
Gives an UTC time (for example : "11:42:09z")
   UTC (: "11:42:09z")
Inserts a space
Inserts a space
Is equivalent to the macro <RX> with a clearing of all windows
  <RX>    
Clears the RX window
Clears the RX window
Clears the TX window, if it is separated from the RX window
  TX,      RX
Digital mode video identifier which can be seen on the waterfall of the other Ham
  ,     ""  HAM
Digital mode Reed-Solomon identifier which can be automatically decoded by Multipsk in a 500 Hz bandwidth around the central received frequency
    - ,      Multipsk    500 Hz    
HZwxyz allows the modification of the TX AF frequency. After application of this macro, the new RX frequency is equal to the new TX frequency (XIT=0). "wxyz" is an integer representing the new AF frequency in Hz (for example: "2000" ("HZ2000").
HZwxyz    TX AF.       RX    TX (XIT=0). "wxyz" -  ,    AF  Hz (: "2000" ("HZ2000").
Allows an automatic record of the QSO on the Multipsk logbook (useful for contests)
   QSO   Multipsk (  )
Allows an automatic record of the QSO on an exterior logbook (DXKeeper for example) through a DDE link (useful for contests)
   QSO    (, DXKeeper)  DDE- (  )
Displays all the information (date, time, frequency and mode) about the last QSO done with the Ham which call sign is displayed in the QSO "Call" field)
   (, ,   )   QSO,   HAM,      "Call" QSO
Permits to send automatically a file (for example, to send "wx.txt", write <FILE:wx.txt>)
    (,   "wx.txt",  <FILE:wx.txt>)
Sequence text editor (5000 characters maximum)
   ( 5000 )
File:
File:
Sequence
Sequence
Return
Return
No initial picture file (Mini_Map.BMP)!
    (Mini_Map.BMP)!
color
color
Grey
Grey
Format:
Format:
Sending of a color picture (5 maximum). Maximum size:320x256
   (5 ).  : 320x256
Grey scale
Grey scale
Sending of a grey scale picture (5 maximum). Maximum size:320x256
   (5 ).  : 320x256
B and W
B and W
Sending of a black and white picture (5 maximum). Maximum size:320x256
 -  (5 ).  : 320x256
Re-initialisation of the picture reception
   
Historic RX
Historic RX
Return to historic RX
Return to historic RX
Click on a mini-picture to expand it.
  -,   .
Selective clear
Selective clear
Clear not used or not valid columns and lines
        
Number of missing or erroneous lines / most likely picture width
     /    
Record the received picture automatically in the "SSTV_RX" sub-directory
      "SSTV_RX"
Record the received picture, according to the user choice
     
RX/TX of "Run" digital SSTV pictures
/   SSTV "Run"
Auto. recording
Auto. recording
Automatic RX window record (standalone working), in licencied version only.
    ( ), (  ).
Complement
Complement
Complement the picture where possible lines are missing
  ,   
Auto. complement
Auto. complement
Complement the picture before a manual or an automatic recording (standalone working), in licencied version only.
       (  ), (  ).
Complement and record
Complement and record
Picture
Picture
DIGISSTV text font
DIGISSTV text font
DIGISSTV TEXT
DIGISSTV TEXT
Clear the text
Clear the text
After writing, click on the picture to paste the text
    ,   
Load a picture file
Load a picture file
Record the picture in the "SSTV_TX" sub-directory
    "SSTV_TX"
Elaboration of personal pictures (from 8x6 to 320x256)
   ( 8x6  320x256)
Color simulation
Color simulation
Simulation of color picture transmission
   
Grey scale simulation
Grey scale simulation
Simulation of grey scale picture transmission
   
B and W simulation
B and W simulation
Simulation of Black and White picture transmission
  - 
Original
Original
Back to the original picture
Back to the original picture
Width=
Width=
Height=
Height=
Picture width adjustment (from 8 to 320)
   ( 8  320)
Picture height adjustment (from 6 to 256)
   ( 6  256)
No automatic picture record in non-licencied version
    (  )
No automatic complement in non-licencied version
  , (  )
Nothing to complete
Nothing to complete
Picture complemented!
Picture complemented!
Ready for picture reception
Ready for picture reception
Recording done!
Recording done!
The picture is too small in width (
    
5 pictures stored to send as a maximum.
5     .
Wait to the end of the sequence being sent.
    .
No print during transmission!
No print during transmission!
Immediate stop of the picture transmission
   
The picture is too wide (
The picture is too wide (
The picture is too tall (
The picture is too tall (
maximum).
maximum).
minimum).
minimum).
The picture is too small in height (
    
BMP files|*.BMP
BMP files|*.BMP
Transformation in progress...
Transformation in progress...
Transformation completed!
Transformation completed!
Return to the original in progess...
    ...
Return to the original completed!
   !
My personal data
My personal data
Type your call sign, possibly with a prefix and/or a suffix ("FW9XYZ" or "FW9XYZ/P" or "AZ2/FW9XYZ" or "AZ2/FW9XYZ/P")
  ,    /  ("FW9XYZ"  "FW9XYZ/P"  "AZ2/FW9XYZ"  "AZ2/FW9XYZ/P")
Latitude/longitude checking
Latitude/longitude checking
Incorrect latitude
Incorrect latitude
Incorrect longitude
Incorrect longitude
Conversion to figures
Conversion to figures
After selecting, click right to convert to letters or figures, for RTTY or AMTOR modes
     ,         RTTY  AMTOR
Reading of the QSO in progress or a previous QSO
 QSO     QSO
Reading of a previous QSO
Reading of a previous QSO
Load a previous QSO file
Load a previous QSO file
Reading of the QSO in progress
Chtenie QSO v processe
In RTTY and AMTOR, the short bell is noted "*".
 RTTY  AMTOR    "*".
Text memorization (if the user has modified the text of the QSO)
Zapominaet tekst (esli user izmenenil tekst QSO)
As it is possible to modify the text of the QSO to add frequencies or notes...(for licencied copies), the user must record the modifications done.
    QSO,    ... (  ),     .
Back-up of the QSO in progress
Back-up QSO v processe
If necessary, it is possible to save the QSO in progress, at any moment. By default, it is stored only at the Multipsk closure.
     QSO   .       Multipsk.
Regular back-up
Regular back-up
For licencied users, it is possible to regularly and automatically save the QSO in progress, the interval in minutes being defined by the user. By default, the QSO is stored only at the Multipsk closure.
(  )       QSO,      .   QSO     Multipsk.
Select the QSO record interval in minutes
   QSO  
Display of new data in the top of the window
Otobrazi novoe vverhu okna
The data will be ordered so that each new data appears at the top of the QSO window and not at the bottom
   ,         QSO,    
Find forward
Find forward
Find text forward. The text search is not case sensitive (capital/small letters are confused)
  .      (/   )
Backward
Backward
Find text backward. The text search is not case sensitive (capital/small letters are confused)
  .       (/   )
Print of
Print of
No more room to write in the QSO file.
      QSO.
D=
D=
mil.)
mil.)
Az=
Az=
Lat:
Lat:
Long:
Long:
Vertical
Vertical
Shortened
Shortened
Magnetic
Magnetic
Broad band
Broad band
Bidirectional
Bidirectional
Long wire
Long wire
Calm
Calm
Gentle breeze
Gentle breeze
Fresh breeze
Fresh breeze
High wind
High wind
Storm
Storm
Sunny
Sunny
Cloudy
Cloudy
Rainy
Rainy
Stormy
Stormy
Foggy
Foggy
Snowy
Snowy
Frosty
Frosty
Icy
Icy
Lightning
Lightning
Hail
Hail
Very dry
Very dry
Dry
Dry
Wet
Wet
Very wet
Very wet
North
North
East
East
Power
Power
Directivity
Directivity
End of APRS frame transmission.
Konec peredachi kadra APRS.
...Sole KISS frame transmitted
   KISS
...RX frame repeated
...RX frame repeated
...First KISS frame transmitted
   KISS
...Next KISS frame transmitted
...  KISS 
None
None
detected
detected
Software adjustment
Software adjustment
User adjustment
 
No SNDVOL.EXE Windows mixer (for the Linux users)
 SNDVOL.EXE Windows  (  LINUX)
Computer default sound card
    
&Sound Card
 
Same sound card as for the input
   ,    
Line in left channel
Line in left channel
AGC (Auto)
AGC (Auto)
Translation file

To translate this soft in another language thanks to the file "Multipsk_English_to_another_language.TXT"
      ,   "Multipsk_English_to_another_language.TXT"
UTC correction in hours --->
UTC correction in hours --->
Additive correction to the UTC time (in hour), in particular cases. The standard is 0.
   UTC ( ),   .  - 0.
&Fonts

Definition of the RX/TX windows font characters and the background color
       /
&Help and licence

Information and help of the user
   
"RX/TX screen" for the main screen
"RX/TX screen"   
Serial &port
COM 
Selection of the serial port on which the DTR/RQS pins are activated (in case of no VOX available)
 COM ,     DTR/RQS (  VOX)
Options for serial ports
 COM 
Options for the serial ports detection
  COM 
Neither serial ports scanning nor automatic checking (to avoid initial micro RX/TX switches)
  COM ,    (     RX/TX)
Activation of the DTR pin, only, with RQS (RTS) always low
  DTR   RQS (RTS)  
Activation of the RQS (RTS) pin, only, with DTR always low
  RQS (RTS)   DTR  
Activation of the DTR pin only, with RQS (RTS) always high
  DTR   RQS (RTS)  
Activation of the RQS (RTS) pin only, with DTR always high
  RQS (RTS)   DTR  
Serial &port for GPS
COM  GPS
Selection of the serial port on which either the GPS is connected (for APRS)
 COM ,    GPS ( APRS)
Serial port for KISS
COM  KISS
Selection of the serial port on which the KISS client program is connected (for Packet)
 COM ,      KISS ( Packet)
&Mixer

Software adjustment of the mixer (Sound Input, Input level and Speaker out) or user adjustment
   ( ,      )   
&Sound input
&Sound input
Selection of the sound card input connected to the receiver.
   ,   .
&Input level
&Input level
Selection of the AF input signal amplification or AGC (for Automatic Gain Control)
    AF  AGC ( Automatic Gain Control)
Speaker &out level
Speaker &out level
Selection of the speaker output level of the sound card
     
Your Logbook
LogBook
Selection of your, possible, logbook, if accessible by Multipsk
  ,    Multipsk
&Sound Card (Input)
  ()
Selection of the sound card in input.
    .
Sound Card (Output)
  ()
Selection of the sound card in output.
    .
Auxiliary Sound Card (to speaker)
.   ()
Selection of the auxiliary sound card in output, for blind Hams and SWL in JT65 and VOICE, in CCW and for all DSP functions
 .       HAM  SWL  JT65  VOICE,  CCW     DSP
Auxiliary Sound Card (from an input)
.   ()
Selection of the auxiliary sound card in input,  for all DSP modes ("Filters", "Analysis", "Binaural")
 .        DSP ("Filters", "Analysis", "Binaural")
Se&quence (long macro)
SEQ ()
Creation of a sequence (text and associated name)
  (     )
Sequence 1 creation
Sequence 1 creation
Sequence 2 creation
Sequence 2 creation
Sequence 3 creation
Sequence 3 creation
Sequence 4 creation
Sequence 4 creation
Sequence 5 creation
Sequence 5 creation
Sequence 6 creation
Sequence 6 creation
Sequence 7 creation
Sequence 7 creation
Sequence 8 creation
Sequence 8 creation
Sequence 9 creation
Sequence 9 creation
Sequence 10 creation
Sequence 10 creation
Sequence 11 creation
Sequence 11 creation
Sequence 12 creation
Sequence 12 creation
Sequence 13 creation
Sequence 13 creation
Sequence 14 creation
Sequence 14 creation
Sequence 15 creation
Sequence 15 creation
Sequence 16 creation
Sequence 16 creation
Sequence 17 creation
Sequence 17 creation
Sequence 18 creation
Sequence 18 creation
Sequence 19 creation
Sequence 19 creation
Sequence 20 creation
Sequence 20 creation
Sequence 21 creation
Sequence 21 creation
Sequence 22 creation
Sequence 22 creation
Sequence 23 creation
Sequence 23 creation
Sequence 24 creation
Sequence 24 creation
RX/TX screen
RX/TX 
Reading the QSO in progress or a previous QSO
 QSO     QSO
Reading a QSO
Reading a QSO
Checking of the selected serial port
  COM 
Checking serial port
Test COM port
Display of the level on sound inputs
    
Level on inputs
Level on inputs
Mixer control
Mixer control
Log book
LogBook
Initial selection of the RX/TX modes
   RX/TX
Initial RX/TX modes
Initial RX/TX modes
Help on right click
Help on right click
PSK Panoramic
PSK Panorama
CW Panoramic
CW Panorama
RTTY Panoramic
RTTY Panorama
Default Parameters
Default Parameters
Attention! Return to default parameters
!     
Save Para.
Save Para.
Record the actual parameters in the file CONFPSER.BAK
     CONFPSER.BAK
Load Para.
Load Para.
Load parameters recorded in the file CONFPSER.BAK
     CONFPSER.BAK
Decoding: from the sound input or a file
Dekoder : vhod zvuk ili fajl zvuk
Recording on a .WAV sound file
Zapis : fajl zvuk .WAV
Minutes
Minutes
Tracking recording on
zapis treka sec/min:
Permits to make a (tracking) recording either on the 15 last seconds or on the last minute.
   ()   15  ,    .
UTC start time for record or beacon
UTC start time for record or beacon
Load a new playing sound file
Load new play zvuk file
Load a new recording sound file
Load new record zvuk file
Sound input
Sound input
Sound file
Sound file
Play
Play
Play the WAV file
Play the WAV file
Repeat the recording
Repeat the recording
Can be used to repeat a recording (WAV file) of general call or digimode
     (WAV-)      
No recording
No recording
Recording
Recording
Asiatic charsets (Japanese)
Asia (Japan)
For PC XP, asiatic charset (+ IME editor) for complete modes as PSK31, MFSK16...+ OLIVIA through UTF7
 Win XP   (+  IME)   ,   PSK31, MFSK16...+ OLIVIA  UTF7
Japanese (Shift-JIS)
Japan (Shift-JIS)
&Exit to RX/TX screen
   RX/TX
XIT (for PSK modes, THROB(X), MFSK, CW and CCW) and initial RX/TX freq. (200 to 4300 Hz)
XIT (  PSK, THROB(X), MFSK, CW  CCW)    RX/TX (200 - 4300 Hz)
RX Fr.:
RX Fr.:
TX Fr.:
TX Fr.:
XIT as an offset (Hz)
XIT  (Hz)
XIT as a coefficient (0.0001 * Hz/Hz)
XIT  (0,0001 * Hz/Hz)
Beacon mode (all modes)
Beacon mode (all modes)
Yes
Yes
Duration
Duration
Odd message
1,3,5 msg
Even message
2,4,6 msg
Prior serial number
Prior serial number
"Message x" is transmitted, with first x to 1, then increased of one unity at each new transmission.
"Message x" ,   x=1,        .
Interval
Interval
Regular transmission of the beacon (the "Pause" time is in this case an interval between two transmissions)
   ( "Pause"    -    )
Pause
Pause
Open "Configuration" screen after start up
  "Configuration"  
Open RX/TX screen after start up
Start otkroet okno RX/TX
Client Logbook (through a DDE link, Multipsk being the DDE server)
Logbook  ( Multipsk  DDE)
TCP/IP client Logbook (through the Multipsk TCP/IP link)
Logbook  ( Multipsk TCP/IP)
Full-duplex sound card
Full-duplex sound card
Simplex sound card
Simplex sound card
By Loop.DLL
By Loop.DLL
SdR interface (Loop.DLL)
SdR interface (Loop.DLL)
This experimental interface based on the HB9TLK DLL "Loop.DLL" (file which must be put in the Multipsk folder) permits to connect a SdR transceiver to Multipsk (as a VAC "cable")
     HB9TLK DLL "Loop.DLL" (,      Multipsk)    SdR  Multipsk ( VAC "")
This correction permits to work at 10960 instead of the theoritical speed of 11025 samples/second. This speed of 10960 seems to give better results.
      10960    11025   .  10960   .
By Multidem
By Multidem
Connection to a TCP/IP modem server
  TCP/IP  
Exchange of data (RX/TX) with a modulator/demodulator server (Multidem or Gui_serv_Multipsk program), through a TCP/IP link, in local or via Internet
  (RX/TX)   / ( Multidem  Gui_serv_Multipsk)  TCP/IP,    
Direct via the sound card
Direct via the sound card
The modulation and demodulation operations of the I/Q signals coming from the sound card are directly done by Multipsk (which plays the role of a SdR program). The bandwidth displayed is equal to 48 KHz. Demodulation can be done in USB or LSB.
    I/Q ,    ,   Multipsk (    SdR).    48 KHz.     USB  LSB.
+Speaker
+Speaker
If this button is pushed, the demodulated (and decoded) will also be sent to the speaker plugged at the output of the sound card selected in the "Auxiliary Sound Card (to speaker)" menu
   ,  ( )      ,       "Auxiliary Sound Card (to speaker)"  
RTL/SDR key
RTL/SDR key
If pushed, the TNT receiver presence is checked and, if present, the SdR interface is forced, the I/Q signal being taken from the TNT key through "rtl_tcp.exe". On the RX/TX screen, click on the "Transceiver" button to control this SdR receiver.
      TNT, ,   ,    SdR,  I/Q    TNT  "rtl_tcp.exe".   RX/TX   "",     SdR.
If this button is pushed, the Funcube dongle presence is checked and, if present, the SdR interface is forced. On the RX/TX screen, click on the "Transceiver" button to control this SdR receiver.
   ,    Funcube, ,   ,    SdR.   RX/TX   "Transceiver",     SdR.
If this button is pushed, the SdR interface is forced. On the RX/TX screen, click on the "Transceiver" button to control this receiver SdR.
   ,  SdR  .   RX/TX   "Transceiver",     SdR.
I/Q interfaces for SdR transceivers
I/Q interfejs SDR transiverov
TCP/IP server "On"
TCP/IP server "On"
Automatic startup of the TCP/IP server (used for data exchange (RX/TX) with a "TCP/IP client" application), at the RX/TX screen launch
  TCP/IP  (    (RX/TX)   "TCP/IP ")    RX/TX
English to another language
English to Russian language
French to another language
French  
No mixer found!
No mixer found!
Mixer problem. No record control found!
  .    !
Mixer problem. No gain control found!
  .    !
Mixer problem. No sound input (wave) found!
  .   ()  !
Mixer problem. No sound input in record mode found!
  .      !
Mixer problem. No sound input in forward mode found!
  .      !
Mixer problem. No capacity to adjust record level!
  .     !
The file CONFFONT.SER is altered, so standard font (MS Sans Serif...).
 CONFFONT.SER ,     (MS Sans Serif...).
The file CONFPSER.SER seems to be issued from an old release of Multipsk, so up-to-date with the new parameters.
 CONFPSER.SER, ,     Multipsk,     .
Several parameters are altered (listed below). They are replaced by standard parameters.
   ( ).    .
The file CONFPSER.SER is altered, so standard parameters.
 CONFPSER.SER ,  .
The file '+LE_FICHIER_LOG+' is incomplete, so reinitialization of this file.
 '+LE_FICHIER_LOG+' ,     .
The file '+LE_FICHIER_LOG+' is altered, so reinitialization of this file and file storage (in "'+MANTISSE_LOG+' date time.AR") of the old one
 '+LE_FICHIER_LOG+' ,          '+MANTISSE_LOG+'  .AR'
The file '+LE_FICHIER_LOG+' is built according to the previous format, so reformating of this file.
 '+LE_FICHIER_LOG+'    ,    .
The file '+LE_FICHIER_LOG+' is altered or too long, so reinitialization of this file and file storage (in "'+MANTISSE_LOG+' date time.AR") of the old one.
 '+LE_FICHIER_LOG+'    ,          "'+MANTISSE_LOG+' date time.AR".
The file '+LE_FICHIER_MESSAGERIE+' is incomplete, so reinitialization of this file.
 '+LE_FICHIER_MESSAGERIE+' ,      .
The file '+LE_FICHIER_MESSAGERIE+' is altered, so reinitialization of this file and file storage (in "RADIO_MAIL date time.TXT") of the old one
 '+LE_FICHIER_MESSAGERIE+' ,           ( "RADIO_MAIL date time.TXT")
The directory associated to the file "SNDVOL32.EXE" or "SNDVOL.EXE" has not been found... So the mixer control by the user from Multipsk is not possible.
,    "SNDVOL32.EXE"  "SNDVOL.EXE",  ...      Multipsk .
Log this QSO on
  QSO  
and, possibly, send this QSO to the eQSL WEB site (see the "Logbook" options)
, ,   QSO   eQSL WEB (  "")
F
F
Multipsk fields take the length of the DXKeeper ones
 Multipsk    DXKeeper 
Contest mode to be able to export the next QSO number and the received number, to the TX/RX DXKeeper fields
       QSO      TX/RX DXKeeper
Log the QSO located under the cursor on DXKeeper
 QSO,   ,  DXKeeper
Log the QSO located under the cursor on
 QSO,   , 
Log DDE client
Log DDE client
Log this QSO on the DDE client program, Multipsk being the DDE server
  QSO  - DDE, Multipsk -  DDE
Log this QSO on the TCP/IP client program, Multipsk being the server (click on the "TCP/IP" button for configuration)
  QSO  - TCP/IP, Multipsk -  (  "TCP/IP"  )
Attention: Multipsk.EXE is not located in the starting folder...
: Multipsk.EXE     ...
Multipsk is planned for small fonts not large ones (see "Control Panel"..."Display"..."Settings"...).
Multipsk    ,     (. " "...""...""...).
This file does not exist
This file does not exist
This file is not a WAV file
This file is not a WAV file
It is not a AF frequency in Hz
   AF  Hz
The AF frequency is incorrect
The AF frequency is incorrect
It is not an AF SDR frequency in Hz
   AF SDR  Hz
The AF SDR frequency is incorrect
 AF SDR 
No more room to write in the DATA_APRS file.
  DATA_APRS     .
No more room to write in the DATA_ACARS file.
      DATA_ACARS.
No more room to write in the DATA_SYNOP file.
  DATA_SYNOP    .
Problem to write in the QSO file.
    QSO.
Problem to create or open the new QSO file.
      QSO.
BEGINNING  OF  RECORDING
BEGINNING  OF  RECORDING
END  OF  RECORDING
END  OF  RECORDING
FM-RDS mode can only work if the SdR interface ("Direct via the sound card" button) is started and not in playing or recording mode. The program switches to BPSK31
 FM-RDS      SdR ( "Direct via the sound card"),       .    BPSK31
The selected serial port (COM
The selected serial port (COM
) cannot be opened. May be, is'nt it the mouse?
)  . , ?
The TNT receiver is not yet connected to Multipsk, via TCP/IP link
 TNT     Multipsk  TCP/IP
No file playing in limited version.
   (  ).
No WAV file playing in limited version.
   WAV (  ).
No recording repetition in limited version.
   (  ).
No recording in limited version.
  (  ).
Parameters recording done in the files CONFPSER.BAK and CONFFONT.BAK.
     CONFPSER.BAK  CONFFONT.BAK.
No recording file CONFPSER.BAK!
   CONFPSER.BAK!
Taken into account of the parameters recording file CONFPSER.BAK.
   CONFPSER.BAK.
No recording file CONFFONT.BAK!
   CONFFONT.BAK!
Taken into account of the parameters recording file CONFFONT.BAK.
   CONFFONT.BAK.
The HB9TLK Loop.DLL file has not been found in the Multipsk directory (folder).
 HB9TLK Loop.DLL     () Multipsk.
RTL_TCP.exe file detected, TCP/IP connection in progress
  RTL_TCP.exe,   TCP/IP
Funcube Pro+ receiver detected
  Funcube Pro+
Funcube receiver detected
Funcube receiver detected
Impossible text record. Full hard disk?
  .   ?
in writing mode.
in writing mode.
Error when closing fichier in writing mode n
       N
Impossible to write in the file
   
Impossible to open the file
Impossible to open the file
Error when reading the file
Error when reading the file
in reading mode.
in reading mode.
Error when closing the file in reading mode n
       N
Error when opening the mixer n:
    N:
Error when closing the mixer n:
    N:
"QRGs" is pushed, so frequencies for this mode are displayed:
"QRGs" ,      
Attention! Control that your transceiver relays don't click when
! ,      
changing frequency: If they click, try the split mode:
 :  ,   
By pushing on this button, the Frequencies.txt file will be loaded. It will be possible to read it, modify it and stored it.
   ,  Frequencies.txt  .    ,   .
"Split" mode
"Split" mode
Up-to-date
Up-to-date
Up-to-date of the frequencies data, in case of modification and recording of the Frequencies.txt file
   ,       Frequencies.txt
Direct connection to Commander. "Connected" is displayed on this button if successful
   Commander. "Connected"       
Forward the frequency to Commander and, so, to the transceiver (or the receiver)
   Commander     (  )
Connected
Connected
HF frequencies at 0, for SdR
HF frequencies at 0, for SdR
Select
Select
The "SDR_QRG.TXT" file is incorrect, so re-initialization of this one.
 "SDR_QRG.TXT" ,     .
A field of the "SDR_QRG.TXT" file is incorrect, so re-initialization of this file.
  "SDR_QRG.TXT" ,      .
...initially:
...initially:
samples/s
samples/s
If your sound card is at 48 KHz, it is useless to do the following steps (3 to 9)
     48 KHz,    3  9  
Sound card 48 KHz
Sound card 48 KHz
To select if the sampling speed of the tested sound card is close to 48000
,         48000
Sound card 44.1 KHz
Sound card 44.1 KHz
To select if the sampling speed of the tested sound card is rather different from to 48000
,          48000
Your sound card can be a modern one at 48 KHz or an old one at 44,1 KHz.
       48 KHz    44,1 KHz.
Test of the sound card to determine if it is a 48 KHz one (steps 1 and 2)
      48 KHz ( 1  2)
Test of the sound card to determine if it is a 44,1 KHz one (steps 3 to 8)
     44,1 KHz ( 3-8)
PSE, after each automatic determination, leave the result as it has been found.
      ,   .
Determination of the RX and TX sound card sampling frequencies
     RX  TX
Third step: determination of the RX sound card sampling frequency (standard=11025)
 3:      RX (=11025)
Fifth step: determination of the RX sampling frequency for MT63 (standard=8000)
 5:    RX  MT63 (standard=8000)
Determination of the standard RX sampling frequency (test on 3 minutes)
    RX ( 3 )
Determination of the MT63 RX sampling frequency (test on 3 minutes)
   RX  MT63 ( 3 )
Sixth step: determination of the offset between RX and TX MT63 sampling frequencies
 6:      RX  TX MT63
Determination of the offset between MT63 TX/RX frequencies
    MT63 TX/RX
Seventh step: determination of the sampling frequency for 110A/4285 (standard=12000)
 7:     110A/4285 (standard=12000)
Determination of the 110A/4285 sampling frequency (test on 3 minutes)
   110A/4285 ( 3 )
Step 8: determination of the sampling frequency for HFDL (standard=16200)
 8:     HFDL (standard=16200)
Determination of the HFDL sampling frequency (test on 3 minutes)
   HFDL ( 3 )
Step 9: determination of the sampling frequency for LENTUS (standard=9600)
 9:     LENTUS (standard=9600)
Determination of the LENTUS sampling frequency (test on 3 minutes)
   LENTUS (  3 )
Return (in PSK10 mode)
Return (in PSK10 mode)
Optional: control of the result or more precise determination (see the help)
:      (. )
Determination of the offset between TX/RX frequencies
    TX/RX
Optional verification of the TX/RX offset (for "full-duplex" sound card)...see the help
   TX/RX (   "full-duplex").... 
First step: determination of the 48 K RX sampling frequency (standard=48000)
 1:    48  RX (=48000)
Determination of the 48 KHz RX sampling frequency (test on 3 minutes)
    48 KHz ( 3 )
Second step: determination of the offset between RX and TX sampling frequencies
 2:    F  (RX)  (TX)
Determination of the offset between TX/RX 48 KHz frequencies
   TX/RX 48 KHz
Fourth step: determination of the offset between RX and TX sampling frequencies
 4:      RX  TX
samples/second
samples/second
20 seconds test in progress...
20   ...
this file is not detected and is going to be initialized (in an empty file). If it really exists, save it in another folder before continuing
       (  ).    ,     ,   
Pairs of sets of 12 sequences (macros) management
   12  () 
In this window, the pair 1 corresponds to the 2 basic sets of 12 sequences (macros). Now, it is possible to select a new pair of sets of 12 sequences (Pair 2 to Pair 10) and to edit each sequence (buttons 1 to 24).
    1      12  ().        12  (  2   10)     (  1  24).
Pair
Pair
The user can give to each pair a name of 31 characters maximum
         31 
Management
Management
sequences
sequences
of set
of set
Save the names and exit
Save the names and exit
Exit without record
Exit without record
Selection
Selection
Name of the pair of sets of 12 sequences (Set1/Set2)
    12  (Set1/Set2)
The file '+LE_FICHIER_SER+' is altered, so reinitialization of this file.
 '+LE_FICHIER_SER+' ,     .
Local and UTC times
Local and UTC times
Only Local
Only Local
Only UTC
Only UTC
UTC time
UTC time
Management of the identifiers (ID): 1) RS ID (mode)  2) Call ID  3) Video ID (mode)
 ID: 1) RS ID () ; 2) Call ID ; 3) Video ID ()
Help on the video ID
Help on the video ID
Help on RS ID
Help on RS ID
Font

Hell 80 double, bold
Hell 80 double, bold
Information to be sent (20 char. max) - "Personal" button
  (. 20 .),  "Personal"
Initial Message ID (9 char. max):
  MSG (. 9 .):
It is possible to send a message of 9 characters maximum, in background. As it is not related to any specific mode, it can be useful, for example, in case of difficulty of doing a QSO (editor over the "Call ID" button on the RX/TX screen)
  MSG   9    .       -  ,    , ,    QSO (   "Call ID"   RX/TX)
RS ID on CQ
RS ID on CQ
The RS ID transmission is forced on detection of a call ("CQ CQ" or "CQ DE") in a "Sequence", for all modes except BPSK31, BPSK63, JT65, CW, PACKET, PAX, DTMF, PACTOR1, RTTY 45, FAX, SSTV, 141A and 110A
 RS ID      ("CQ CQ"  "CQ DE")  "Sequence"   ,  BPSK31, BPSK63, JT65, CW, PACKET, PAX, DTMF, PACTOR1, RTTY 45, FAX, SSTV, 141A  110A
QTH
QTH
Quit
Quit
Standard pa.
Std. param.
Standard parameters
Standard parameters
Orientation and options
  
Vertical, up towards down display
,  
Horizontal
Horizontal
Each word is displayed horizontally
   
Vertical (1 character / line)
 (1  / )
Each word is displayed vertically, with one character per line
   ,     
Vertical (2 characters / line)
 (2  / )
Each word is displayed vertically, with two characters per line
   ,     
Video identifier (text transmitted in CMT-HELL which appears in the waterfall)
Video ID (,   CMT-HELL    )
RS ID (mode and frequency automatic detection) and Call ID (Call sign/Locator detection)
RS ID (    )  Call ID ( /)
Search bandwidth
Search bandwidth
Option "200-3300 / 4300" reserved to the licencied copies
 "200-3300 / 4300"  (  )
The whole band
The whole band
Detection mode

Continuous

On demand
 
Option "Continuous detection" reserved to the licencied copies
 "Continuous detection"  (  )
Ring on detection
 
Ring options reserved to the licencied copies
   (  )
No ring
 
Duration of 0.2 sec
 0.2 sec
Duration of 2 sec
 2 sec
Logbook of the RS ID detections (UTC time, mode, AF frequency)
   RS ID (  UTC, ,  AF)
Mode
Mode
Present mode ("BPSK31", for example)
  ("BPSK31", )
User call
User call
Data which can be modified in your personal data (button "Personal")
,        ( "Personal")
User name
User name
Options and commands specific to Call ID
 Call ID :   
Help on Call ID
Help on Call ID
Logbook of the Call ID detections (UTC time, call sign+Locator, Signal-to-Noise ratio (dB), AF frequency)
    ( UTC,  + ,  / (dB),  AF)
Switch of the frequency on Call ID
   Call ID
Automatic positioning of the call on map if Locator received
    ,  Locator 
Options (RX)
Options (RX)
Commands (TX)
Commands (TX)
Transmission of your formatted call sign
TX  callsign  
Transmission of your call sign, in a free way:
TX  callsign  
Transmission of your call sign (6 characters max) + Locator (6)
   (. 6 ) +  (6)
Prop ID: callsign+Locator(4+)
Prop ID: callsign+Locator(4+)
This "Prop ID" (for "Propagation ID") permits the transmission of the call sign (6 characters max), the LOCATOR 4+ (precision: +/-0.5  in longitude/latitude), the power level (0.5 to 500 Watts), the type or gain and the directivity of the antenna
 "Prop ID" ( "Identification of Propagation")    (. 6 ),  4+ (: +/-0,5   /),   ( 0,5  500 ),       
The power level (effectively radiated power transmitted by the antenna) must be chosen among the proposed powers (0.5 to 500 Watts)
  (  ,  )       ( 0,5  500 )
The type or gain of the antenna must be chosen among the "Vertical", "Dipole" or "Bidirectional" antenna types or for monodirectional antennas (Yagi, Quad...) among the proposed gains (4 to 19 dB)
         "Vertical", "Dipole"  "Bidirectional" ,    (Yagi, Quad...),    ( 4  19 dB)
The directivity of the antenna must be chosen among the 8 proposed directions (for example, "NW" for "North West"). The vertical antenna is not concerned by this data.
     8   (, "NW"  "North West").      .
Check
Check
Check your call sign or your call sign + Locator
      + Locator
Personal
Personal
CQ bit
CQ bit
To make know that the transmission of the call sign is done to initiate a QSO or to answer to a QSO. Without CQ bit, it means that it is a one way beacon (for propagation etc)
 ,    ,   QSO    QSO.   CQ  ,     (   . .)
Emergency
Emergency
To make know that the transmission of the formatted call sign is designed for emergency needs (high priority). In this case, it is added "Emergency!" to the formatted call sign and a very short sound is emitted
 ,          ( ),     "Emergency!"     
Beacon
Beacon
Transmits regularly a Call ID with the interval of time defined by the user, as soon as the button "Call ID" is pushed
  Call ID  ,  ,      "Call ID"
Automatic addition of the received Call ID in the "CALL_ID.TXT" file (sub-directory "WORLD")
   Call ID   "CALL_ID.TXT" ( "WORLD")
Interval of time for the beacon
   
Automatic transmission of an outgoing spot to a cluster through SpotCollector, using the Call ID information which fills the QSO fields: "Call" (and possibly "Locator"). If the "Freq MHz" QSO field is empty, nothing is exported.
       SpotCollector,   Call ID,    QSO: "Call" (, , "Locator").   QSO "Freq MHz" ,   .
QSO fields
QSO fields
Automatic filling of the QSO fields using the Call ID information: "Call" (and possibly "Locator" and "Notes").
   QSO   Call ID: "Call" (, , "Locator"  "Notes").
See the hidden map
 
Make the map hidden behind the RX/TX screen on top, so as to see it
  ,    RX/TX,  
RS ID and Call ID monitoring
RS ID and Call ID monitoring
The RS ID and Call ID are monitored on the standard waterfall and are displayed on the white line, without any mode and frequency forcing
 RS ID  Call ID    ""           
Beep
Beep
Beep on reception of a RS ID or a Call ID
Beep C   RS ID  Call ID
Clear the RS ID window
Clear the RS ID window
Clear the Call ID window
Clear the Call ID window
Modes and frequencies detected by RS ID
 RS ID :    
All the modes
All the modes
All except main
All except main
All modes except BPSK31, BPSK63, RTTY-45 and CW
   BPSK31, BPSK63, RTTY-45  CW
Present mode
Present mode
Only the present mode RS ID is detected
    RS ID
Selected:
Selected:
Selection of the RS ID by type of mode
  RS   
Your Ham call sign is not valid
   
Either your Ham call sign or your Locator is not valid
    
Correct
Correct
<CALL> is the callsign of the other Ham as displayed in the QSO field "Call"
<CALL>    HAM,     QSO "Call"
<QTH>  is the QTH of the other Ham as displayed in the QSO field "QTH"
<QTH>  QTH  HAM,     QSO "QTH"
Inserts a line feed (LF + CR)
Inserts a line feed (LF + CR)
Allows to switch immediatly from receive to transmit. This macro has to be put at the beginning of the text
      . This macro     
Allows to switch from transmit to receive. This macro has to be put at the end of the text. After this macro, there is no need to continue the text. Any further text will be ignored
     .       .       .     
Allows the transmission of the next number of QSO (displayed to the left of the field "Call" in the RX/TX window) thus the one that must be given to a new contact. This macro must be only used for contests)
 ,  "Split mode" (. )
Toggle which allows to switch from transmit to receive or reversely
,           
<S/N> gives the Signal to Noise ratio (in dB) obtained about 4 seconds before the switching to transmission.
<S/N>   / ( dB),    4     .
<IMD> gives the intermodulation distorsion for PSK modes, measured when the tranmitter is idling (no text sent). Conservatively, it is given the best IMD measured during the last reception.
<IMD>      PSK-,       (  ).    IMD,    .
<Quality> for PSK modes only, gives the signal quality from 1/5 to 5/5 obtained about 4 seconds before the switching to transmission.
<Quality>   PSK-,     1/5  5/5,    4     .
MACROLIBRARY
MACROLIBRARY
His information
His information
Diverses
Diverses
Management of the "Rewind" function
  ""
It is recommended to use this function in 8 bits decoding (button "16 bits" extracted)
       8  ( "16 " )
Rewind duration (for copies with license)
  (  )
Rewind duration
Rewind duration
Yes with fixed TX QRG
Yes with fixed TX QRG
Yes with fixed RX-TX gap
Yes with fixed RX-TX gap
No (RX-TX gap=0)
No (RX-TX gap=0)
"Yes with fixed TX QRG" to force a fixed TX frequency whatever the RX frequency may be.
,   TX QRG,     TX   RX .
"Yes with fixed RX-TX gap" to fix the gap between RX and TX frequencies (gap = Fr TX - Fr RX)
,   TX-RX ,   RX  TX ( = Fr TX - Fr RX)
Attention: the TX frequency is determined from the position of the mouse cursor on the waterfall
:  TX       
"No (RX-TX gap=0)" to delete the gap between RX and TX frequencies (normal working).
 (TX-RX =0),     TX  RX ( ).
This window can be removed by clicking on the "XIT" button situated at the right of the spectrum.
   ,    "XIT",   .
No more demand Yes/No to exit the program
  /    
Number of the last displayed message:
Nomer pokazano poslednee MSG:
TXT files|*.TXT
TXT files|*.TXT
Transformation V2 to V3 in progress...
 V2  V3 ...
Finished! Radio mail transformed
!  
DESTINATION    |   MODE   |     UTC/GMT     |     FROM      |      MESSAGE
DESTINATION    |   MODE   |     UTC/GMT     |     FROM      |      MESSAGE
No QSP mail to transmit.
No QSP mail to transmit.
QSP mail(s) to transmit.
QSP mail(s) to transmit.
Radio mail: messages received by the Packet / PAX / PAX2 responder or RX/TX in ALE "141A" (AMD/DTM/DBM/ARQ FAE)
: MSG,   Packet/PAX/PAX2  RX/TX  ALE "141A" (AMD/DTM/DBM/ARQ FAE)
Page by page
Page by page
One by one
One by one
Day   /  Month / Year
Day   /  Month / Year
Select present message records which date is superior or equal than the chosen one
  MSG,      
Select present message records which date is equal than the chosen one
  MSG,    
Select present message records which date is inferior or equal than the chosen one
  MSG,       
Archiving file name
Archiving file name
Manual archiving
Manual archiving
Manual archiving of the present message records, on the text file
    MSG   
Delete all the present
Delete all the present
Delete all the present messages records
   MSG
Delete all the absent
Delete all the absent
Delete all the absent messages records (for example, to delete all the messages not received or not sent by the Ham)
     MSG (,   MSG,      HAM)
Delete message
Delete message
Delete the message located under the cursor
 MSG,   
Filter editor
Filter editor
"FROM" callsigns filter
"FROM" callsigns filter
Filtering of the callsigns from the field "FROM": the user writes the target callsign in the filter editor
    "FROM":       
"DESTINATION" filter
"DESTINATION" filter
Filtering of the callsigns from the field "DESTINATION": the user writes the target callsign in the filter editor
    "":       
"All except..." filter
"All except..." filter
Filtering of the callsigns ("All except the one specified in the filter editor") from the field "DESTINATION": the user writes the target callsign not to display, in the filter editor
  ("All except the one specified in the filter editor")   "":     ,      
DESTINATION+FROM
DESTINATION+FROM
Filtering of the callsigns from either the field "DESTINATION" or the field "FROM" (for example, to select all the messages received and sent by the Ham): the user writes the target callsign in the filter editor
    "DESTINATION"   "FROM" (,    MSG,    Ham):       
Mode filter, with the mode written on the filter editor
 ,      
Display all the messages of the radio mail
  MSG 
File start
File start
Display the first messages
Display the first messages
File end
File end
Display the last messages
Display the last messages
Compression with automatic archiving
Szhatie s Avto arhivirovaniem
File compression (removal of all deleted messages) + automatic radio mail file archiving in an "RADIO_MAIL date time .TXT" file
  (   MSG) +       "RADIO_MAIL   .TXT"
Message display
Message display
Display the message located under the cursor (or click on it)
 MSG,    (   )
Next or preceding message
Next or preceding message
Next or preceding page of message
    MSG
Print message
Print message
Print the displayed message
Print the displayed message
Export message
Export message
Export the displayed message to a .TXT file
  MSG   .TXT
|With the "|  " button, one can read the beginning of the record and with the "  |" button, the end
  "|"    ,    "|" - 
Re-validate deleted messages
Re-validate deleted messages
Works only for messages stored since the last compression
   MSG,    
Outlook Express connected, exportation in progress...
Outlook Express ,  ...
Outlook Express
Outlook Express
The export function of radio mails towards Outlook express (or equivalent) is limited to one message for non-licencied copies.
    Outlook express ( )   MSG (  ).
TCP/IP POP3 server (Address 127.0.0.1 / Port 110)
TCP/IP POP3  ( 127.0.0.1 /  110)
To authorize Multipsk (as a POP3 server) to export
 Multipsk (  POP3) 
the messages to Outlook Express (or equivalent),
MSG  Outlook Express ( )
click on the "Outlook Express" button.
   "Outlook Express".
To forbid data exchange, click on "Disconnection".
  ,  "Disconnection".
Answer in ARQ FAE
Answer in ARQ FAE
If clicked, it is prepared the answer in ARQ FAE, by filling the "Addresse(s)" field, the Message editor and, possibly, the "Subject" field
     ARQ FAE,   "Addresse(s)",  MSG , ,  "Subject"
Delete all the present messages?
   MSG?
Delete all the absent messages?
   MSG?
Re-validate all deleted messages?
   MSG?
Filtered!
Filtered!
Delete the message?
Delete the message?
to
to
from
from
The
The
in
in
Message
Message
Compression confirmed?
Compression confirmed?
Finished! Radio mail compressed
!  
Message exported
Message exported
Connection accepted by the server socket
  
2000 messages max exported to Outlook Express.
2000 MSG    Outlook Express.
POP3 transaction in progress
POP3 transaction in progress
With file:
With file:
End of reception of a message and/or file in progress
  MSG / 
End of reception of a QSP mail
  QSP-
FAE mail received (look at the "Received mail")
FAE   ( " ")
End of reception of an APRS frame
   APRS
Reception of a message in progress
 MSG 
Reception of an APRS frame in progress
  APRS  
Reception of a QSP-mail in progress
 QSP- 
Reception of a QSP-mail recovery request in progress
    QSP- 
Stop the message transmission
Stop the message transmission
Transmission of a message and/or a file in progress
 MSG /  
Transmission of a QSP-mail
Transmission of a QSP-mail
Request of QSP-mail recovery
Request of QSP-mail recovery
Is the station to connect
Is the station to connect
Do you really want to send this mail to your box?
        ?
QSP Mail now in your mailbox, ready to be recovered.
QSP      ,   .
Reset link
Reset link
Stop of mail transmission
Stop of mail transmission
Removal done
Removal done
Mail(s) transmitted
Mail(s) transmitted
Failed mail(s)
Failed mail(s)
in progress
in progress
not transmitted mails
not transmitted mails
Connect!
Connect!
Dconnect!
Disconnect!
End of transmission
End of transmission
Do you want to delete:
Do you want to delete:
Too many e-mails (>500)
Too many e-mails (>500)
Allows the working in KISS mode but for positions report only, without any acknowledgment, through the selected serial port in the Configuration screen, Multipsk, as a TNC, being drived by any APRS (as UI-VIEW) program
    KISS,      ,  ,   COM    "Configuration", Multipsk   TNC,    APRS (, UI-VIEW)
Auxiliary functions (AMD, DTM, DBM and ARQ FAE messages and answer to open net calls)
.  (AMD, DTM, DBM  ARQ FAE MSG      )
Sequences 1 to 24 (+macros) can be used to fill these ALE editors.
SEQ  1  24 (+ )     ALE.
For this, you must click the selected editor (AMD for example) first. The sequence will be added at the end of the editor
        (, AMD).      
End in THIS...
End in THIS...
Send the individual AMD message to the destination (90 characters maximum)
  AMD MSG   (90  )
To send a message in an ARQ (Automatic Repeat Request) mode, so without errors
 MSG   ARQ (  )  
AMD message to send:
AMD message to send:
See the file
See the file
See the "CALL_141A.TXT" file (which stores the ALE calls)
  "CALL_141A.TXT" (    ALE)
Management of calls
Management of calls
Add this call to the list:
Add this call to the list:
Permits to add to the list the call located in the small editor at the right of this button
    ,        
Destination call sign
Destination call sign
Lists up-to-date
Lists up-to-date
Permits to up-to-date the two combo lists with the last "CALL_141A.TXT" file
       "CALL_141A.TXT"
Open nets on which you want an automatic answer:
 ,      :
This panel opens with the "Aux. functions" button on the RX/TX screen.
    "Aux. functions"   RX/TX.
4 characters command: WL2K, SMTP, STAT or !CMD... For details see http://hflink.net/bbslink/
  4 : WL2K, SMTP, STAT  !CMD...  . http://hflink.net/bbslink/
2 characters sub-command: SP, LM, RM, KM, EC or FW... For details see http://hflink.net/bbslink/
2  : SP, LM, RM, KM, EC or FW...  . http://hflink.net/bbslink/
Parameter: Email address, callsign (to form callsign@winlink.org), "2" or "ALL"... For details see http://hflink.net/bbslink/
:   ,  (  callsign@winlink.org), "2"  "ALL"...  . http://hflink.net/bbslink/
Here is the subject of the message as it is going to appear on the e-mail transmitted to the selected email address
  MSG,              
Protocol used to trafic with HFN pilot stations which form an ALE net and which are able, for example, to forward an ALE message to an email address. For details see http://hflink.net/bbslink/
,       HFN,    ALE  , ,  ALE MSG    .  . http://hflink.net/bbslink/
Email address
Email address
Message subject
Message subject
Direct mail
Direct mail
The mail is directed to the connected station
    
QSP mail
QSP mail
The mail is directed to one or several addressees through the connected station, which acts as a "mails Server"
        ,     " "
Subject
Subject
Subject of the mail (255 characters maximum, but 63 maximum advised for the Multipsk mail box)
  ( 255 ,    Multipsk    63)
Addressee(s)
Addressee(s)
List of addressee(s) (one or several) with a "=" at the end of each adressee (for example: "F6CTE=F9XYZ=")
  (  )  "="     (: "F6CTE=F9XYZ=")
On clicking on this button, the object and the text in the small editor "ARQ FAE message" below will be sent to the different addressee(s) through the station selected in the "Call-->" edition box or in the "Addressee:" Combo list
           "ARQ FAE message"      ()  ,     "Call-->"    "Addressee:"
To my mailbox
To my mailbox
You are supposed to be the QSP mails server. On clicking on this button, the prepared QSP mail (with, possibly, several addressees) will be stored in your mailbox. This QSP mail will be ready to be recovered by the addressees.
     QSP.       QSP- (,   )      .  QSP-     .
Own mail recovery
Own mail recovery
On clicking on this button, all the mails directed to your station and received by the station selected in the "Call-->" edition box or in the "Addressee:" Combo list, will be recovered and stored in the Mail box
      ,       ,    "Call-->"    "Addressee:",       
ARQ FAE Message:
ARQ FAE Message:
Addressee:
Addressee:
Radio mail (ARQ FAE, AMD, DBM and DTM messages sent and received through messages transmission or individual or net calls)
 (ARQ FAE, AMD, DBM, DTM - MSG,      MSG,    )
Send mail (+ file)
Send mail (+ file)
On clicking on this button, the mail in the small editor "ARQ FAE message" below, and the file to send (if requested by the Ham), will be sent to the Ham selected in the "Call-->" edition box or in the "Addressee:" Combo list
         "ARQ FAE message"      ( )   HAM,     "Call-->"    "Addressee:"
Attached file
Attached file
If this box is checked, the selected file (under the "File to send" button) will be attached to the mail and both will be sent in the same time (at reception, it will be stored in the "FAE" sub-directory of the Multipsk directory)
   ,   (  "File to send")    ,      (       "FAE"  Multipsk)
+ folder
+ folder
If extracted, only the file label is sent (for example: "MultiPSK.EXE"). If pushed, the folder (directory) is also transmitted (for example: "MULTIPSK\MultiPSK.EXE")
      (: "MultiPSK.EXE").    ()   (: "MULTIPSK\MultiPSK.EXE")
File to send
File to send
Selection of the file to send to the other Ham selected in the "Addressee:" Combo list
     HAM   "Addressee:"
Reset link or connection attempt
Reset link or Re-Connection
In case of interruption of the communication for the message transmission, each Ham has the possibility to reset the link in progress ("Link estalished"). This button should not be used, in normal working.
      MSG   HAM      ("Link established").        .
Stop of the transmission
Stop of the transmission
In case of user error, permits to stop immediatly the mail transmission, without losing the link
        ,   
Erase
Erase
Authorized
Authorized
Button pushed, you accept the automatic answers of your station to other stations who want to send you messages and hence you can receive messages. Button extracted, you refuse to answer and, hence, you don't receive any messages.
  -         ,     MSG,    .   -       MSG.
SelectAll
SelectAll
APRS position transmission in FAE mode
  APRS   FAE
APRS RX authorized
APRS RX authorized
APRS transmission
APRS transmission
Opening of the APRS window, for APRS transmission
  APRS   APRS
APRS Reception authorized
APRS Reception authorized
APRS window
APRS window
GPR message:
GPR message:
DTM or DBM message
DTM or DBM message
to send
to send
Send
Send
Send an individual DTM or DBM message to the destination
  DTM  DBM MSG   
Stop
Stop
Immediatly stop the DTM or DBM message transmission in case of user error
   DTM  DBM MSG    
This "led" lights during the link establishment. It is displayed hats (^^^^^^), for "Success", in case of answer of the other Ham
 "led"    .    (^^^^^^), "",     HAM
Copy
Copy
Email client
Email client
The import function of radio mails from Outlook express (or equivalent) is limited to one mail for non-licencied copies.
    Outlook express ( )    (  ).
To forbid data exchange (after having authorize it first with the "Email client" button), click on "Disconnection".
   (    "Email client"),  "Disconnection".
ARQ FAE SMTP server (IP: 127.0.0.1/Port 25)
ARQ FAE SMTP- (IP: 127.0.0.1/ 25)
To authorize Multipsk (as a SMTP server) to import
 Multipsk ( SMTP-)  
the emails from Outlook Express (or equivalent),
   Outlook Express ( )
click on the "Email client" button.
   "Email client".
Reset transmission
Reset transmission
The mail transmission in progress will be finished but the mail will not be transmitted to the other possible addressees. Mails in failure will not be able to be sent either.
     ,        .        .
Re-TX mails in failure
Re-TX mails in failure
New transmission of the mails in failure (if not transmitted for any reason)
     (     )
Mails automatic handling
Mails automatic handling
Automatic re-transmission of the mails in failure (if not transmitted for any reason) until success
      (    - )  
Removal of the call-->
Removal of the call-->
Removal of the message intended to the Ham which callsign is displayed to the right. The other mails intended to this Ham will be also removed
 MSG,  HAM,    .  MSG,   HAM,   
Responder
Responder
The ARQ FAE responder sends the message located inside the "ARQ FAE mail to send:" editor, on reception of a selective call for you (call, for which the connection is automatic). Note: the message is not stored.
 ARQ FAE  MSG,    "ARQ FAE mail to send:",       (,     ). : MSG  .
The mail written from Outlook Express (or equivalent) is sent direclty to the addressee (or to each addressee if there are several)
,   Outlook Express ( ),    (  ,   )
QSP mail (i.e. via a server)
QSP mail (i.e. via a server)
The mail written from Outlook Express (or equivalent) is sent to the connected station (as a "mails Server") and not to the addressee(s) (afterwards, the server will sent the mail to the addressees)
,   Outlook Express ( ),     ( " "),    (    )
Selective call in ARQ FAE
Selective call in ARQ FAE
Call-->
Call-->
In ARQ FAE, selective call of a defined Ham (who will answer automatically). At the end of the QSO, click on the "End" button
 ARQ FAE     HAM (  ).   QSO    "End"
In ARQ FAE, at the end of the QSO, for the Ham calling or the Ham called, click on this button.  The automatic answer (ACK /NAK) and transmission of text will be disabled
 ARQ FAE,   QSO,     HAM,   .   (ACK/NAK)     
From:
From:
To:
To:
In this window, it is possible to follow the mail transmissions (with "OK" for a success or the reason for a failure). Any new information is at the top of this window.
       ("OK" -      ).      .
Best Signal to Noise ratio for the last 5 seconds
       5 
Interval (s)
Interval (s)
Interval in seconds (15 to 900) between beacon transmissions
   ( 15  900)    
ARQ FAE beacon
ARQ FAE beacon
The beacon permits to regularly send a message. On reception of the beacon message, the other Ham can answer clicking on the button "Call-->" of the "Selective call in ARQ FAE" panel
    MSG.   MSG    HAM  ,   "Call-->"   "Selective call in ARQ FAE"
ARQ FAE beacon message (100 characters maximum)
ARQ FAE  MSG (100  )
Start-->
Start-->
End
End
To stop the ARQ FAE beacon or the QSO
  ARQ FAE  QSO
Mails Server
Mails Server
This Server will send periodically, for example: "FAE SERVER Mail for: F6CTE F9XYZ". F6CTE will know that one or more QSP mails are stored in the Server mail box. So he will recover his QSP mails clicking on the "Own mail recovery" button
     , : "FAE SERVER Mail for: F6CTE F9XYZ". F6CTE  ,          QSP-.     QSP-,    "  "
End of the ARQ FAE beacon
End of the ARQ FAE beacon
"UIVIEW Beacon comment" too long and/or "Add UI-VIEW tag" enabled (to disable). Frame really transmitted:
   "UIVIEW"   /  ( )  "Add UI-VIEW tag".   
UIVIEW Callsign too long (9 characters max). Callsign really transmitted:
     (. 9 ).  : 
...KISS frame repeated
...KISS frame repeated
Error
Error
Information
Information
Picture too large (>400x300) to be adjusted.
   (>400x300)  .
B/W
B/W
, the
, the
Slant
Slant
Screen copy on printer
Screen copy on printer
Reception of a SSTV picture in MFSK16 mode
  SSTV   MFSK16
Record
Record
Record + eQSL
Record + eQSL
Record the QSO and export it to eQSL
 QSO    eQSL
Print label+Rig
Print label+Rig
The rig information is the one you have given in your personnal data
   -  ,       
QSO Modification
QSO Modification
QSO Modification + Label print
 QSO +  
No user Locator (button "Personal")
   ( "Personal")
Azimuth=
Azimuth=
degrees
degrees
Attention: the server address is incorrect. Let modify it ("Modification" button)
:   .   ( "Modification")
Useful if you want to add a short comment (50 characters maximum) to a transmitted or a received message
,      ( 50 )     MSG
Save all the Lentus messages of the reception window in the "LENTUS_messages.txt" file (for exchange with other Hams and SWL, for example)
  Lentus MSG      "LENTUS_messages.txt" (,     HAM  SWL)
Load the "Lentus_messages.txt" file (if exists) and displays the containt in the reception window, after the already displayed text
  "Lentus_messages.txt" (  )           
The field (20 characters maximum) can be filled if the user prefers to display only received positions of a precise station or these of a country as "F" for France, for example. If the field is empty, all received positions are displayed.
 ( 20 )  ,           , , "F"  .   ,    .
Transmitters
Transmitters
Display the last TX positions (these transmitted) of all transmitters or only one. For this, the Locator ("Personal data") of the transmitter must be filled.
   TX ( )     .       (" ") .
Display the last RX positions of SWL or Ham in reception of all transmitters or only one. For this, the Locator ("Personal data") of the listener must be filled.
   RX SWL  Ham       .      Locator (" ") .
Display all the received positions of the reception window, possibly filtered by "Receivers" or "Transmitters"
     , ,   "Receivers"  "Transmitters"
Fill the <MY CALL> and <MY LOCATOR> fields ("Personal" button) and the "Freq MHz" QSO field. Click on "TEST TX" to send "TEST" + your data. 1 second after, click on "TEXT RX". "TEST" + your data must appear.
  <MY CALL>  <MY LOCATOR> ("Personal" )   "Freq MHz" QSO.  "TEST TX",   "TEST" +  .  1   "TEXT RX".   "TEST" +  .
Useful if you want to add a short comment (40 characters maximum) to a received message
,      (40  )   MSG
Save all the GMDSS messages of the reception window in the "GMDSS_messages.txt" file (for exchange with other Hams and SWL, for example)
  GMDSS MSG      "GMDSS_messages.txt" (    HAM  SWL, )
Load the "GMDSS_messages.txt" file (if exists) and displays the containt in the reception window, after the already displayed text
  "GMDSS_messages.txt" ( )           
The field (20 characters maximum) can be filled if the user prefers to display only received positions of one ship (or all the ships which MMSI begins by "35", for example). If the field is empty, all received positions are displayed.
 ( 20 )  ,          (  ,  MMSI   "35", ).   ,    .
RX of ship
RX of ship
Ships
Ships
Display the last positions, of all ships or only one.
       .
Display the last RX positions of SWL or Ham in reception of all ships (or coastal stations) or only one. For this, the Locator ("Personal data") of the listener must be filled.
    SWL  Ham     (  )   .       (" ") .
Display all the received positions of the reception window, possibly filtered by "Receivers" or "Ships"
     , ,   "Receivers"  "Ships"
Save all the ACARS messages of the reception window in the "ACARS_messages.txt" file (for exchange with other Hams and SWL, for example)
  ACARS MSG      "ACARS_messages.txt" (,     HAM  SWL)
Load the "ACARS_messages.txt" file (if exists) and displays the containt in the reception window, after the already displayed text
  "ACARS_messages.txt" ( )           
Save all the EPIRB messages of the reception window in the "EPIRB_messages.txt" file (for exchange with other Hams and SWL, for example)
  EPIRB MSG      "EPIRB_messages.txt" (,     HAM  SWL)
Load the "EPIRB_messages.txt" file (if exists) and displays the containt in the reception window, after the already displayed text
  "EPIRB_messages.txt" ( )           
Save all the HFDL messages of the reception window in the "HFDL_messages.txt" file (for exchange with other Hams and SWL, for example)
  HFDL MSG      "HFDL_messages.txt" (,     HAM  SWL)
Load the "HFDL_messages.txt" file (if exists) and displays the containt in the reception window, after the already displayed text
  "HFDL_messages.txt" ( )           
Fill the <MY CALL> and <MY LOCATOR> fields ("Personal" button) and the "Freq MHz" QSO field. Click on "TEST TX" to send "TEST" + your data. 5 minutes after, click on "TEXT RX". "TEST" + your data must appear.
  "<MY CALL>"  "<MY LOCATOR>" ( "Personal")   "Freq MHz" QSO.  "TEST TX",   "TEST" +  .  5   "TEXT RX".   "TEST" +  .
Useful if you want to add a short comment (50 characters maximum) to a received message
,      (50  )   MSG
The field (20 characters maximum) can be filled if the user prefers to display only received positions of one beacon (or all the beacons which identifier begins by "F", for example). If the field is empty, all received positions are displayed.
 ( 20 )  ,          (  ,     "F", ).   ,    .
RX of beacon
RX of beacon
Beacons
Beacons
Display the last positions, of all beacons or only one.
       .
Display the last RX positions of SWL or Ham in reception of all beacons or only one. For this, the Locator ("Personal data") of the listener must be filled.
   RX SWL  Ham       .      Locator (" ") .
Display all the received positions of the reception window, possibly filtered by "Receivers" or "Beacons"
     , ,   "Receivers"  "Beacons"
The field (20 characters maximum) can be filled if the user prefers to display only received positions of one plane (or all the plane which identifier begins by "F", for example). If the field is empty, all received positions are displayed.
 ( 20 )  ,          (  ,     "F", ).   ,    .
RX of plane
RX of plane
Planes
Planes
Display the last positions, of all planes or only one.
       .
Display the last RX positions of SWL or Ham in reception of all planes or only one. For this, the Locator ("Personal data") of the listener must be filled.
    SWL  Ham       .       (" ") .
Display all the received positions of the reception window, possibly filtered by "Receivers" or "Planes"
     , ,   "Receivers"  "Planes"
Duplicates elimination
Duplicates elimination
Messages received in double (or more) by different listeners are removed before display
MSG,   ( )  ,   
Comments considered
Comments considered
If comments considered, same messages with different comments are not considered as duplicated and, consequently, are displayed
  ,  MSG        
Clear all the window displaying messages
    MSG
Clear the comment
Clear the comment
Filter the messages containing the specified text in the adjacent editor (20 characters maximum)
 MSG,   ,    ( 20 )
Comment
Comment
To display the HF frequency (XCVR), fill the "Freq MHz" field ("14.0956", for example)
   HF (XCVR)   "Freq MHz" ("14.0956", )
RX of transmitter
RX of transmitter
Refresh
Refresh
Following a problem of transfer of data, the "Refresh" button can be used to update the data loading.
      "Refresh"      .
WEB site
WEB site
To display the reception Multipsk WEB site, for this mode.
 RX   Multipsk WEB,   .
For positions RX or TX, it is necessary to fill the <MY LOCATOR> and <MY CALL> fields (<MY CALL> for Hams)
  RX  TX     <MY LOCATOR>  <MY CALL> (<MY CALL>  HAM)
Positions display of receivers or transmitters on maps GE, local and DXAtlas
       GE,   DXAtlas
Receivers
Receivers
Modification
Modification
Push this button to allow the modification of the server address. Extract the button, once the modification done.
  ,     .  ,    .
Load
Load
Stay on top
Stay on top
Push on this button to force the "Traffic" window to stay on top of other windows
  ,   "Traffic"     
To enlarge the window
To enlarge the window
Reception of a message and a file in progress
 MSG   
Sounding (TI)
Sounding (TI)
Sounding (TW)
Sounding (TW)
MIL-STD-188-141A mode parameters
  MIL-STD-188-141A
ALE frequencies: http://www.hflink.com/channels
 ALE: http://www.hflink.com/channels
Frames reception options
Frames reception options
If variable QRG, standard initial QRG: 1625 Hz
 VAR QRG,  : 1625 Hz
If the QRG is variable, the central initial QRG is the standard one (1625 Hz), for an occupied  band of 750 to 2500 Hz in "141A" or 1425 to 1825 Hz in ALE400
 QRG ,    QRG -  (1625 Hz),     750  2500 Hz  "141A"   1425  1825 Hz  ALE400
Fixed RX frequency (750 to 2500 Hz) in "141A"
 RX  (750-2500 Hz)  "141A"
All frames display (included DATA, REPEAT)
   ( DATA, REPEAT)
Options for non-limited Multispk version
 (  )
One correction by Golay frame authorized
 1   Golay 
Time displayed for each frame
   
A line between each frame, otherwise a space
  ,  - 
Short ring on frame reception
    
Sounding "THIS WAS" (answer not required)
 "THIS WAS" (  )
If the option is unchecked, you send a "THIS IS" sounding. It is a sounding but also a general call (CQ).
   ,    "THIS IS".           (CQ).
Sounding of 15 sec (instead of 30 sec)
 15  ( 30 )
Message "AMD" sent with the individual or net calls ("Call" button)
MSG "AMD"       ("Call" button)
Frequency displayed (if Commander connected)
  (  Commander)
Display of messages, only
 MSG 
Display of frame abstract
  
To use if it is wished to see a minimum of pieces of information about the frame (frame type,  "from...", "to...", LQA). For non-limited Multipsk version, it can be added the time and the frequency.
,        ( , "from...", "to...", LQA).      (  ).
Scanning options (transceiver in USB)
  (  USB)
Monitoring time on a channel:
 , :
second
second
With the "Additional sounding" button pushed, then "Scan" started, it is sounded periodically, each 30 minutes, as a beacon
   " ",   ""   ,  30 ,  
With the "Additional sounding" button pushed, then "Scan" started, it is sounded periodically, each hour, as a beacon
   " ",   ""   ,  ,  
Forward
Forward
Attention! Control that your transceiver relays don't click
!    
when scanning. Possibly, use the "Split mode" (see below)
 ,  "Split mode" (. )
Stop on the first received frame, otherwise continuous monitoring
   RX ,  -  
If this option is checked, the scanning is stopped on reception of any 141A frame decoded by this software
   ,       141A,   
Stop and answer on call of this station, otherwise answer without stop
      ,    
If this option is checked, the scanning is stopped and an answer is done on call of this station or on the specified net adress. Reversely, only the answer will be done and the scanning will continue after the answer.
   ,              .  -   ,     .
Stop and answer on HFL or QRZ call, otherwise answer without stop
     HFL  QRZ,      
If this option is checked, the scanning is stopped and an answer is done on call of the HFL or QRZ call. Reversely, only the answer will be done and the scanning will continue after the answer.
   ,        HFL  QRZ.       .
Stop on first answer
  1- 
If this option is checked, the scanning is stopped on reception of an answer to the sounding
   ,       
"Split" mode 1
"Split" mode 1
If this option is checked, the scanning is done in "Split" mode which can, for many transceivers, avoid the relays to click if you QSY between bands
   ,     "Split",         (QSY)   
"Split" mode 2
"Split" mode 2
If this option is checked, the scanning is done in "Split" mode but the transmission is done in non-split modes. This way is convenient for some transceivers as TS2000
   ,     "Split",   -   .      ,  TS2000
Ring on call of this station or on the specified net adress (for non-limited Multipsk)
  :       (  )
Individual or net call without answer required (preamble THIS WAS)
    ( THIS WAS)
Additional sounding
. 
Previously to the scanning, the frequency is first controlled and if free, a sounding (THIS IS or THIS WAS according to the selected option) is done.
     ,   ,   (THIS IS  THIS WAS     ).
If the "OK" button is pushed, the frequency is selected for the scanning (for non-limited Multispk version)
   "",     (  )
Forward the frequency to Commander and, so, to the transceiver (USB forced)
   Commander    (USB forced)
Callsigns (15 characters maximum) for individual calls - File "CALL_141A.TXT"
 ( 15 )    -  "CALL_141A.TXT"
Local net adress (6 characters maximum) for multiple call, followed by the answer delay (1 to 99 seconds)
Local   (. 6 )   ,    (1-99 )
Open nets (HFL and QRZ) followed by the personal Ham time slot. These nets are open to any answer.
  (HFL  QRZ),  HAM.      .
Management of the answer authorization to HFL and QRZ calls in the "Auxiliary functions for the 141A mode..." window. For this, click on the "Aux. functions" button.
     HFL  QRZ   "Auxiliary functions for the 141A mode...".     "Aux. functions".
Management in "Aux. functions"
  "Aux. . "
Saving of received and transmitted messages in the radio-mail (button "Mail"), for the Ham call only
    MSG   ( "Mail")   HAM 
Saving of all received messages and calls in the radio-mail (button "Mail") (for non-limited Multispk version)
   MSG     ( "Mail") (  )
Long frames (0 to 63 characters) rather than short frames (0 to 30 characters)
  (0-63 )   (0-30 )
ARQ FAE mode
ARQ FAE mode
No control of the CRC
No control of the CRC
No control of the CRC, only for monitoring (neither CQ nor answer to a CQ allowed)
  CRC,    ( CQ,    CQ  )
Ring on detection of a general call (CQ) (for non-limited Multipsk)
     (CQ) (  )
Ring on detection of a message for which you are the addressee (for non-limited Multipsk)
   MSG,   (  )
Ring on detection of an APRS frame (for non-limited Multipsk)
    APRS (  )
Additional waiting delay of one second for the slow PC (frequency < +/- 700 MHz)
.    1     ( < +/- 700 MHz)
Transmission of the typed text on line feed (key "Enter" or <---l )
      ( "Enter"  <---l )
Reed-Solomon identifier (RS ID) transmitted previously to all the FAE calls in "ALE400"
ID  -  (RS ID)     FAE  "ALE400"
This identifier is not proposed for the "141A" mode because the frequencies used are standard and the AF band is fixed in general.
      "141A",     ,   AF   .
For relays clicking, try:
  , :
Ring on HFL or QRZ call (for non-limited Multispk)
  HFL  QRZ (  )
Text compression
Text compression
If this option is checked, each character is compressed, which increases the text throughput. This compression is not recommended for oriental languages (Russian, Greek...)
   ,   ,     .        (, ...)
Ring on connection
Ring on connection
If this option is checked, after connexion with the other Ham, a short high-pitched ring will be triggered. After disconnexion, a short low-pitched ring will be triggered.
   ,     HAM     .   -    .
ALE400 detection only
ALE400 detection only
If you are in ALE400 and if the RS ID option is checked, an RS ID of other mode than ALE400 will not be taken into account (however, an ALE400 RS ID will permit the automatic tuning)
    ALE400   RS ID , RS ID  ,  ALE400,    ( RS ID ALE400    )
Automatic transfert of received ARQ FAE messages via e-mails
  ARQ FAE  MSG  e-mail
The ARQ FAE received messages are sent to the <WEB ADDRESS> address of your personal data (button "Personal") through Outlook Express e-mails (only one message for limited version).
 ARQ FAE MSG    <WEB ADDRESS>    ( "Personal")    Outlook Express (  MSG (  )).
SMTP data
SMTP data
For this option, it is necessary to enter the SMTP server address and the SMTP port (25 being the standard)
      SMTP-   SMTP ( - 25)
Standard mode for the transceiver
   
Non-standard mode for the transceiver (for particular cases where "RTTY" must be sent to set the transceiver in "DIG" mode)
    (  ,    "RTTY"      "DIG")
Non-standard mode for the transceiver (for particular cases where "RTTY-R" must be sent to set the SdR1000 (or equivalent) transceiver in "DIGU" mode)
    (  ,    "RTTY-R"    SdR1000 ( )   "DIGU")
Non-standard mode for the transceiver (for particular cases where "CW" must be sent to be able to get a 455 KHz signal output, from the transceiver)
    (  ,    "CW",     455 KHz  )
ALE^Stat connection
ALE^Stat connection
For reports to HFLink WEB page
   WEB HFLink
Connection (127.0.0.1/Port 23)
 (127.0.0.1/ 23)
What is ALE^Stat?
What is ALE^Stat?
Important: ALE (or ALE400) users with ALE^stat must use standard ALE (or ALE400) frequencies: http://hflink.com/channels/ or http://hflink.com/ale400/
:  ALE ( ALE400)  ALE^stat     ALE ( ALE400): http://hflink.com/channels/  http://hflink.com/ale400/
Disconnection on inactivity (mn):
Disconnect on inactivity (min):
Automatic disconnection on an inactivity equal or superior to a duration given in minutes (3, 5, 10, 30 or 60). "No" means for "No automatic disconnection".
   ,       (3, 5, 10, 30  60). "No"  "  ".
"No" means for "No automatic disconnection"
"No"  "  "
ALE^Stat connected
ALE^Stat connected
Waiting for ALE^Stat connection
  ALE^Stat
Disconnection of ALE^Stat.
Disconnection of ALE^Stat.
ALE^Stat not connected
ALE^Stat not connected
Connection accepted
Connection accepted
ALE^Stat disconnected
ALE^Stat disconnected
No timestamp
No timestamp
Timestamp with local time
Timestamp with local time
Timestamp with UTC time
Timestamp with UTC time
A timestamp will be added at the beginning of each new line for all text modes
Metka vremeni v kazhdoj novoj stroke dlya vseh tekstovyh rezhimov
Initialization:
Initialization:
TX command:
TX command:
RX command:
RX command:
End:
End:
Help about macros
Help about macros
Help about options
Help about options
A sequence (1 to 24) containing the command controling the TNC must only contain COM and EXEC macros
SEQ posledovatelnosti iz komand upravleniya TNC, tolko COM i EXEC makrosy
Interface with Digitalk (pronunciation of the decoded text) for PC XP, Vista and Windows 7
  Digitalk (  )  PC XP, Vista  Win 7
No pronunciation
No pronunciation
Now and at each Multipsk start-up
     Multipsk
Now only
Now only
Pronunciation:
Pronunciation:
Digitalk permits to pronounce the decoded text. It is aimed to blind Hams and SWL.
DigiTalk, ozvuchka decodirovannogo teksta. Dlya nezryachih HAM  SWL
WEB address of the Skip KH6TY site where Digitalk and the necessary files to text speech can be downloaded
WEB-  Skip KH6TY,    Digitalk      
Options for blind Hams and SWLs
   HAM  SWL
Search of transmissions on the waterfall with the <-- and --> keys
Poisk RX/TX na vodopade po knopke <-- i -->
Options for "RPRT@LENemail addressCRC" command
  "RPRT@LENemail addressCRC"
WEB address
WEB address
Your e-mail address is compulsory to send e-mails. Click on this button and fill the "<WEB ADDRESS>" field.
       .       "<WEB ADDRESS>".
SMTP server:
SMTP server:
Specify your SMTP server address, to permit the transmission of the reception report to the station sending a "RPRT@LENemail addressCRC" command.
   SMTP-,        ,   "RPRT@LENemail addressCRC".
Specify the SMTP port (25 being the standard), to permit the transmission of the reception report to the station sending a "RPRT@LENemail addressCRC" command.
  SMTP ( - 25),        ,   "RPRT@LENemail addressCRC".
Test your SMTP connection and report transmission by sending a test message to your email own address (the <WEB ADDRESS> field in your personal data).
  SMTP     ,   MSG      ( <WEB ADDRESS>    ).
Authorization
Authorization
Push this button to authorize, on reception of a "RPRT@LENemail addressCRC" command, the transmission of a reception report, by e-mail, to the station sending this command.
    ,    "RPRT@LENemail addressCRC"         ,   .
Options for the speech synthesis (pronunciation of the decoded text)
   (  )
To start the speech synthesis (pronunciation of the decoded text).
   (  ).
To pronounce several words as "QSO" in the Ham way ("Q S O" for example)
   ,  "QSO"   HAM ("Q S O", )
Volume
Volume
Rate
Rate
Voice
Voice
To start the speech recognition (recognition of the Ham speech, commands included).
   (     Ham).
Options for the synthesis speech recognition (recognition of the Ham pronunced text, commands included)
    (   ,  )
Interface with TNC or other exterior equipment
  TNC    
Options to manage the "RPRT@LENemail addressCRC" command
   "RPRT@LENemail addressCRC"
Connecting
Connecting
Error on connection
Error on connection
Load Digitalk
Load Digitalk
Failure of the FAE QSP-mail transmission by email
  FAE QSP-mail   
FAE QSP-mail transmitted to my email address
FAE QSP-      
Abandon...no possible connection
...   
Display of transmissions from ships and/or coast stations
    /  
Ships and stations
Ships and stations
Ships only
Ships only
Stations only
Stations only
Compact display
Compact display
Only correct frames
Only correct frames
It is displayed only the GMDSS frames with a correct chek-sum
   GMDSS    
Recording pause
Recording pause
23 chan.
23 chan.
8 chan.
8 chan.
23 CW channels, with a Pentium 1800 MHz as a minimum
23  CW,   Pentium 1800 MHz  
8 CW channels, with a Pentium  700 MHz as a minimum
8  CW,   Pentium 700 MHz  
>=1.8 GHz
>=1.8 GHz
Working with a Pentium 1.8 GHz as a minimum (better filtering)
   Pentium 1,8 GHz   ( )
Working with a Pentium 700 GHz as a minimum
   Pentium 700 GHz
>=450MHz
>=450MHz
filtered PSK channels, with a Pentium 450 MHz as a minimum
 PSK-,  Pentium 450 MHz  
non-filtered PSK channels, with a Pentium 330 MHz as a minimum
il' PSK-,  Pentium 330 MHz  
Double-click on the QSO to decode it in the RX/TX window
   QSO,      RX/TX
Panoramic for PSK reception (BPSK31, PSK63 and PSKFEC31)
   PSK (BPSK31, PSK63  PSKFEC31)
Panoramic for CW reception (limited to 5 mn for non-licencied versions)
   CW ( 5     )
Panoramic for CW reception (Morse)
   CW ()
Panoramic for RTTY 45 bauds reception (limited to 5 mn for non-licencied versions)
   RTTY 45  ( 5     )
Panoramic for RTTY 45 bauds reception
   RTTY 45 
RETURN
RETURN
Beeps on reception of a general call "CQ CQ " or on the "Call" or on the text of "NOTE x" as specified in "Personal data"
Beep C  RX  "CQ CQ"  TX "Call"   "NOTE x",    "Personal data"
Beeps on:
Beeps on:
Personal data
Personal data
Return to RX/TX on alarm
Return to RX/TX on alarm
Stop beeps
Stop beeps
Level/Gain (%)
Level/Gain (%)
Mixer adjustments (input-output)
  (-)
Recording control
Recording control
Level
Level
Clear all
Clear all
PC pb
PC pb
36 channels (->3800 Hz)
36 channels (->3800 Hz)
Switch the reception from 200-2500 Hz to 200-3800 Hz. A reception between 200 and 3800 Hz needs a powerful PC.
   200-2500 Hz  200-3800 Hz.     200-3800 Hz   .
Country
Country
Find the country according to the prefixe (1 to 5 characters) or the call, Help on right click
    (1-5 )   ,    
World + Automatic reception
World + Automatic reception
Manual or automatic positioning of a country on the world map, Help on right click
       ,    
On top
On top
To force the panoramic window to stay on top over the RX/TX screen
      RX/TX
Recording time:
Recording time:
5 minutes maximum in limited version.
 5     .
RX/TX windows font characters and background color
      /
RX/TX characters font (standard: Ms Sans Serif, bold, size:8)
  / (: Ms Sans Serif, , : 8)
+ RX characters color (standard: black)
 + (RX) cvet simvolov (standard: black)
TX characters color (standard: red)
TX cvet simvolov (standard: red)
RX background color (standard: white)
RX cvet fona (standard: white)
RX/TX font
RX/TX font
TX color
TX color
Close
Close
Panoramic characters color (standard: black)
Panorama cvet simvolov (standard: black)
Panoramic background color (standard: white)
Panorama cvet fona (standard: white)
The RX font parameters (except size) applies also to the Panoramic screen
Parametry RX shrifta (krome razmera) takzhe primenimo k oknu Panorama
Panoramics: black characters on white background color
Panorama: chyornye simvoly na belom fone
For panoramics, default colors (black characters on white background color) can be forced, independantly from other choices
        (    ),    
Country according to the prefixe (1 to 5 char) or to the call (4 to 10 char) or position of a Locator
   (1-5 .)   (4-10 .)   
Prefixe:
Prefixe:
Call:
Call:
Position the country or the locator on the world map
Pozicii strana ili locator na karte mira
Load the callsign et the Locator from the QSO fields
Vvesti callsign i Locator iz polej QSO
Display on local map
Display on local map
Position of the Locator on a local map chosen by the user
      
Locator on GoogleEarth
Locator on GoogleEarth
By pushing on "Lat/Long/Map", permits to display the Locator position on GoogleEarth, if this one exists on the PC
  "Lat/Long/Map",      Google Earth,     
Lat/Long/Map
Lat/Long/Map
 North
 North
 South
 South
No country corresponds to this call.
 ,   .
No country corresponds to this prefix.
 ,   .
The Locator needs 4 or 6 characters (for example: "JO30JQ").
  4  6  (: "JO30JQ").
Invalid user Locator (button "Personal")
   ( "Personal")
miles)
miles)
 East
 East
 West
 West
Latitude:
Latitude:
Longitude:
Longitude:
This is not a valid Locator.
This is not a valid Locator.
10 minutes maximum in limited version.
 10     .
PRO files|*.PRO
PRO files|*.PRO
Program saved
Program saved
Select all
Select all
Multipsk programming for the reception management
 Multipsk   
Load a program file
Load a program file
Print user window
Print user window
Save as...
Save as...
Program example
Program example
Execution
Execution
Automatic running
Automatic running
Help
Help
No text
No text
Error in line:
Error in line:
Success
Success
Line:
Line:
10 minutes max. in limited version.
 10     .
Failure
Failure
The DLL PSKReporter.DLL is present.
PSKReporter.DLL prisutstvuet.
Sends automatically or manually received data (callsign, mode, frequency and Locator if available)
      (, ,   ,  )
Hostname:
Hostname:
Automatic data transfer
Automatic data transfer
Manual data transfer
Manual data transfer
It is sent to the PSKReporter server, if available from your personal data: your call sign, Locator and antenna description
    PSKReporter,      :  ,    
It is displayed the number of reports sent to the PSKReporter WEB site
  ,    PSKReporter WEB
Logbook of the reports transmitted to the PSKReporter WEB site
 ,    PSKReporter WEB
In automatic mode, rings 300 ms on a report transmitted to the PSKReporter WEB site
   -  300   ,    PSKReporter WEB
Callsign filter
Callsign filter
In automatic mode, permits to only transmit reports for callsigns which beginning is the same as the callsign filter. If the field is empty, all callsigns are accepted
        ,      .   ,   
Failure! The DLL PSKReporter.DLL is not present.
!  DLL PSKReporter.DLL.
PSKreporter client for transmission of data to a WEB server
 PSKreporter     WEB-
to a PSKReporter WEB server where all the gathered data are displayed on a world map.
  PSKReporter WEB,        .
This permits to determine the global propagation and his/her own specific range of transmission.
         .
In the "Hostname:" editor, it is chosen the WEB address of the PSKReporter server (by default: report.pskreporter.info)
  "Hostname:"  WEB-  PSKReporter ( : report.pskreporter.info)
Port:
Port:
In the "Port:" editor, it is chosen the port of the PSKReporter server (by default: 4739)
  "Port:"    PSKReporter ( : 4739)
It is automatically transfered data (callsign, mode, frequency and, possibly, Locator) from panoramics or RX/TX screen to the PSKReporter server, on reception of a "DE callsign"
 (, ,  , , )        RX/TX     PSKReporter   "DE callsign"
It is manually transfered data (callsign, mode, frequency and, possibly, Locator) from the fields "Call", "Freq MHz", "Mode" and "Locator"
 ,   (, ,  , , )   "Call", "Freq MHz", "Mode"  "Locator"
Report sent to PSKreporter
Report sent to PSKreporter
Packet parameters
Packet parameters
Maximum acknowlegement time ("FRACK")
.   ("FRACK")
Between 2 and 60 seconds
Between 2 and 60 seconds
Between 1 and 200 times
Between 1 and 200 times
Flags displayed by a "$" or a ""
   "$"  ""
If frame control by checksum is active:
   checksum :
Filter of frames on call (destination or source)
    (Dest or Src)
Filter of frames on SSID (destination or source)
   SSID (Dest or Src)
SSID between 0 and 15
SSID between 0 and 15
Connection / Disconnection
Connection / Disconnection
Possible use of one to eight repeaters
  1  8  repeaters
Eight repeaters maximum separated by commas. A repeater = call sign on 6 characters + SSID (0 to 15) if necessary
8 repiterov max, cherez zapyatuyu. Repiter = pozyvnoj (6 simvolov) + SSID (0 - 15), pri neobhodimosti
From 1 to 255 bytes
From 1 to 255 bytes
20 to 250 hundredth of sec
20 to 250 hundredth of sec
10 to 120 hundredth of sec
10 to 120 hundredth of sec
Inactivity time before link test ("CHECK")
     ("CHECK")
From 1 to 255 x10sec. (10 to 2550 sec.)
 1  255 10 . (10 - 2550 .)
Miscellaneous
Raznoe
Destination in Unproto (CQ...)
Naznachenie v Unproto (CQ...)
Special shift in 1200 bauds:
Special shift in 1200 bauds:
In 1200 bauds, 800 Hz shift (1300 / 2100 Hz) for some Kantronics TNC
 1200 ,  800 Hz (1300 / 2100 Hz)   TNC  Kantronics
KISS through TCP/IP
KISS through TCP/IP
APRS options
APRS options
Generic destination:
Generic destination:
BPSK1200 Packet options
BPSK1200 Packet options
AFC on AF
AFC on AF
In FM, there is no need of any AFC (Automatic Frequency Control), but it is required in USB. In that case, a 50 HZ shift of the 1200 Hz AF carrier can be made up, but not beyond.
 FM    AFC (  ),     USB.         1200 Hz  50 Hz,    .
AFC on HF (satellite)
AFC on HF (satellite)
To listen satellite BPSK1200, USB is the normal way to listen. It is proposed an AFC applied to the transceiver HF, through the CAT system, to keep the downlink receiver properly tuned to the BPSK transmission, during a satellite pass
   BPSK1200  USB.   AFC   HF   CAT,           BPSK    
Options for the Packet APRS Repeater (limited to 10 minutes in non licencied version)
  PACKET APRS ( 10     )
Repetition on type "n-N" modern aliases
  "n-N"  
Duration of the dupe-elimination filter (seconds):
   ():
Repetition on obsolete aliases (to avoid)
   ():
Enabled
Enabled
1 to 7: maximum number of authorized repetitions ("n")
1-7: .   ("n") 
2 to 7: max. number of repetitions before traping ("N")
2-7: .     ("N")
PAX/PAX2 parameters
PAX/PAX2 parameters
Maximum number of retries ("RETRY")
.   ("RETRY")
Default parameters
Default parameters
Frames display options
  
Frame control by checksum active
  Checksum 
If inactive, all frames, valid or not, are displayed
 ,   ,   
If frame control by checksum is disabled:
   checksum :
Flags displayed by a "$"
 ,  "$"
Date/time displayed for each frame
/   
Ring on reception of a UI or SABM frame
    UI  SABM
One half of a second ring on reception of a UI (APRS position, for example) or SABM (connection demand) frame
 ring    UI (, APRS-)  SABM (  )
Only the information on RX and TX frames
    RX  TX
Call sign on 6 characters maximum
Callsign 6 simvolov max
Possible use of one or two repeaters (it is advised not to pass one repeater)
 1  2 repeater (   -  )
To notch if one repeater is used, at least
,     
Two repeaters maximum separated by commas. A repeater = call sign on 6 characters
Max 2 repitera, razdelitel = zapyataya. Repiter = callsign iz 6 simvolov
The alias "ECHO" can be used instead of a call sign. In this case, all PAX stations can be repeaters.
Psevdonim "ECHO" vmesto callsign. Togda vse PAX stancii mogut byt repiterami.
Frames transmission options
  
Maxi. number of frames by package (MAXFRAME)
.     (MAXFRAME)
From 1 to 7 frames/package
From 1 to 7 frames/package
Maximum number of "datas" per frame ("PACLEN")
.  "datas"   ("PACLEN")
From 1 to 63 bytes (of 6 bits)
 1  63  ( 6 )
Waiting time on clear channel before TX (DWAIT)
     TX (DWAIT)
50 to 150 hundredth of sec
50 - 150 sec/100
XCVR RX->TX turnaround time ("TXDELAY")
XCVR RX->TX   ("TXDELAY")
1 or 2 halves of second
1  2 sec/2
From 6 to 255 x10sec. (60 to 2550 sec.)
 6  255 10 . ( 60  2550 .)
Various pieces of information
  
Sampling
Sampling
Click on the type of Pentium you have. A red label appears if the computer is not rapid enough.
     Pentium.    ,   .
Level/Gain
Level/Gain
Input level (x) or AGC
Input level (x) or AGC
Input level (reduction of the level by a factor 0.2 to 1) or AGC (Automatic Gain Control)
   (   0,2-1 )   (Automatic Gain Control)
Free the sound card
Free the sound card
Free the sound card resource (to start another application)
    (   )
TX Lvl
TX Lvl
Adjustment of the TX power level by tuning the sound card speaker output level
   TX       
TX level
TX level
Message transmitted by the beacon
MSG,  
Beacon and AX25 responder + radio mail, to start in Unproto mode
   AX25 + ,    Unproto
Beacon and PAX/PAX2 responder + mail, to start in Unproto mode
   PAX/PAX2, ,    Unproto
Return to RX/TX window
Return to RX/TX window
Responder enabled
Responder enabled
Title
Title
Click on a "message button" to modify the corresponding message.
   "message",    MSG.
Record the message
Record the message
Radio mail
Radio mail
Radio mail (messages received by the Packet or by the PAX/PAX2 responder), only for licensed copies only
 (MSG,   Packet   PAX/PAX2), (  )
Archive "connection"
Archive "connection"
Packet beacon
Packet beacon
PAX/PAX2 beacon
PAX/PAX2 beacon
Beacon enabled
Beacon enabled
Prior serial number (14 char.)
   (14 .)
It is transmitted, prior to the programmed message, the text "Message x" with x a number initially to 1 which is increased of one unity at each new beacon transmission.
   MSG,  "Message x",  x -  ,   1,          .
Disconnected - responder OFF - beacon OFF
Disconnect - Responder OFF - Beacon OFF
Disconnected - responder ON - beacon OFF
Disconnect - Responder ON - Beacon OFF
Disconnected - responder OFF - beacon ON
Disconnect - Responder OFF - Beacon ON
Disconnected - responder ON - beacon ON
Disconnect - Responder ON - Beacon ON
Nothing to save!
Nothing to save!
infinite
infinite
characters
characters
Connection asked
Connection asked
RTL-SDR gain and frequency
RTL-SDR gain and frequency
TNT receiver detected and TCP/IP connection done
 TNT    TCP/IP 
TNT receiver disconnected
TNT receiver disconnected
TCP/IP connection problem with RTL_TCP.exe. Try to extract and then to push the "TNT key (RTL/SDR)" button.
  TCP/IP  RTL_TCP.exe.  ,     "TNT key (RTL/SDR)".
Failure of the TCP/IP connection, the TNT key (RTL/SDR) is probably not connected.
  TCP/IP, , TNT- (RTL/SDR)  .
Local:
Local:
Ratio=
Ratio=
I/Q direct interface via the sound card, for SdR transceivers
I/Q     ,  SDR 
AF frequency
AF frequency
Frequency adjustment
Frequency adjustment
HF frequency (KHz)
HF frequency (KHz)
They are two frequencies for a DSB receiver (USB and LSB) and only one for a SdR receiver
       DSB (USB  LSB)      SDR
Global level
Global level
Over
Over
It is given the level of the selected signal, between the 2 cursors, in %. It is also given the ratio between the selected signal and the global level.
        .         .
Options
Options
Transmission in base band
Transmission in base band
For specific needs, it can be useful to transmit in base band (i.e. with an AF shift equal to 0)
           (    AF,  0)
Re-reading of the .WAV sound file
   .WAV
Push this button to come back to the beginning of the file and then to read it.
  ,     ,    .
Spectrum
Spectrum
Waterfall
Waterfall
I/Q corrections
I/Q corrections
RX corrections
RX corrections
Corrections of phase and amplitude intended to compensate the imperfection of the quadrature putting of Q compared to I (for a SdR receiver)
         Q    I (  SDR)
TX corrections
TX corrections
Corrections of phase and amplitude intended to compensate the imperfection of the quadrature putting of Q compared to I (for a SdR transmitter)
         Q    I (  SdR)
Automatic Gain Control
Automatic Gain Control
Fixed frequency
Fixed frequency
Sweeping
Sweeping
Waterfall sweeping with a mouse movement or frequency positioned by a mouse click
     ,   
Waterfall (RX/TX)
Waterfall (RX/TX)
HF frequency at 0
HF frequency at 0
Edition of the HF frequency at the 0 Hz waterfall. It corresponds to the central frequency given by the cristal or the VFO. The displayed frequency can be modified by Commander, if it is connected.
 HF   0 Hz "".    ,    .       Commander,   .
Other frequencies
Other frequencies
It can be also chosen between 12 different other frequencies. These ones can be modified by the user.
     12  .    .
Modulations
Modulations
Sound card / mixer
Sound card / mixer
RX input
RX input
Recording control of the sound card input taking the signal from receiver
       
TX ouput
TX ouput
Volume of the sound card output sending the signal to the transmitter
   ,    
RX spectrum inversion
RX spectrum inversion
TX spectrum inversion
TX spectrum inversion
Sampling frequency:
Sampling frequency:
48000 samples/sec give a +/-24 KHz bandwidth (for standard sound cards)
48000       +/-24 KHz (   )
96000 samples/sec give a +/-48 KHz bandwidth (speed available on some specific sound cards)
96000       +/-48 KHz (     )
192000 samples/sec give a +/-96 KHz bandwidth (speed available on some specific sound cards)
192000       +/-96 KHz (     )
Push this button if your receiver is a DSB one ("Double-side band" for direct conversion receiver) and not a SdR
  ,    DSB ("Double-side band"     ),   SDR
The "Forward" button permits to forward the stored frequency in the field "HF frequency at 0" to the SdR transceiver, through Commander (or HRD) and the Cat system.
 "Forward"       "HF frequency at 0"   SdR  Commander ( HRD)   Cat.
Force the AF frequency to 0 Hz on the waterfall
  AF  0 Hz  ""
Select the VFO A (or B), this one memorizing HF and AF frequencies and the reception mode (USB or LSB)
 VFO A ( B),    HF  AF    (USB  LSB)
Detection (without automatic switching on the mode and on the frequency) of any RS ID on 44 KHz bandwidth (between the yellow vertical dashes) and display of the detected mode in the SdR spectrum. The normal demodulation is "USB".
 (     )  RS ID   44 KHz (   )       SDR.   - "USB".
Detection (without automatic switching on the frequency) of any Call ID (or Prop ID) on 44 KHz bandwidth (between the yellow vertical dashes) and display of the detected Call ID in the SdR spectrum. The normal demodulation is "USB".
 (   )  Call ID ( Prop ID)   44 KHz (   )    Call ID   SdR.   - "USB".
Permanent detection, with automatic switching on the mode and on the frequency, of any RS ID on 44 KHz bandwidth (between the yellow vertical dashes) and display of the detected mode in the SdR spectrum. The normal demodulation is "USB".
         RS ID   44 KHz (   )       SDR.   - "USB".
Permanent detection with automatic switching on the frequency, of any Call ID (or Prop ID) on 44 KHz bandwidth (between the yellow vertical dashes) and display of the detected Call ID in the SdR spectrum. The normal demodulation is "USB".
        Call ID ( Prop ID)   44 KHz (   )    Call ID   SDR.   - "USB".
On demand detection (only one time), with automatic switching on the mode and on the frequency, of any RS ID on 44 KHz bandwidth (between the yellow vertical dashes) and display of the detected mode in the SdR spectrum. The normal demodulation is "USB".
   (),        RS ID   44 KHz (   )       SDR.   - "USB".
On demand detection (only one time), with automatic switching on the frequency, of any Call ID (or Prop ID) on 44 KHz bandwidth (between the yellow vertical dashes) and display of the detected Call ID in the SdR spectrum. The normal demodulation is "USB".
   (),      Call ID ( Prop ID)   44 KHz (   )    Call ID   SdR.   - "USB".
AM must be used to decode the ACARS mode. AM demodulation forces sampling frequency to 48 KHz
      ACARS.      48 KHz
FM 10 KHz must be used to decode 1382, NWR, DTMF and Packet modes. FM demodulation forces sampling frequency to 48 KHz
FM 10 KHz      1382, NWR, DTMF  Packet.  FM     48 KHz
FM 12 KHz must be used to decode the POCSAG and ACARS mode or to listen to FM on 12.5 KHz channels. FM demodulation forces sampling frequency to 48 KHz
FM 12 KHz      POCSAG  ACARS    FM   12,5 KHz.  FM     48 KHz
The FM demodulation must be specified for a given bandwidth from 1 to 48 KHz. For example, NOAA satellite APT faxes can be received with a bandwidth between 25 and 40 KHz. FM demodulation forces sampling frequency to 48 KHz
FM          1  48 KHz. ,  - NOAA       25  40 KHz. FM      48 KHz
Broadcast FM
Broadcast FM
The demodulation of broadcast FM (87.5 to 108 MHz), received from a Funcube Dongle Pro+ or a RTL-SDR receiver, forces sampling frequency to 192 KHz. The "FM-RDS" mode must be selected.
  FM (87,5-108 MHz),    Funcube Dongle Pro+   RTL-SDR,     192 KHz.    "FM-RDS".
Always on top
Always on top
With this button, this window can remain on top or reversely, can be hided by the main window
       , ,   
Fast Automatic Frequency Control (frequency catching up and pursuit at 400 Hz/sec maximum), useful, for example, to catch up then follow the drift of NOAA satellite transmissions when one receives APT faxes
    (       400 Hz/ ), , ,       NOAA    APT
Slow Automatic Frequency Control (frequency pursuit at 40 Hz/sec maximum), useful, for example, to follow the drift of NOAA satellite transmissions when one receives APT faxes
    (     40 Hz/), , ,      NOAA    APT
miles/Az.=
miles/Az.=
the
the
Incorrect message: the SYNOP/SHIP date/time string is incorrect
 MSG:  / SYNOP/SHIP 
from anemometer
from anemometer
estimated
estimated
Max temp.=
Max temp.=
Min temp.=
Min temp.=
Sea temp=
Sea temp=
Dew=
Dew=
Humidity=
Humidity=
Humidity (%)
Humidity (%)
Rain=
Rain=
clear skies
clear skies
clouds dissolving
clouds dissolving
state of sky unchanged
state of sky unchanged
clouds developing
clouds developing
visibility reduced by smoke
visibility reduced by smoke
haze
haze
widespread dust in suspension not raised by wind
      
dust or sand raised by wind
dust or sand raised by wind
well developed dust or sand whirls
     
dust or sand storm within sight but not at station
      ,    
mist
mist
patches of shallow fog
patches of shallow fog
continuous shallow fog
continuous shallow fog
lightning visible, no thunder heard
 ,   
precipitation within sight but not hitting ground
   ,    
distant precipitation but not falling at station
 ,     
nearby precipitation but not falling at station
 ,    
thunderstorm but no precipitation falling at station
     
squalls within sight but no precipitation falling at station
   ,     
funnel clouds within sight
funnel clouds within sight
rain
rain
snow
snow
rain and snow
rain and snow
freezing rain
freezing rain
rain showers
rain showers
snow showers
snow showers
hail showers
hail showers
fog
fog
slight to moderate duststorm, decreasing in intensity
    ,  
slight to moderate duststorm, no change
    ,  
slight to moderate duststorm, increasing in intensity
    ,  
severe duststorm, decreasing in intensity
  ,  
severe duststorm, no change
severe duststorm, no change
severe duststorm, increasing in intensity
  ,  
slight to moderate drifting snow, below eye level
   ,   
heavy drifting snow, below eye level
  ,   
slight to moderate drifting snow, above eye level
   ,   
heavy drifting snow, above eye level
 ,   
Fog at a distance
Fog at a distance
patches of fog
patches of fog
fog, sky visible, thinning
fog, sky visible, thinning
fog, sky not visible, thinning
,   , 
fog, sky visible, no change
fog, sky visible, no change
fog, sky not visible, no change
,   ,  
fog, sky visible, becoming thicker
,  , 
fog, sky not visible, becoming thicker
,   , 
fog, depositing rime, sky visible
,  ,  
fog, depositing rime, sky not visible
,  ,   
intermittent light drizzle
intermittent light drizzle
continuous light drizzle
continuous light drizzle
intermittent moderate drizzle
intermittent moderate drizzle
continuous moderate drizzle
continuous moderate drizzle
intermittent heavy drizzle
intermittent heavy drizzle
continuous heavy drizzle
continuous heavy drizzle
light freezing drizzle
light freezing drizzle
moderate to heavy freezing drizzle
     
light drizzle and rain
light drizzle and rain
moderate to heavy drizzle and rain
     
intermittent light rain
intermittent light rain
continuous light rain
continuous light rain
intermittent moderate rain
intermittent moderate rain
continuous moderate rain
continuous moderate rain
intermittent heavy rain
intermittent heavy rain
continuous heavy rain
continuous heavy rain
light freezing rain
light freezing rain
moderate to heavy freezing rain
    
light rain and snow
light rain and snow
moderate to heavy rain and snow
     
intermittent light snow
intermittent light snow
continuous light snow
continuous light snow
intermittent moderate snow
intermittent moderate snow
continuous moderate snow
continuous moderate snow
intermittent heavy snow
intermittent heavy snow
continuous heavy snow
continuous heavy snow
diamond dust
diamond dust
snow grains
snow grains
snow crystals
snow crystals
ice pellets
ice pellets
light rain showers
light rain showers
moderate to heavy rain showers
   
violent rain showers
violent rain showers
light rain and snow showers
light rain and snow showers
moderate to heavy rain and snow showers
     
light snow showers
light snow showers
moderate to heavy snow showers
   
light snow/ice pellet showers
light snow/ice pellet showers
moderate to heavy snow/ice pellet showers
   / 
light hail showers
light hail showers
moderate to heavy hail showers
   
thunderstorm in past hour, currently only light rain
  ,    
thunderstorm in past hour, currently only moderate to heavy rain
  ,      
thunderstorm in past hour, currently only light snow or rain/snow mix
   ,         
thunderstorm in past hour, currently only moderate to heavy snow or rain/snow mix
   ,        - 
light to moderate thunderstorm
   
light to moderate thunderstorm with hail
     
heavy thunderstorm
heavy thunderstorm
heavy thunderstorm with duststorm
    
heavy thunderstorm with hail
heavy thunderstorm with hail
cloud covering more than half of sky
   
sandstorm, duststorm or blowing snow
 ,      
drizzle
drizzle
snow or mixed rain and snow
snow or mixed rain and snow
cloud covering less than half of sky
   
cloud covering more than half of sky during part of period and more than half during part of period
       
cloud covering more thna half of sky
     
fog, or thick haze
fog, or thick haze
showers
showers
thunderstorms
thunderstorms
no observation
no observation
Present WX:
Present WX:
...Past 1 WX:
...Past 1 WX:
...Past 2 WX:
...Past 2 WX:
no low clouds
no low clouds
cumulus humulis or fractus (no vertical development)
     (  )
cumulus mediocris or congestus (moderate vertical development)
     (  )
cumulonimbus calvus (no outlines nor anvil)
-  (    )
stratocumulus cumulogenitus (formed by spreading of cumulus)
- ,   
stratocumulus
stratocumulus
stratus nebulosus (continuous sheet)
- ( )
stratus or cumulus fractus (bad weather)
-  ( )
cumulus and stratocumulus (multilevel)
  - ()
cumulonimbus with anvil
cumulonimbus with anvil
low clouds unobserved due to darkness or obscuration
    -   
no middle clouds
no middle clouds
altostratus translucidous (mostly transparent)
  (  )
altostratus opacus or nimbostratus
altostratus opacus  nimbostratus - -   -
altocumulus translucidous (mostly transparent)
-  ()
patches of altocumulus (irregular, lenticular)
  (, )
bands of altocumulus
bands of altocumulus
altocumulus cumulogenitus (formed by spreading of cumulus)
 ,   
altocumulus (multilayers)
altocumulus (multilayers)
altocumulus castellanus (having cumuliform tufts)
  (  )
altocumulus of a chaotic sky
altocumulus of a chaotic sky
middle clouds unobserved due to darkness or obscuration
    -    
no high clouds
no high clouds
cirrus fibratus (wispy)
cirrus fibratus (wispy)
cirrus spissatus (dense in patches)
- 
cirrus spissatus cumulogenitus (formed out of anvil)
  - (  )
cirrus unicus or fibratus (progressively invading sky)
 UniCUS   (  )
bands of cirrus or cirrostratus invading sky (less than 45 degree above horizon)
   - ,   (   45   )
bands of cirrus or cirrostratus invading sky (more than 45 degree above horizon)
   - ,    ( 45   )
cirrostratus covering whole sky
    
cirrostratus not covering sky but not invading
    ,    
cirrocumulus
cirrocumulus
high clouds unobserved due to darkness or obscuration
    -    
...low clouds:
...low clouds:
...middle clouds:
...middle clouds:
...high clouds:
...high clouds:
Low clouds:
Low clouds:
Middle clouds:
Middle clouds:
High clouds:
High clouds:
No observation
No observation
Sky state:
Sky state:
...clouds:
...clouds:
...height:
...height:
Clouds:
Clouds:
Height:
Height:
Ship:
Ship:
knots
knots
Waves:
Waves:
Icing from ocean spray
Icing from ocean spray
Icing from fog
Icing from fog
Icing from spray and fog
Icing from spray and fog
Icing from precipitation
Icing from precipitation
Icing from spray and precipitation
    
Ice not building up
Ice not building up
Ice building up slowly
Ice building up slowly
Ice building up rapidly
Ice building up rapidly
Ice melting or breaking up slowly
    
Ice melting or breaking up rapidly
    
Ice on ship:
Ice on ship:
snow predominantly covered with ice
,   
compact or wet snow covering less than half of ground
   ,     
compact or wet snow covering more than half of ground but not completely covered
       ,   
even layer of compact or wet snow covering entire ground
     ,   
uneven layer of compact or wet snow covering entire ground
     ,    
loose dry snow covering less than half of ground
  ,     
loose dry snow covering more than half of ground but not completely covered
       ,   
even layer of loose dry snow covering entire ground
    ,   
uneven layer of loose dry snow covering entire ground
    ,    
snow covering ground completely with deep drifts
,     
inches
inches
Snow:
Snow:
Loc pres=
Loc pres=
Sea pres=
Sea pres=
Increasing, then decreasing -- resultant pressure same or higher
,   -      
Increasing, then steady -- resultant pressure higher
,   -   
Increasing steadily -- resultant pressure higher
  -   
Decreasing or steady, then increasing -- resultant pressure higher
  ,   -   
Steady -- resultant pressure same
 -   
Decreasing, then increasing -- resultant pressure lower
,   -   
Decreasing, then steady -- resultant pressure lower
,   -   
Decreasing steadily -- resultant pressure lower
  -   
Increasing or steady, then decreasing -- resultant pressure
  ,   -  
Direc=
Direc=
Message:
Message:
Base:
Base:
Vis.:
Vis.:
Cover:
Cover:
at:
at:
Rejected message: the speed unit for wind measure is incorrect
 MSG:      
Automatic land station
Automatic land station
Manned land station
Manned land station
Automatic marine station
Automatic marine station
Manned marine station
Manned marine station
No presence of the file STATIONS_SYNOP.TXT, so no SYNOP station localisation.
  STATIONS_SYNOP.TXT,     SYNOP.
Rejected message: the land station indicative is incorrect
 MSG:    
Rejected message: the ship coordinates are incorrect
 MSG:   
Rejected message: the iRixhVV group is incorrect
 MSG:  iRixhVV 
0 to 50 m
0 to 50 m
50 to 100 m
50 to 100 m
100 to 200 m
100 to 200 m
200 to 300 m
200 to 300 m
300 to 600 m
300 to 600 m
600 to 1000 m
600 to 1000 m
1000 to 1500 m
1000 to 1500 m
1500 to 2000 m
1500 to 2000 m
2000 to 2500 m
2000 to 2500 m
above 2500 m
above 2500 m
Rejected message: the Nddff group is incorrect
 MSG:  Nddff  
0 (clear sky)
0 (clear sky)
1/8th
1/8th
2/8ths
2/8ths
3/8ths
3/8ths
4/8ths
4/8ths
5/8ths
5/8ths
6/8ths
6/8ths
7/8ths
7/8ths
8/8ths (overcast)
8/8ths (overcast)
sky obscured
sky obscured
Loading of the
Loading of the
The file string is empty or incorrect (must not contain \/:*?"<>| characters
     (    \/:*?"<>|)
The longitude is incorrect (Example: 001-02.03E with a max. of 179-59.99)
  (: 001-02.03E   179-59.99)
The pieces of data are correct.
 .
The pieces of data are saved in the file SYNOP.SER
    SYNOP.SER
Close, first, the maps window.
,   .
Speed
Speed
Max temp.
Max temp.
Min temp.
Min temp.
Sea temp.
Sea temp.
Dewpoint
Dewpoint
Rain
Rain
Loc pres
Loc pres
Sea pres.
Sea pres.
Pressure evolution 3h
Pressure evolution 3h
The file STATIONS_SYNOP.TXT is incorrect, so no SYNOP station localisation.
 STATIONS_SYNOP.TXT ,    SYNOP .
SYNOP and SHIP transmissions (WX) decoding (limited to 5 mn for non-licencied versions)
 SYNOP  SHIP (WX),  ( 5     )
SYNOP and SHIP transmissions (WX) decoding
  SYNOP  SHIP (WX)
NWR SAME stations positioning, on SYNOP/SHIP maps
NWR SAME  ,   SYNOP/SHIP
Aircrafts positioning (identifier/altitude in feet), on SYNOP/SHIP maps
   (/  )   SYNOP/SHIP
EPRIB/ELT/PLB beacons positioning (identifier), on SYNOP/SHIP maps
EPRIB/ELT/PLB    ()   SYNOP/SHIP
Aircrafts positioning (identifier), on SYNOP/SHIP maps
   ()   SYNOP/SHIP
GPS (GPRMC) positions received via 1382 frames, displayed on SYNOP/SHIP maps
 GPS (GPRMC)   1382 ,    SYNOP/SHIP
GPS (GPRMC) positions received via BIIS frames, displayed on SYNOP/SHIP maps
GPS (GPRMC)    BIIS ,    SYNOP/SHIP
DGPS stations positioning, on SYNOP/SHIP maps
 DGPS,    SYNOP/SHIP
Ships positioning ("MMSI" identifier), on SYNOP/SHIP maps
   ( "MMSI")   SYNOP/SHIP
Ham stations positioning (on SYNOP/SHIP maps)
 HAM  (  SYNOP/SHIP)
Map
Map
Clear the map
Clear the map
Clear the map, automatically, on reception of a valid new SYNOP or SHIP message.
       SYNOP  SHIP MSG.
New map definition
New map definition
Bottom right corner
Bottom right corner
Maps to define by the user
Maps to define by the user
Map to define with two distant points on a diagonal (2 clicks)
Karta privyazka po dvum tochkam po diagonali (2 klika)
Exit
Exit
Automatic loading
Automatic loading
Automatic loading of the maps present in the sub-directory Maps (10 maps maximum). The format description file (.TXT or .INF) must be present.
     Maps ( 10 ).      (.TXT  .INF).
Import the co-ordinates .TXT, .INF (from UI-VIEW) or .CLB (http://www.sailwx.info/maps/shipplotter.phtml maps) file corresponding to the .BMP, .JPG or .GIF file.
    .TXT, .INF ( UI-VIEW)  .CLB (http://www.sailwx.info/maps/shipplotter.phtml maps),   .BMP, .JPG  .GIF.
Export the co-ordinates in a .TXT (and in a .INF) file corresponding to the .BMP, .JPG or .GIF file.
    .TXT (   .INF),   .BMP, .JPG  .GIF.
Upt
Upt
Up-to-date of map if the co-ordinates of the map have been modified by the user
  ,      
Click on the right button of the mouse to load the map and then, automatically, the co-ordinates file if exists
   ,   ,  , ,  ,  
Calculation of corners co-ordinates and up-to-date of the map
     
2nd point: click right
2nd point: click right
Time/date
Time/date
Station type
Station type
User units
User units
Speed unit
Speed unit
knot
knot
Temperature unit
Temperature unit
Height unit
Height unit
Pressure unit
Pressure unit
Distance unit
Distance unit
mile
mile
Speed (from 0 to 100 knots scale)
 ( 0  100 )
Waves
Waves
Height of waves in meters and period of waves in seconds
        
Snapsh.
Snapsh.
The distance and the azimuth are displayed if your position is defined (button "Transmission" in APRS window (in PACKET mode)) or if your Locator is in your personal data (button "Personal" in the RX/TX window)
   ,     ( "Transmission"   APRS (  PACKET))    Locator      ( "Personal"   RX/TX)
Callsign
Callsign
Pressure evolution over 3 h
Pressure evolution over 3 h
Display
Display
Display (call, temperature, pressure, wind speed or nothing) choice
  (, , ,    )
E. X=
E. X=
E. Y=
E. Y=
Extent of the map in Y (vertical)
   Y ()
Display all the recorded stations
   
Display the received positions on GoogleEarth
    Google Earth
Display the received positions, also on DXAtlas, if this one exists on the PC.
     DXAtlas,     .
Select the UTC time hour, at which messages have been received
    UTC,     MSG
Display hour
Display hour
Display the recorded stations for the messages received at the selected UTC time hour
    MSG,       UTC
Display also the SYNOP/SHIP received positions on GoogleEarth
    SYNOP/SHIP  GoogleEarth
Ring on reception of a SYNOP/SHIP message
   SYNOP/SHIP MSG
Visibility
Visibility
Cloud base
Cloud base
Cloud base of lowest cloud seen (meters above ground)
    (  )
Cloud cover
Cloud cover
Total cloud cover
Total cloud cover
Local pressure at the station
Local pressure at the station
Sea level pressure
Sea level pressure
Pressure change + tendancy over 3 hours preceding the observation
  +   3   
Rainfall + duration over which precipitation amount is measured
  +    
Sky state
Sky state
Sky darkness degree
Sky darkness degree
Direction and speed of the ship
   
Sea surface temperature
Sea surface temperature
Dewpoint temperature (C or F) ou humidity (%)
   (C  F)   (%)
Maximum temperature over previous 24 hours
    24 
Minimum temperature over previous 24 hours
    24 
Wind direction
Wind direction
Wind speed
Wind speed
Horizontal visibility
Horizontal visibility
Decoding a text file containing one or more SYNOP/SHIP messages (for versions with licence)
  ,     SYNOP/SHIP MSG (  )
Filter
Filter
Authorize the decoding of a selection of stations (10 max)
    (  10)
Ten stations maximum separated by commas. A station on 5 characters max.
 , ,  .  -  5  .
Notch to make the filter "ON"
Notch to make the filter "ON"
To force the SHIP mode without waiting the reception of the "BBXX" prefix
  SHIP     "BBXX"
Reduced display with a picture in 480x360. With a non-reduced display, the picture is in 800x600.
   480x360  800x600
Personal co-ordinates present
Personal co-ordinates present
exists! Do you overwrite it?
exists! Do you overwrite it?
Latitude/longitude file ('+FICHIER+') is not available.
 / ('+FICHIER+') .
Failure: no first point defined with a left click.
:       .
Failure: no second point defined with a right click.
:   ,   .
Failure: the longitudes of the two points are the same.
:    .
The latitude of the first point is incorrect (Example: 45-05.06N with a max. of 89-59.99)
    (: 45-05.06N,  89-59.99)
The latitude of the second point is incorrect (Example: 45-05.06N with a max. of 89-59.99)
    (: 45-05.06N,  89-59.99)
The longitude of the first point is incorrect (Example: 001-02.03E with a max. of 179-59.99)
    (: 001-02.03E   179-59.99)
The calculated corners co-ordinates are not valid. Verify the given co-ordinates.
   .   .
S. Y=
S. Y=
Neither personal (button "Transmission" in APRS) nor user Locator (button "Personal" in the RX/TX window)
  ( "Transmission"  APRS),    ( "Personal"   RX/TX)
Invalid user Locator (button "Personal" in the RX/TX window)
   ( "Personal"   RX/TX)
Close, first, the filter management window.
,    .
No presence of the file STATIONS.TXT, so no SYNOP station localisation.
  STATIONS.TXT,     SYNOP.
Text file decoding
Text file decoding
Multipsk is connected with a TCP/IP client
Multipsk    TCP/IP
Client disconnected
Client disconnected
Listening...
Listening...
Multipsk stopped or RX/TX window not on top
Multipsk    RX/TX  
Digital mode not controllable by the TCP/IP link
     TCP/IP
Multipsk must be in RX
Multipsk must be in RX
Incorrect command
Incorrect command
Unknown received character
Unknown received character
Disconnection of the server.
Disconnection of the server.
TCP/IP server for exchanges (RX/TX) with a "TCP/IP client" application
TCP/IP-   (RX/TX)   "TCP/IP-"
TCP/IP management (Adress: 127.0.0.1 / Port 3122)
 TCP/IP (: 127.0.0.1 /  3122)
Link opening
Link opening
Log
Log
To authorize a client program to exchange data
     
with Multispk, click on the "Link opening" button.
 Multispk.   "Link opening".
To stop data exchange, click on "Disconnection".
   ,  "Disconnection".
This command close the window but not the TCP/IP connection!
   ,    TCP/IP!
Port number
Port number
Correct APRS frame
Correct APRS frame
TCP/IP client for exchange of data with an APRS-IS server
TCP/IP-     APRS-IS-
TCP/IP management (DNS adress / Port 14580)
  TCP/IP (DNS- /  14580)
Log and filtered APRS frames coming from the APRS-IS server
    APRS   APRS-IS
To allow the exchange of data with the APRS-IS server,
     APRS-IS
click on the "Connection" button.
   "Connection".
Then close this window, which will remain active.
   , ( ).
Connected!
Connected!
Transfer to the APRS-IS server
   APRS-IS
Transfer the filter and replace the previous one
    
Internet access to pass all the decoded packet frames to an APRS-IS server
           APRS-IS
and to see the frames received by the server (through a filter)
  ,   ( )
In thousands of characters received
   
DNS address of the server (port 14580):
DNS   ( 14580):
List of the APRS-IS servers (from Internet)
  APRS-IS ( www)
Copy and paste the server that you want (port 14580 only)
     (  14580)
APRS.fi is a global APRS database, which archives position tracking, weather and message information collected from the APRS-IS network
APRS.fi -     APRS,      ,    MSG,    APRS-IS
Filter transmitted at the connection:
,  :
Filter transmitted during the connection:
,   :
Filter commands (from Internet)
  ( www)
For example, "filter t/poimntqsu" let pass all the frames and "filter p/F" let only pass the  frames beginning by the "F" letter on the first call sign (i.e French hams)
, "filter t/poimntqsu"   ,  "filter p/F"   ,    "F"    (,  HAM)
Transfer the received frames to the server
    
If the button pushed, the APRS-IS server will receive and diffuse the frames decoded by Multipsk
  ,  APRS-IS    ,  Multipsk
Display frames to the log
   
Display APRS frames from the APRS-IS server to the log
 APRS-   APRS-IS  
Display APRS-IS positions on the map
  APRS-IS  
This button permits to display the positions from the APRS frames transmitted by the APRS-IS server, to the APRS map.
       APRS,   APRS-IS,   APRS.
Storage of APRS-IS frames
  APRS-IS
The storage of APRS-IS frames received from the APRS-IS server is limited to 10 mn to non-licenced copies. It permits to manage the positions management
  APRS-IS,    APRS-IS, ( 10     ).    
Clear
Clear
Disconnection asked
Disconnection asked
The server is being searched
The server is being searched
Disconnected
Disconnected
TCP/IP client for exchange of data with Multidem or Gui_serv_Multipsk
TCP/IP-     Multidem  Gui_serv_Multipsk
TCP/IP management (IP or DNS adress / Port 3020)
  TCP/IP (IP  DNS  /  3020)
First start the server (+ "Link opening" on Multidem).
   (+ "Link opening"  Multidem).
From Multipsk, for a distant QRA, paste the server
 Multipsk   QRA  
WEB IP or DNS. Then, to allow the exchange of
WEB IP  DNS. ,   
data with the TCP/IP server, click on "Connection".
  TCP/IP-,  "Connection".
Wait for the connection ("Connected!" must appear).
 ,   "Connected!".
This command closes the window but not the TCP/IP connection!
   ,    TCP/IP!
Multidem is a TCP/IP server and a digital modulator/demodulator for SdR and DSB transceivers
 -  TCP/IP-   /  SDR  DSB-
Gui_serv_Multipsk is a TCP/IP server connected to a transceiver through the sound-card, for RX/TX
Gui_serv_Multipsk -  TCP/IP-,          
In thousands of samples received
   
IP (figures) or DNS (letters) of TCP/IP server:
IP ()  DNS ()  TCP/IP:
If Multipsk and the server are on the same PC:127.0.0.1
 Multipsk     : 127.0.0.1
Ping
Ping
The Ping message must be used in TX position. It permits to know the latency time of the TCP/IP link (for advanced users).
Ping MSG     TX.      TCP/IP- (  ).
Password:
Password:
Could be, possibly, asked by the Gui_serv_Multipsk server, for remote control.
,   Gui_serv_Multipsk   .
The password (10 characters maximum) must not contain space
 ( 10 )    
TX: 11025 Hz (standard)
TX: 11025 Hz (standard)
TX: 5512 Hz (slow)
TX: 5512 Hz (slow)
TX: 5512 Hz (for slow connections)
TX: 5512 Hz (for slow connections)
Reception at the sampling frequency of 48000 Hz (standard of the majority of the sound cards) instead of 11025 Hz, to decode all Multipsk modes
    48000 Hz (   )  11025 Hz     Multipsk
TCP/IP-->Speaker
TCP/IP-->Speaker
If this button is pushed, the digital sound coming from the TCP/IP server will also be sent to the speaker plugged at the output of the sound card selected in the "Auxiliary Sound Card (to speaker)" menu
   ,    TCP/IP      ,       "Auxiliary Sound Card (to speaker)"  
No more QSO storage (65500 maximum in non-licencied version)
   QSO ( 65500    )
...No transmission, as your Ham call sign is not valid
... ,   
...No transmission, as either your Ham call sign or your Locator is not valid
... ,     ,    
beacon Unproto message
beacon Unproto message
Unproto message
Unproto message
FAE APRS frame
FAE APRS frame
ARQ FAE beacon call
ARQ FAE beacon call
ARQ FAE CQ
ARQ FAE CQ
ARQ FAE selective call
ARQ FAE selective call
ARQ FAE message "S de M"
ARQ FAE message "S de M"
ARQ FAE answer "M de S"
ARQ FAE answer "M de S"
ARQ FAE message (handshaking made)
ARQ FAE MSG (  )
End of QSO message
End of QSO message
end of link to
end of link to
Link to the other Ham attempt in progress...
    HAM...
DTM call "THIS IS" to
DTM call "THIS IS" to
Transmission of the DTM message in progress...
 DTM MSG  ...
ARQ DTM call to
ARQ DTM call to
Transmission of the ARQ DTM message in progress...
 ARQ DTM MSG  ...
AMD call "THIS IS" to
AMD call "THIS IS" to
DBM call "THIS IS" to
DBM call "THIS IS" to
Transmission of the DBM message in progress...
 DBM MSG ...
ARQ DBM call to
ARQ DBM call to
Transmission of the ARQ DBM message in progress...
 ARQ DBM MSG ...
Transmission of the message in progress...
 MSG ...
AMD message "THIS IS" to
AMD message "THIS IS" to
AMD message "THIS WAS" to
AMD message "THIS WAS" to
open net call "THIS IS" to
open net call "THIS IS" to
open net call "THIS WAS" to
open net call "THIS WAS" to
call "THIS IS" to
call "THIS IS" to
call "THIS WAS" to
call "THIS WAS" to
(call) acknowledgment to
(call) acknowledgment to
Link with:
Link with:
Acknowledgment towards:
Acknowledgment towards:
Success sending the message to:
  MSG : 
open net acknowledgment
open net acknowledgment
Net
Net
- No link
- No link
local net acknowledgment to
local net acknowledgment to
- Link with:
- Link with:
DTM answer to an ACK request to
DTM    
DTM answer to an ACK request...
DTM    ...
DBM answer to an ACK request to
DBM    ACK
DBM answer to an ACK request...
DBM    ACK...
acknowledgment of the answer to the sounding (or "anycall") of
    ( "anycall")
answer to a net call from
answer to a net call from
answer to a call from
answer to a call from
individual call as answer to a sounding (or "anycall") from
       ( "anycall") 
sounding "THIS WAS"
sounding "THIS WAS"
sounding "THIS IS"
sounding "THIS IS"
JT65 TX panel
JT65 TX panel
100 % transmitted
100 % transmitted
Compression in progress and transmission
   
End of transmission in
End of transmission in
With this ham, total number of QSO:
  HAM   QSO: 
, but in this mode:
, but in this mode:
Display of callsign information for 10 minutes maximum in limited version.
    ( 10     ).
You just stopped the text transmission. Click again on the transmission window to re-start.
     .      ,  .
You just re-started the text transmission.
     .
Transmission of a reception report
   
IMD=
IMD=
Quality=
Quality=
Q(uality)=?
Q(uality)=?
Click left on the IMD label to see the best IMD measured during the last reception and click right on the IMD label to re-initialize the best IMD measurement
      IMD,      IMD    ,        IMD,       IMD
End of recording:
End of recording:
Hz-Recorded:
Hz-Recorded:
Connected to
Connected to
Disconnection by the Ham,process in progress
   HAM,  
BEACON:
BEACON:
RECEPTION
RECEPTION
End of transmission of a message and/or a file
  MSG / 
End of transmission of an APRS frame
   APRS
more
more
Sounding
Sounding
Acknowledgment
Acknowledgment
Answer
Answer
Failure of the message transmission in ARQ mode
  MSG   ARQ
New attempt of transmission
New attempt of transmission
seconds
seconds
Test in progress...still
Test in progress...still
It is not a 48 KHz sound card out (<47040 Hz)
     48 KHz (<47040 Hz)
Sound card out of order...standard frequency
  ...  
Very fast sound card...maximum frequency
   ... 
Very slow sound card...minimum frequency
   ...  
End of the sound card test:
End of the sound card test:
It is not a 48 KHz sound card out (>48960 Hz)
     48 KHz (>48960 Hz)
It is not a 44.1 KHz sound card out (<7480 Hz)
    44,1 KHz (<7480 Hz)
It is not a 44.1 KHz sound card out (>8520 Hz)
    44,1 KHz, (>8520 Hz)
Offset>=440, it must be an error!
 >=440,    !
End of the test: Sf TX - Sf RX =
 : Sf TX - Sf RX =
BEACON: 141A TRANSMISSION
BEACON: 141A TRANSMISSION
Failure of the message transmission
  MSG
: not transmitted (transmission failure)
  ( )
failure of transmis.
failure of transmis.
Success of the QSP mails recovery demand from
   QSP 
Success of the message reception from
  MSG 
Success of the message and file reception from
  MSG   
(click "Mail (RX/TX)" to see it)
 "Mail (RX/TX)",   
Failure of the message reception from
  MSG 
Failure of the QSP-mails recovery
  QSP-
Connection to
Connection to
The other Ham is absent. No more attempt of connection.
 HAM .    .
: not transmitted (other Ham absent)
  ( HAM )
failure as Ham absent
failure as Ham absent
Received mail
Received mail
DTM message received (look at the "Received mail")
DTM MSG  ( " ")
DBM message received (look at the "Received mail")
DBM MSG  ( " ")
No answer received, but transmission keeps on
 ,   
End of message transmission (but without confirmation)
  MSG (  )
End of message transmission
End of message transmission
Failure to link (no answer)
Failure to link (no answer)
Mail received
Mail received
AMD message received (look at the "Received mail")
AMD MSG  ( " ")
char.
char.
[End of TX]
[End of TX]
Message transmitted
Message transmitted
QSP mail transmitted
QSP mail transmitted
Success of the QSP mails recovery
  QSP-
Success of the QSP mail transmission
   QSP
Success of the message transmission
  MSG
Success of the message and file transmission
  MSG  
success
success
BEACON: 141A RECEPTION
BEACON: 141A RECEPTION
Text not entirely in the picture (240 lines)
     (240 )
TRANSMISSION
TRANSMISSION
TX frequency   RX frequency    Fr. difference
TX frequency  RX frequency  DIFF freq
Filtering frequencies (low, average and high)
Filtering frequencies (low, average and high)
Synchro/Black/white frequencies
Synchro/Black/white frequencies
Synchro freq.:1200 Hz -50/+200
 : 1200 Hz -50/+200
Synchro freq.:1900 Hz -50/+200
: 1900 Hz -50/+200
Click on the synchro. peak
Click on the synchro. peak
Black/white frequencies
Black/white frequencies
White/black frequencies
White/black frequencies
Click on the left peak
Click on the left peak
Positioning on the standard Olivia frequency (for the selected Olivia mode) if on "On" position, free if on "Off" position
    Olivia (   Olivia) - "",    "On", ,    "Off"
Positioning on the standard RTTYM frequency (for the selected RTTYM mode) if on "On" position, free if on "Off" position
    RTTYM (   RTTYM)    "On",  ,    "Off",  
Positioning on the standard Contestia frequency (for the selected Contestia mode) if on "On" position, free if on "Off" position
    Contestia (   Contestia)  "On",  ,  "Off",  
Positioning on the standard Voice frequency (1000 Hz) if on "On" position, free if on "Off" position
     (1000 Hz),    "On", ,    "Off"
Permanent Olivia transmission frequency search on +/-120 Hz around the selected Olivia frequency
    "Olivia"  +/-120 Hz    "Olivia"
Permanent RTTYM transmission frequency search on +/-120 Hz around the selected RTTYM frequency
    RTTYM  +/-120 Hz    RTTYM
Permanent Contestia transmission frequency search on +/-120 Hz around the selected Contestia frequency
    Contestia  +/-120 Hz    Contestia
Permanent Voice transmission frequency search on +/-160 Hz around the selected Voice frequency
      +/-160 Hz    
Click on the right peak
Click on the right peak
Baud rate + Shift in Hz + "C" for "Cycle" followed by its length + "P" for "Polarity" followed by "N" for "Normal" or "R" for "Reverse"
    +   Hz + "C"  ""     + "P"  ""   "N"  ""  "R"  ""
Other options
Options
Packet at 31 bauds (BPSK31) for HF (long distance)
  31  (BPSK31)  HF ( )
Packet at 63 bauds (PSK) for HF (medium distance)
  63  (PSK)  HF ( )
Packet at 250 bauds (PSK) for HF (short distance)
  250  (PSK)  HF (  )
Packet at 1200 bauds (PSK) for UHF (satellite) or VHF (FM)
   1200  (PSK)  UHF ()  VHF (FM)
Packet at 110 bauds (FSK) for HF (medium distance)
  110  (FSK)  HF ( )
Packet at 300 bauds (FSK) for HF (short distance)
  300  (FSK)  HF ( )
Packet at 1200 bauds (FSK) for VHF
   1200  (FSK)  VHF
Synchronization/sup. freq./Synchro-1270 Hz
Synchronization/sup. freq./Synchro-1270 Hz
TX frequency   RX frequency    Drift
TX frequency  RX frequency  Drift freq
The only function proposed is to detect HFDL transmissions but not to decode them (except "Squitters")
   -   HFDL,     ( "Squitters")
"Lock" pushed, click the spectrum on the supposed best center position to search automatically for the
"Lock" ,          
transmission
transmission
"Lock" pushed, click the spectrum on the supposed best center position to search automatically for the PAX2 transmission
"Lock" ,            PAX2
ARQ FAE beacon in monitoring...
 ARQ,  FAE  ...
TX: none
TX: none
LENTUS TX panel
LENTUS TX panel
Are you sure?
Are you sure?
Flushing buffers...
Flushing buffers...
S/N=
S/N=
Detection of a RS ID for the mode:
 ID RS  :
not decoded by Multipsk
not decoded by Multipsk
Detection of an extended FLdigi RS ID (not decoded)
  FLdigi RS ID ( )
"OK" to go to the Call ID -->
"OK" to go to the Call ID -->
Emergency!
Emergency!
Detection of a RS ID for a not user selected mode
  RS     
Detection of the extension RS ID 6
  RS ID 6
Click "OK" to switch on the RS ID -->
 "",   RS ID -->
Detection of the obsolete extension RS ID 263
   RS ID 263
From logbook
From logbook
Failure of the search
Failure of the search
Succes of the callsign
Succes of the callsign
Transfert of the QSO to eQSL?
Transfert of the QSO to eQSL?
Number of QSO with this Ham:
Number of QSO with this Ham:
Number of QSO with this Ham and in this mode:
 QSO   HAM   :
RX n
RX n
Look-up in progress...
Look-up in progress...
No such callsign in DXKeeper
No such callsign in DXKeeper
The ID video is being sent...
The ID video is being sent...
Destination callsign (6 characters maximum) + possible SSID preceded by "-" (ex: "F6CTE -0")
  (  6 ) +  SSID,    "-" (: "F6CTE -0")
Source callsign (your callsign on 6 characters maximum) + possible SSID preceded by "-" (ex: "F6CTE -0")
  (    6 ) +  SSID,    "-" (: "F6CTE -0")
BMP files |*.BMP
BMP files |*.BMP
Recorded!
Recorded!
Volume: %ddB
Volume: %ddB
(W/B)
(W/B)
Recording done in
Recording done in
samples/sec,
samples/sec,
No ITU information on this ship.
 ITU    .
Nothing to send
Nothing to send
QSO mode in progress
QSO mode in progress
The best IMD measured for this reception is:
     : 
BEACON: AMTOR TRANSMISSION
BEACON: AMTOR TRANSMISSION
with
with
Attention: mistake in the <TUNE:command> macro
:    <TUNE:command>
<COM:command> macro: attention: no serial port selected in the Configuration screen!
: :      COM !
<COM:command> macro: attention: mistake in the serial format!
: :    !
Attention: mistake in the <EXEC:command> macro
:    <EXEC:command>
Success of the <EXEC:command> macro
  <EXEC:command>
<COM:command> macro not finished with a ">"
 <COM:command>    ">"
Attention: mistake in the <COM:command> macro
:    <COM:command>
Success of the <COM:command> macro
  <COM:command>
Timestamp on each line (for versions under licence)
     (  )
Interface with Digitalk (pronunciation of the decoded text) + Options for blind Hams and SWLs
  Digitalk (  ) +    HAM  SWL
Mail
Mail
"Secondary text": the call then the locator, available on the personal data, are sent each time there is nothing to send (idling phase)
"Secondary text":   ,    ,   ,    (  )
FEC (Forward Error Correction) added to the DominoEX modulation, which makes it very reliable and very sensitive.
  DominoEX  FEC (   ),       .
Give the information about the received DominoEX transmission: either "Standard" (for "non-FEC") or "FEC". It's an indication based on the Viterbi decoder.
     DominoEX: "Standard" ( "non-FEC")  "FEC".  ,    .
Video ID
Video ID
The mode label (and/or other information) is(are) sent in CMT Hell before the transmission, and will be visible on the "waterfall" of the other Ham. Click on the button "ID" for configuration.
  (/  )   CMT Hell          HAM. :  "ID" (    ).
The Reed-Solomon identifier of mode and frequency is sent before the transmission. Click on the button "ID" for configuration.
  -       . :  "ID" (    ).
The Call ID identifier sent either the call sign or the Call sign + Locator. Click on the button "ID" for configuration.
 Call ID   ,   + . :  "ID" (    ).
Click this button or type the "Enter" key to send the Message ID in background. Type the "Exit" button to quit the editor without action. The Message ID will appear on the waterfall and will be visible by all Hams on the band.
     "Enter",   MSG ID   .   "Exit",      . MSG ID        HAM  .
Clear the Message ID text
Clear the Message ID text
Automatic detection of the first mode and frequency Reed-Solomon identifier. Click on the button "ID" for configuration.
      Reed-Solomon identifier. :  "ID" (    ).
Call ID RX
Call ID RX
Automatic detection of Call IDs (call sign and Locator identifiers). Click on the button "ID" for configuration.
    (   ). :  "ID" (    ).
For powerful PC: sampling on 16 bits, instead of 8 bits
  :   16 ,    8 
Notes
Notes
Convert to letters
Convert to letters
Determination of the country from the prefixe
   
Determination of the country from the call
    
Locator positioning
Locator positioning
Paste
Paste
To display the local time, select "Only local" in the "Clocks" window (button "Clocks"))
   ,  "Only local"   "Clocks" ( "Clocks")
Auto TX
Auto TX
Switch on TX as soon as the operator types some text (<ESC> to come back to RX)
 TX,   HAM   (<ESC>    RX)
Auto RX
Auto RX
Automatically switch automatically in reception as soon as the transmission buffer is empty (for Hellschreiber mainly, but also for PSK31...)
   ,      (   Hellschreiber,     PSK31...)
Windows RX/TX separated
Windows RX/TX separated
Height
Height
Editor and display windows dimensioning ("33" is the standard)
     ("33" - )
To transmit an acoustic (phone) message inside a digital QSO. One switches from the digimode to the "Filters" DSP mode (for an acoustic message) using (<Left Ctrl> and <Left Shift>) or <Scroll Lock>
  () MSG   QSO.        DSP "Filters" (  MSG)   (<Left Ctrl>  <Left Shift>)  <Scroll Lock>
To start the speech synthesis (pronunciation of the decoded text). Click on the <Options> menu to access to the "Options for the speech synthesis"
    (  ),    <Options>,     "Options for the speech synthesis"
Fonts
Fonts
Replace "0" by "" in the received text, so as to avoid the confusion with "O"
 "0"  ""   ,     ""
2 sets (with <CTRL> key or "Set 2"/"Set 1")...transmission of sequence (or <F1> to <F12>) and UTC/GMT date/time + different commands
2  (  <CTRL>  "Set 2"/"Set 1")...  ( <F1>  <F12>)  /  UTC/GMT +  
Level:
Level:
Modes
Modes
QRGs
QRGs
List of frequencies used for this mode (and for all modes decoded by Multipsk)
 ,     (   ,  Multipsk)
Reverse
Reverse
Auto mode
Auto mode
Automatic detection of the BPSK mode
   BPSK
Emitted/Received signal frequency and delta
 /   
In MT63, for PC with a speed at least superior or equal to 700 MHz (instead of 1000 MHz), but the decoding is degraded.
 MT63       700 MHz ( 1000 MHz),    .
Slave
Slave
Master
Master
Reset n="8"
Reset n="8"
Repeat
Repeat
To repeat the transmission of the text sitting in the editor text
  ,    
Add this QSO to the log book and, possibly, send this QSO to the eQSL WEB site (see the "Logbook" options)
  QSO   , ,   QSO   eQSL WEB (  "")
Done!
Done!
Options are in the logbook
Options are in the logbook
Logbook
Logbook
Access to the logbook + management of the different options about the "QSO" fields and the cluster
   +     "QSO"  
Number of the next QSO. It can be modified for up-to-date in the "Logbook" window (button "Logbook" and then modify "Initial QSO").
  QSO.        "" ( "",   " QSO").
This spin button proposes standard frequencies to the user
      
Look-up DXK
Look-up DXK
Searches on the DXKeeper database information about this call and, if found, fills the "Name" and "QTH" fields and gives the number of QSO done with this Ham and the last QSO data/time
    DXKeeper    , ,  ,   "Name"  "QTH"    QSO,    HAM,  /  QSO
Search
Search
Searches among the last 200 (3000 or all in licencied version) QSOs of the logbook, information about this call and, if found, fills the "Name", "QTH", "Wkg" and "NOTES" fields
   200 (3000     ) QSO      ,  ,   "Name", "QTH", "Wkg"  "NOTES"
Searches among the last 200 (3000 or all in licencied version) QSOs of the logbook, information about this call and, if found, fills the "Name", "QTH", "Locator" and "NOTES" fields
   200 (3000     ) QSO      ,  ,   "Name", "QTH", "Locator"  "NOTES"
To determine the country and to locate the call on the map (limited to 10 mn for non licensied copies)
       ( 10     )
Where?
Where?
To determine the position and to locate the Locator on the map (limited to 10 mn for non licensied copies)
       ( 10     )
Permits to manually modify the QSO number (which automatically increments by one unity when logging a QSO)
    QSO (       QSO)
High
High
Bigger spectrum or waterfall
Bigger spectrum or waterfall
Define mark 1 on spectrum
Define mark 1 on spectrum
Define mark 2 on spectrum
Define mark 2 on spectrum
Go to the mark 1
Go to the mark 1
Go to the mark 2
Go to the mark 2
Go M1
Go M1
Go M2
Go M2
More
More
10 marks more
10 marks more
Search downwards
Search downwards
Search upwards
Search upwards
If the XIT button is pushed, click on the right button to force a TX frequency different from the RX frequency (XIT <>0)
   XIT,   ,     TX,     RX (XIT <>0)
To be able to force a TX frequency different from the RX frequency, from the waterfall with the right button
   ,    ,      ""
Rewind
Rewind
This function makes you able to decode the signal from a point in time located before you click on the waterfall
      ,    
Mixer
Mixer
Mixer adjustments
Mixer adjustments
Input
Input
Output
Output
Output volume
Output volume
Very narrow filter, to use in case of QRM
  ,    QRM
In case of big ionospheric Doppler preventing the decoding of a powerful BPSK31 signal, this feature can help to counterbalance the Doppler drift and permits a decoding
    ,     BPSK31,          
To display the Macros panel. Help on right click
   "Macros".    
To transmit a file
To transmit a file
Set 2
Set 2
To select the second set of macros
   
Set 1
Set 1
To select the first set of macros
   
Sets list
Sets list
Pair of sets of 12 sequences (macros) management (10 x 24 macros available)
   12  ()  ( 10  24 )
CW S.
CW S.
TX S.
TX S.
CW TX speed adjustment. It can be also adjusted with the keys "Up and down arrows" of the keyboard.
  CW TX.        "   " .
Sound presence
Sound presence
Wide/Narrow band
Wide/Narrow band
Wide
Wide
Narrow
Narrow
QRP decoding
QRP decoding
Improved CW decoding for weak stations (limited to 10 mn for non-licencied versions)
  CW    ( 10     )
Automatic Frequency Control of the CW carrier (in decoding++)
    ( CW,  decoding++)
Fixed speed
Fixed speed
RX CW speed fixed to the current one
RX CW speed fixed to the current one. -   CW   
Working in QSK, by leaving the decoding on duty during CW transmission. This works only if the "Yes without sound, for big PC (by timer)" option (through the serial port) is selected (click on "MODE" to configure it)
  QSK       CW.  ,     "Yes without sound, for big PC (by timer)" ( COM ) ( "MODE"  )
Multipsk can be used as a CW generator. This works only if the "Yes without sound, for big PC (by timer)" option (through the serial port) is selected (click on "MODE" to configure it)
Multipsk     CW.  ,     "Yes without sound, for big PC (by timer)" ( COM ) (  "MODE",  )
CCW in FSK modulation (shift of 160 Hz)
      ( 160 Hz)
Standard CCW in OOK modulation (as in CW)
Standard CCW in OOK modulation (as in CW)
Morse sound
Morse sound
Morse sound digitally built from the CCW-FSK signal (200 to 2500 Hz)
 ,   CCW-FSK ( 200  2500 Hz)
Space / Mark Frequencies
Space / Mark Frequencies
Letters/Figures
Letters/Figures
To switch from letters to figures or reversely
      
Reception
Reception
Normal
Normal
LEDs
LEDs
200 Hz shift (instead of the 170 Hz standard one)
200 Hz  (  170 Hz)
85 Hz shift (instead of the 170 Hz standard one)
85 Hz  (   170 Hz)
170 Hz standard shift
170 Hz  
8 bits format (instead of the 7 bits format one)
8   (  7 )
Squelch to limit random characters
 ,   
SYNOP and SHIP WX information (transmitted in RTTY 50 bauds) decoding (limited to 5 mn for non-licencied versions), Help on right click
        (  RTTY   50 ) -  ( 5     ),    
Automatic Frequency Control (QRG pursuit)
   (QRG pursuit)
1 "CR+LF"/72 char.
1 "CR+LF"/72 char.
Automatic carriage return and line feed each 72 characters, to be compatible with old mechanical RTTY 45 bauds teleprinters
        72         RTTY 45 
Idling with Mark
Idling with Mark
The idling is done with a continous "Mark" tone instead of characters, to be compatible with old mechanical RTTY 45 bauds teleprinters
      "Mark"         RTTY 45 
UOS means "Unshift-On-Space". Multipsk may shift to Letters or to Figures, by failure. When the "UOS" button is pushed, Multipsk shifts to Letters when a space is decoded.
UOS  "Unshift-On-Space". Multipsk        - .    "UOS" Multipsk   ,   .
Decoding
Decoding
For licencied copies, decoding of IEC 870-5 long frames, as the ones transmitted by DCF39 or DCF49
(  ) -    IEC 870-5,    DCF39  DCF49
Control
Control
After detection of the beginning of the IEC 870-5 frame, the data is controlled (parity and checksum). So, the displayed frames are all valid.
    IEC 870-5   (   ).  ,     .
Commands when Fax RX stopped: -->
   Fax RX: -->
Click on the "RX Stop" button to use the correction functions or wait for the automatic stop at the end of reception (button "Stop down")
  "RX Stop",    ,        ( "Stop down")
Only for registered version -->
(  )
Number of lines maximum received in conformity with the standard, but without any margin
       ,   
+500 lines
+500 lines
500 lines more that the standard (large picture), gives a margin to lightly non-standard pictures
 500    ( ),      
Double picture
Double picture
Number of lines double compared to the standard (very large picture), rare but possible
     (  ), ,  
Colorization
Colorization
Display the satellite pictures in false colors (only for registered version)
     (  )
Colors
Colors
Colors for colorization (only for registered version)
   (  )
Allows storing the picture either in a compressed JPG file or in a BMP file
     JPG      BMP
W/B
W/B
Display the picture in black and white rather than in grey nuances
   - ,     
Automatic reception and fax picture record (standalone working)
      ( )
Synchro
Synchro
Synchronizes the current picture on the white band transmitted just before the picture itself and takes the IOC
     ,     ,   IOC
Clear the picture
Clear the picture
Print the fax window
Print the fax window
Record the fax window (automatically in the "Fax" sub-directory)
   (   "Fax")
Load an picture under xyz.BMP file form
     xyz.BMP
Automatically stop the reception when the picture reaches the screen bottom
  ,       
Auto. stop
Auto. stop
Automatically stop on reception of the stop signal (5 seconds of 450 Hz) or end of reception in APT
      (5  450 Hz)     APT
Allows the user to manually stop the reception and, thus, the picture display
     , ,  
RX stop
RX stop
Transmit the loaded picture
Transmit the loaded picture
Help on right click (if the "Wide pic." button is not pushed, on IOC 576)
    (  "Wide pic."  ,  IOC 576)
Wide picture
Wide picture
On IOC 576, the picture width corresponds to the one of the sent picture (not limited to the width of the screen)...for non-limited versions of Multipsk only.
 IOC 576       (   )... (  ).
Allows to display the picture in normal size
     
Scanning speed choice
Scanning speed choice
IOC choice: 288 (small picture) or 576 (wide picture)
 IOC: 288 ( )  576 ( )
Shift the picture to the right
  
Shift the picture to the left
Shift the picture to the left
White standard freq.: 2300 Hz
White standard freq.: 2300 Hz
Standard shift (800 Hz)
Standard shift (800 Hz)
Shift (Hz):
Shift (Hz):
Snapshot
Snapshot
Save automatically the screen on a .JPG file (sub-directory "Screen")
     .JPG ( "Screen")
Ring at the automatic stop...for non-limited versions of Multipsk only.
    ... (  ).
Automatic Frequency Control (QRG pursuit). The superior frequency must be the white one (around 2300 Hz). This option is useless for modern receivers, which are very stable.
   ( QRG).      ( 2300 Hz).      ,   .
To decode APT pictures transmitted by NOAA satellites in VHZ (in the 137 MHz band).
  APT,   NOAA  VHZ (  137 MHz).
Synchro.
Synchro.
Automatic synchronized start up
  
Transmit
Transmit
Load a TX SSTV file in the TX window
  TX SSTV   TX
Load a RX SSTV file in the TX window
  RX SSTV   TX
Record the RX window (automatically in the "Sstv_RX" sub-directory)
    (   "Sstv_RX")
Record the TX window in the "Sstv_TX" sub-directory
     "Sstv_TX"
Stop down
Stop down
Shift
Shift
Header
Header
Add the Multipsk header when loading TX SSTV file
  Multipsk    TX SSTV
Correction of the TX sampling frequency of the sound card
   TX  
SSTV text font
SSTV text font
SSTV TEXT
SSTV TEXT
After writing, click on the TX SSTV window to paste the text
     TX SSTV,   
Font size
Font size
Horizontal scrollbar
Horizontal scrollbar
RX historic (for 9 last RX stored pictures)
 historic ( 9    )
TX historic (for 9 last TX stored pictures)
  ( 9    )
Automatic shift and slant correction action
    
During reception, automatic shift and slant correction
   -     
Auto Save
Auto Save
Copy to Clipboard
Copy to Clipboard
Automatic reception and RX window record (standalone working)
      ( )
Auto Synchro
Auto Synchro
Automatic reception (standalone working)
  ( )
Automatic SSTV mode recognition
   SSTV
RX only, TX in PD90
RX only, TX in PD90
Narrow modes
Narrow modes
To decode narrow SSTV modes as MP73-N)
   SSTV  MP73-N)
MP73-N is a narrow mode. Push the "Narrow modes" button.
73- -   .   "Narrow modes" ( ).
Output on the auxiliary sound card speaker
Vyhod na dinamik Dop. Zvuk Karta
No filter
No filter
Low pass filter
Low pass filter
Bandpass filter
Bandpass filter
Rejection filter
Rejection filter
Weak noise reduction filter
Weak noise reduction filter
Strong noise reduction filter
Strong noise reduction filter
Noise reduction filter for CW
Noise reduction filter for CW
Carrier capture
Carrier capture
Carrier pursuit
Carrier pursuit
Bandwidth (Hz)
Bandwidth (Hz)
Choice of the "full-duplex" digital treatment (see help):
 "full-duplex"   (. ):
WAVEFORM AUDIO: standard for Windows
 :   Windows
DIRECT SOUND: experimental
DIRECT SOUND: experimental
Pan
Pan
To reduce delay due to Windows buffering
   -   Windows
Latency time in 1/10 s
Latency time in 1/10 s
MONO PASS-ALL
MONO PASS-ALL
Same sound in the left and right earphones, without band-pass filters
      ,   
MONO BAND-PASS
MONO BAND-PASS
Same sound in the left and right earphones, with band-pass filters
      ,   
BINAURAL
BINAURAL
Binaural receiver with band-pass filters
    
Help (complete handbook)
 ( )
Nature of the limitations and purchase conditions of the non-limited version
  
About
About
Configuration

Management of the identifiers (ID): RS ID, Call ID and Video ID
 ID: RS ID, Call ID, Video ID
Adjustments

AF levels + Sound card + PC speed
 AF +   +  
Mixer input
Mixer input
Mixer output
 
Tools

Dual trace spectrum analyzer 0-20 KHz and measurement of the frequency of the signals (limited to licensed copies)
   0-20 KHz     (  )
Clocks: display local and UTC times
: Local  UTC 
Panoramic
Panorama
BPSK31, PSK63 and PSKFEC31 modes (200 to 2500 Hz or 200 to 3800 Hz)
BPSK31, PSK63, PSKFEC31 modes (200 - 2500 Hz  200 - 3800 Hz)
CW Morse (200 to 2500 Hz or 200 to 3800 Hz)
CW Morse (200 - 2500 Hz  200 - 3800 Hz)
RTTY 45 bauds (200 to 2500 Hz or 200 to 3800 Hz)
RTTY 45 bauds (200 - 2500 Hz  200 - 3800 Hz)
Abandon
Abandon
Configuration screen
   
Country/Loc
Country/Loc
Find the country according to the prefix (1 to 5 characters), the call or the Locator, Help on right click
    (1-5 ),   ,    
Tune
Tune
Tune on initial frequency or on a repeater frequencie, Help on right click
       .    
Reading the QSO in progress or the previous QSO, Help on right click
  QSO   QSO,    
Beacon starting (automatic RX/TX), Help on right click
  ( /),    
Click right to edit the sequence (long macro)
     ( )
TX <--> RX with <Esc> immediately or <Shift> <Delete> after transmision of all the text
TX <--> RX  <Esc>   <Shift> <Delete>    
TX <--> RX with <Esc>
TX <--> RX with <Esc>
Beeps on your call:
Beeps on your call:
Beeps if your call is decoded during reception
Beep C,      
Blinking
Blinking
Blinking if your call is decoded during reception
,      
Stop beeps and/or blinking
Stop beeps and/or blinking
Band KHz (P450=+)
Band KHz (P450=+)
Lock
Lock
Lock the cursor on the nearest transmission
    
Color
Color
Waterfall adjustment of colors scale (according to the user taste)
   "" (    )
Controls
Controls
Bold
Bold
Characters in "Bold" style
Characters in "Bold" style
Hell 80 in Start/Stop mode (only in transmission) for QSO with real Hell 80 machines, the goal being to reduce paper use
Hell 80  /  (  )  QSO    HELL 80,  -   
Hell 80 in the standard AF frequencies 1625 Hz / 1925 Hz
Hell 80    AF 1625 Hz / 1925 Hz
Double columns for DX
Double columns for DX
Quadruple columns for DX
Quadruple columns for DX
Big
Big
Display big characters
  
PSK mode with repetition for difficult liaisons
 PSK     
Save Hellscreiber window on a .BMP file
  Hellscreiber   .BMP
Slant correction (if writing is not horizontal)
  (   )
To transmit in FELD HELL at 5 or 9 times the nominal speed, for transmission in "Meteor scatter"
  FELD HELL  ,  5  9   ,    "Meteor scatter"
Specific PSKFEC "squelch" to limit display to supposed PSKFEC characters ("0" for "No")
   "squelch"  PSKFEC,        PSKFEC ("0"  "No")
Speed (bauds)
Speed (bauds)
Waterfall Automatic Gain Control
   
AGC
AGC
Wide vertical fuchia dash on the waterfall, to better distinguish it
    ,    
Frequency adjustment. It can be also adjusted with the keys "Left and right arrows" of the keyboard.
 .        "  " .
Multipsk will send the QSO data (callsign, mode, frequency and Locator if available) to a PSKReporter WEB server
Multipsk    QSO (, ,   ,  )  WEB- PSKReporter
Send color picture
Send color picture
Sending of a color picture (5 maximum). Maximum size:1600x1200, advised: 320x256, Help on right click
   (5 ).  :1600x1200, : 320x256,    
Sending of a black and white (grey scale) picture (5 maximum). Maximum size:1600x1200, advised: 320x256, Help on right click
 - ()  ( 5).  : 1600x1200, : 320x256,    
Percentage of the picture sent
  
Number of available pictures to be transmitted (5 maximum)
     (  5)
Help about SSTV in MFSK16, on right click
  SSTV  MFSK16,   
The "MFSK" box permits to select the MFSK submode ("16" for MFSK16, "32" for MFSK32 and "64" for MFSK64)
"MFSK"     MFSK ("16"  MFSK16, "32"  MFSK32  "64"  MFSK64)
Auto. baudmeter
Auto. baudmeter
Automatic measurement of the baud rate (either "Standard" or "Variable") and the Shift. The selected baud rate will be the one appearing at the closure of the FSK Baudmeter window.
      ("Standard"  "Variable")  .       ,       FSK.
Standard
Standard
The selected ARQ-E baud rate will be the standard baud rate (which must be stable) appearing at the closure of the FSK Baudmeter window.
    ARQ-E    (   ),     FSK Baudmeter.
Variable
Variable
The selected ARQ-E baud rate will be the measured baud rate (which must be stable) appearing at the closure of the FSK Baudmeter window.
    ARQ-E       (   ),        FSK.
Ring on reception of ARQ-E(E3) characters
    ARQ-E(E3)
Bauds (manual)
Bauds (manual)
Shift (manual)
Shift (manual)
Manual adjustment of the ARQ-E baud rate
    ARQ-E
Manual adjustment of the ARQ-E Shift in Hz
   ARQ-E  Hz
Manual adjustment to a standard ARQ-E baud rate
      ARQ-E
ARQ-E and ARQ-E3 modes are similar but differs in the used alphabet
 ARQ-E  ARQ-E3 ,    
Repeated
Repeated
Display all repeated characters between brackets "<>" (by default, repeated characters are not displayed)
      "<>" (     )
Back to ARQ-E mode
Back to ARQ-E mode
Display idle characters (alpha and beta) with "~" and all repeated characters between brackets "<>"
idle  ()   "~",   -   "<>"
Reset the "8" counter (used to test a transmission)
  "8" (   )
Bandwidth (KHz)
Bandwidth (KHz)
Very st
Very st
St
St
Lg
Lg
Very short
Very short
Short
Short
Lock the offset between TX and RX sampling frequencies (normal position). This offset can only be determined with good MT63 signals.
      (TX)   (RX) ( ).         MT63.
Lock the MT63 reception frequencie offset
    MT63
Tune the two extreme MT63 frequencies
    MT63
Increase or decrease the offset between TX and RX sampling frequencies
       TX  RX
Sound card sampling frequency correction for MT63 (advised for bad sound cards...see help)
      MT63 (    .... )
Increase or decrease the MT63 RX frequencies band offset
      RX MT63
MT63 RX frequencies band offset set to 0
MT63 RX      0
Offset between TX and RX sampling frequencies set to 0
   TX  RX   0
Slow MT63 squelch to limit random characters
  MT63    
Monitor (listen only) mode
Monitor (listen only) mode
Monitor
Monitor
To send unnumbered information frames, for a CQ, for example
    , ,  CQ
Packet options for non-standard parameters, Help on right click
    ,    
Connect
Connect
Disconnect
Disconnect
Attempted call
Attempted call
Disconnection
Disconnection
Destination
Destination
Packet in BPSK (not standard way to do Packet)
  BPSK (   )
Packet in FSK (standard way to do Packet)
  FSK (   )
9.6 Kbauds Packet in Ham UHF (FM) (option not saved, available only for decoding)
9,6    Ham UHF (FM) (  ,    )
Destination callsign (6 characters maximum, for example: "F6CTE")
   ( 6 , : "F6CTE")
Source callsign (your callsign on 6 characters maximum, for example: "F6CTE")
   (    6 , : "F6CTE")
Sender
Sender
Lights up when receiving frames
   
Resp./beac
Resp./beac
Beacon and automatic individual responder + radio mail, to start in Unproto mode, Help on right click
     + ,    Unproto,    
Allows the repetition of frames where either the sender call or the alias "ECHO" is present in the list of repeaters. Available only in Unproto mode.
  ,          "ECHO".     Unproto.
Presence
Presence
Signalling of your presence as PAX repeater by a periodic (one each 40 seconds) transmission of an "Unproto" frame.
        PAX   (  40 )   "Unproto".
Pres.
Pres.
Signalling of your presence as PACKET repeater by a periodic (one each 60 seconds) transmission of an "Unproto" frame.
       PACKET-   (  60 )   "Unproto".
Radio mail (messages received by the Packet or by the PAX responder)
 (MSG,   Packet   PAX)
Repeater:
Repeater:
To repeat Packet or APRS frames ("Repeater" also called "Digipeater")
    APRS ("repeater"   "digipeater")
Allows the repetition of APRS frames, where either the sender call or an alias is present (click on "Options" for details). It works in Unproto mode. It is limited to 10 minutes for non-licencied copies.
   APRS,       ( "Options"  ).    Unproto. ( 10     ).
Allows the repetition of Packet frames (but not APRS ones). It works in Unproto mode. It is limited to 10 minutes for non-licencied copies.
   (  APRS).    Unproto. ( 10     ).
Allows the working in KISS mode with UI-VIEW, through a transformation of the Packet UI frames in Pax UI frames and reversely. So, it is possible to do PAX APRS with UI-VIEW.
    KISS  UI-VIEW     Packet UI   Pax UI  .  ,   PAX APRS  UI-VIEW.
Rev.
Rev.
Reverse frequencies
Reverse frequencies
small let
small let
Writing in small letters instead of capital letters
    
Frequency
Frequency
RX without repetition
RX without repetition
Repeated RX frames will not be displayed (but with the minor risk to fail some ones).
      (       ).
Pactor 1 information: Speed (100 or 200 bauds) / Polarity (Normal/Reverse) / Ascii or Huffman / Frame number (0 to 3)
 1 :  (100  200 ) /  (/) / ASCII   /   ( 0  3)
Received Pactor 1 calls
Received Pactor 1 calls
TX with a repetition
TX with a repetition
Each transmitted frame will be repeated which will give the transmission much more robust.
    ,     .
Filters
Filters
Packet APRS (for "Automatic Position Reporting System") frames decoding/coding (limited to 10 mn for non-licencied versions), Help on right click
/  PACKET APRS ( "Automatic Position Reporting System"), ( 10     ),    
Pax APRS (for "Automatic Position Reporting System") frames decoding/coding, Help on right click
 APRS ( "Automatic Position Reporting System") /,    
Reception/Transmission of digital pictures, Help on right click
/  ,    
Enable DIGISSTV (reception/transmission of digital pictures) in PSK63F/PSK220F
 DIGISSTV (/  )  PSK63F/PSK220F
Enable DIGISSTV in Packet (not advised for Packet done in chinese or Kanji characters)
 DIGISSTV  Packet (   Packet,     )
Transceiver control through the Commander (or HRD) software (Commander (or HRD) must be, preferably, started before Multipsk)
    Commander ( HRD) (Commander ( HRD)    Multipsk)
Repetition of the received characters in local language (neither French nor English). This needs a specific file ("Local_Voice.SER"). See help on the way to do it.
      (      ).    ("Local_Voice.SER").  ,   .
A very short "beep" is produced each time a character is typed.
  Beep C      .
Fast sub-mode: 16 tones, B=1000 Hz, 62.5 bauds, 39.1 wpm in Olivia, 78 wpm in Contestia and 156 wpm in RTTYM
 -: 16 tones, B=1000 Hz, 62.5 bauds, 39.1 wpm in Olivia, 78 wpm in Contestia and 156 wpm in RTTYM
Normal sub-mode: 8 tones, B=500 Hz, 62.5 bauds, 29.3 wpm in Olivia, 58 wpm in Contestia and 117 wpm in RTTYM
 -: 8 tones, B=500 Hz, 62.5 bauds, 29.3 wpm in Olivia, 58 wpm in Contestia and 117 wpm in RTTYM
Standard sub-mode: 32 tones, B=1000 Hz, 31.25 bauds, 24.4 wpm in Olivia, 49 wpm in Contestia and 97 wpm in RTTYM
 -: 32 tones, B=1000 Hz, 31.25 bauds, 24.4 wpm in Olivia, 49 wpm in Contestia and 97 wpm in RTTYM
Average sub-mode: 16 tones, B=500 Hz, 31.25 bauds, 19.5 wpm in Olivia, 39 wpm in Contestia and 78 wpm in RTTYM
 -: 16 tones, B=500 Hz, 31.25 bauds, 19.5 wpm in Olivia, 39 wpm in Contestia and 78 wpm in RTTYM
Slow sub-mode: 8 tones, B=250 Hz, 31.25 bauds, 14.6 wpm in Olivia, 29 wpm in Contestia and 58 wpm in RTTYM
 -: 8 tones, B=250 Hz, 31.25 bauds, 14.6 wpm in Olivia, 29 wpm in Contestia and 58 wpm in RTTYM
"Fast 2" sub-mode: 4 tones, B=500 Hz, 125 bauds, 39.1 wpm in Olivia, 78 wpm in Contestia and 156 wpm in RTTYM
 2 -: 4 tones, B=500 Hz, 125 bauds, 39.1 wpm in Olivia, 78 wpm in Contestia and 156 wpm in RTTYM
"Average 2" sub-mode: 4 tones, B=250 Hz, 62.5 bauds, 19.5 wpm in Olivia, 39 wpm in Contestia and 78 wpm in RTTYM
 2 -: 4 tones, B=250 Hz, 62.5 bauds, 19.5 wpm in Olivia, 39 wpm in Contestia and 78 wpm in RTTYM
"Very fast" sub-mode: 8 tones, B=1000 Hz, 125 bauds, 58.6 wpm in Olivia, 117 wpm in Contestia and 234 wpm in RTTYM
  -: 8 tones, B=1000 Hz, 125 bauds, 58.6 wpm in Olivia, 117 wpm in Contestia and 234 wpm in RTTYM
"Very slow" sub-mode: 8 tones, B=125 Hz, 15.62 bauds, 7.3 wpm in Olivia, 14.6 wpm in Contestia and 29 wpm in RTTYM
  -: 8 tones, B=125 Hz, 15.62 bauds, 7.3 wpm in Olivia, 14.6 wpm in Contestia and 29 wpm in RTTYM
Normal broad sub-mode: 64 tones, B=2000 Hz, 31.25 bauds, 29.3 wpm in Olivia and 58 wpm in Contestia
  -: 64 tones, B=2000 Hz, 31.25 bauds, 29.3 wpm in Olivia and 58 wpm in Contestia
Standa
Standa
Positioning on the standard frequency (for the selected sub-mode) if on "On" position, free if on "Off" position
    (  )   "On" - ,   "Off" - 
Freq. search
Freq. search
Permanent transmission frequency search on +/-120 Hz around the selected frequency
     +/-120 Hz   
Fixed
Fixed
Lock the RX frequency (so neither frequency search nor AFC)
   (     ,  AFC)
AFC
AFC
Limit the number of erroneous characters in presence of noise
      
Professional modes
Professional Modes
Amateur modes
HAM SWL modes
MFSK16/32/64 + PICtures sent in a specific narrow band SSTV
MFSK16/32/64 +       SSTV
No secondary channel
No secondary channel
TCP/IP server for data exchange (RX/TX) with a "TCP/IP client" application
TCP/IP-    (RX/TX)   "TCP/IP "
Exchange of data (RX/TX) with a TCP/IP server (Multidem or Gui_serv_Multipsk program), through a TCP/IP link, in local or via Internet
  (RX/TX)  TCP/IP  ( Multidem  Gui_serv_Multipsk)  TCP/IP ,    
If SpotCollector is linked to Multipsk, spots could be exported to Multipsk (+ Commander) by clicking on the spot entry (on the call, for example)
 SpotCollector   Multipsk,     Multipsk (+ Commander),     ( , )
SpotC. Off
SpotC. Off
Transmission of an outgoing spot to a cluster through SpotCollector, using the QSO fields. "Call", "Freq MHz" and "Mode" are compulsory. "Locator" and "Notes" are optional. Your Locator is optional ("Personal" window).
      SpotCollector    QSO. "Call", "Freq MHz"  "Mode" . "Locator"  "Notes" - .  Locator  ("Personal" ).
"AutoSpot" is an option: your own data spot is transmitted for a CQ QSO (but not for a CQ Contest) to a cluster through SpotCollector, using the QSO fields and your Call ("Personal" window). Your Locator is optional ("Personal" window)
"AutoSpot" - :       CQ QSO (   CQ Contest)    SpotCollector,   QSO   Call ("Personal" ).  Locator -  ("Personal" )
"Local" is an option: the spot is not transmitted to a cluster but it is stored and displayed by SpotCollector. Note: options about the "cluster" functions are obtained by clicking on the "Logbook" button.
"" -  :     ,     SpotCollector. :   ""      "".
If Pathfinder (from DXLAB) is open, the callsign is exported to Pathfinder which will do a search of the callsign, on the chosen database ("QRZ" for example)
 Pathfinder ( DXLAB) ,    Pathfinder,          ("QRZ", )
If DXView (from DXLAB) is open, the callsign is exported to DXView which will locate the callsign on a map, give you geographical information about it and direct your antenna towards this callsign
 DXView ( DXLAB) ,    DXView,     ,           
Number?
Number?
It is determined and displayed the number of QSO done with this callsign and the number of QSO done with this callsign and in this mode
    QSO,    ,   QSO,        
It is also given the data about the last QSO.
     QSO.
The "CPU" button allows the activation of the CPU measure of the PC XP (but not XP pro, nor Linux) in %. When the CPU button is pressed the waterfall may appear (it depends on the PC) without any movement during 30 sec. Then things are back to normal.
 "CPU"         XP (  XP pro   Linux)  .    "CPU"    (   )     30 .     .
Sounding (30 sec) of the frequency by transmission of your call (button "Personal"). The preamble is, by default "TW" ("THIS WAS": no answer expected). For a CQ, in "Options", uncheck "Sounding without general call".
  (30 )      ( "Personal").    - "TW" ("THIS WAS",   ).  CQ  ""   "    ".
Options for the 141A mode parameters. Help on right click
  141A.    
Automatic Frequency Control (QRG pursuit). Enabled if the frequency is variable (by default the frequency is fix, click on "Options" and look to the help)
   (  QRG). ,    (   ,  "Options"   )
His link quality determined from the received signal: "B" for "BER" (Bit-error ratio) from 0 (the worst) to 30 (the best) and "S" for SINAD (S+N/N) from 0 (the worst) to 10 (the best)
      : "B"  "BER" (  )  0 ()  30 ()  "S"  SINAD (S+N/N)  0 ()  10 ()
My link quality received through the responder message: "B" for "BER" (Bit-error ratio) from 0 (the worst) to 30 (the best) and "S" for SINAD (S+N/N) from 0 (the worst) to 10 (the best)
        MSG: "B"  "BER" (  )  0 ()  30 ()  "S"  SINAD (S+N/N)  0 ()  10 ()
My : B?? S??
My : B?? S??
His: B?? S??
His: B?? S??
For calls, it is requested, to the responder, your LQA ("Link Quality Analysis"), i.e your "BER" and your "SINAD. This is used to know how the responder receives your signal.
  ,     LQA (Link Quality Analysis),   "BER"  "SINAD".  ,  ,     .
Destination callsign or net adress selection
      
Call
Call
Attempted call to the destination (individual or net call)
   (  )
For termination of the linked state (after successful linking handshake). This call, using THIS WAS, is not compulsory for Multipsk, but can be such for other programs or ALE transceivers.
    (   ).  ,  THIS WAS,    Multipsk,          ALE.
"TO" for the "Ham station called" and "FRM" for the "Ham station calling"
"TO"   "Ham station called"  "FRM"    "Ham station calling"
Answer to FRM
Answer to FRM
Automatic answer to a call "global anycall", "selective anycall" or through sounding). Note: the answer is automatic when you are called, without choice.
    "global anycall", "selective anycall"    . :    ,  .
Start-up of the automatic scanning (see "Options"). Attention to the possible problem of clicking of the transceiver relay if you change constantly of band (see help)
   (. "Options").            (. )
Stop of the automatic scanning
  
In Unproto ("without protocol"), by using the standard buttons "RX" and "TX", the traffic can be done as in PSK31 or MFSK16
 Unproto (" "),    "RX"  "TX",      PSK31  MFSK16
In ARQ FAE ("Fast Acknowledged Exchange"), by using the buttons "Call" (to call CQ), "Answer" (to answer to the CQ) and "End" (to clear the link), a fast traffic can be done without any error, in almost all languages (8 bits char.)
 ARQ FAE ("  ")    "Call" (  CQ), "Answer" (   CQ)  "End" (  )           (8 , char.)
CQ
CQ
In ARQ FAE, to call (CQ) other stations (general call). This button must stayed pushed all along the QSO. At the end of the QSO, click on the "End" button
 ARQ FAE     ( )  "CQ".         QSO.   QSO   "End"
In ARQ FAE, to answer to a general call (CQ). The CQ received for the last 30 seconds or the next CQ to receive will be considered. This button must stayed pushed all along the QSO. At the end of the QSO, click on the "End" button
 ARQ FAE,      (CQ),      30  CQ    CQ.         QSO.   QSO   "End"
In ARQ FAE, at the end of the QSO, click on this button.  The automatic answer (ACK /NAK) and transmission of text will be disabled
 ARQ FAE   QSO    .   (ACK / NAK)     
"AnyCa" ("Anycall" (CQ)), "Allcall", Call", "SoTW" ("Sounding with THIS WAS"), "So TI" ("Sounding with THIS IS"), "DTM" ("DTM message"), "DBM" ("DBM message"), "AMD" ("AMD message" in a call), "FAE" ("ARQ FAE"), "Unpro" ("Unproto") or "TX" (transmission)
"AnyCa" ("Anycall" (CQ)), "Allcall", Call", "SoTW" (" THIS WAS"), "So TI" (" THIS IS"), "DTM" ("DTM message"), "DBM" ("DBM message"), "AMD" ("AMD message" in a call), "FAE" ("ARQ FAE"), "Unpro" ("Unproto") or "TX" (transmission)
Aux. functions
Aux. functions
This button ("Auxiliary functions") permits to make appear a mobile window on which are proposed several auxiliary functions.
  ("Auxiliary functions")    ,     . .
The KISS exchange is done through the TCP/IP link instead of the serial port
 KISS   TCP/IP-  COM 
Allows the working in KISS mode but for position reports only, without any acknowledgment, through the selected serial port in the Configuration screen, Multipsk, as a TNC, being drived by any APRS (as UI-VIEW) program
    KISS,           COM     Multipsk   TNC,    APRS (, UI-VIEW)
Professional mode (French Emergency services) for licencied copies (5 minutes otherwise)
  (  ) ( 5     )
Attention: the decoded text is not always readable (due to coding)
:      (- )
ANSI characters display
ANSI characters display
ANSI characters are often (if not always) control characters, hence useless for the reading.
 ANSI  (  )   , ,   .
Detection code ignored
Detection code ignored
If the detection code is ignored, all characters will be displayed included the erroneous ones.
   ,    ,  .
Hexadecimal
Hexadecimal
All received characters are displayed in hexadecimal notation
       
on map
on map
The GPS position (GPRMC) inside the 1382 frame is displayed on a local map chosen by the user
 GPS (GPRMC)   1382    ,  
Display all received GPS positions (GPRMC) on GoogleEarth, if this one exists on the PC
   GPS- (GPRMC)  GoogleEarth,      
Display all received GPS positions (GPRMC) on DXAtlas, if this one exists on the PC
   GPS- (GPRMC)  DXAtlas,     
Display all received GPS positions:
Pokaz vse prinyatye GPS pozicii:
Display all the received GPS positions, on the map (which must be open) or in Google Earth or on DXAtlas
   GPS-   (   )   Google Earth   DXAtlas
Number of received GPS positions
  GPS-
This label indicates the number of incorrect codewords followed by the number of correct codewords, this to inform about decoding in progress.
      ,       ,     .
No error
No error
Only messages received with the maximum trust are displayed. The probability of error is residual (but not nil).
  MSG   .    (  ).
Digital system for transmission, in VHF, of small messages between aircraft and ground stations, for licencied copies (5 minutes otherwise)
   ,  VHF,  MSG     , ( 5     )
Digital system for transmission in VHF of small messages between aircraft and ground stations, for licencied copies (5 minutes otherwise)
     VHF  MSG      , ( 5     )
CRC ignored
CRC ignored
If the CRC (detection code) is ignored, all characters will be displayed included the erroneous ones.
  CRC (   ) ,    ,  .
Attention: the text is rarely directly readable (due to the coding used)
:     (-  )
Display RX positions
Display RX positions
Display all the received ACARS positions, on the local map (which must be open), or on Google Earth or in DXAtlas
    ACARS    (   ),  Google Earth   DXAtlas
Data_acars.txt
Data_acars.txt
From the stored information in the Data_acars.txt file, display all the received ACARS positions, on the local map (which must be open), on DXAtlas or in Google Earth
     Data_acars.txt     ACARS    (   ),  DXAtlas   Google Earth
Display all received or the Data_acars.txt positions on GoogleEarth, if this one exists on the PC
    Data_acars.txt  Google Earth,      
Filter:
Filter:
The displayed positions can be filtered with an identifier (to only display the selected plane)
       (    )
The sound level must be strong (just below to be overloaded)
     ( ,    )
Explanations
Explanations
If possible, explanations are given between parenthesis. They follow the abbreviations (/XYZ type) to explain.
 ,    .     (/ XYZ),  .
on local map
on local map
Database
Database
Internet database "http://www.planesregister.com/home/index.htm" (you need an Internet connection). From the identifier, the type of plane can be seen, for example.
-  "http://www.planesregister.com/home/index.htm" (   ).      , .
Number of Uplink (airport to planes) messages received
  MSG    (   )
Number of Downlink (planes to airport) messages received
  MSG   (   )
Positions
Positions
Number of positions received
Number of positions received
No Uplink
No Uplink
To avoid displaying Uplink (airport to planes) messages which can be a great many
   MSG    (   ),     
If this button is pushed, it will be displayed, on GoogleEarth or on the traffic window, the airplane speed in
   ,  Google Earth        
EPIRB, ELT and PLB distress beacons
EPIRB, ELT  PLB  
Position of the beacon on DXAtlas, if this one exists on the PC
   DXAtlas,     
Traffic
Traffic
Display all the last received beacon position messages, collected by a specific WEB server
 RX MSG   ,   WEB-
Planes database
Planes database
Ships database
Ships database
Received
Received
Number of EPIRB/ELT/PLB beacon messages received, with at least the first part protected by CRC
  MSG    (EPIRB/ELT/PLB),     CRC
Number of complete positions received, a position being precised in the second part protected by CRC
   ,     ,  CRC
Display all the received EPIRB/ELT/PLB beacon positions, on the local map (which must be open), or on Google Earth or in DXAtlas
     EPIRB/ELT/PLB    (   ),   Google Earth,   DXAtlas
Position on local map
Position on local map
Position of the EPIRB/ELT/PLB beacon on a local map chosen by the user
  EPIRB/ELT/PLB   ,  
Display all received EPIRB/ELT/PLB beacon positions on GoogleEarth, if this one exists on the PC
     EPIRB/ELT/PLB  GoogleEarth,      
Position of the EPIRB/ELT/PLB beacon on DXAtlas, if this one exists on the PC
  EPIRB/ELT/PLB  DXAtlas,     
High-pitched (2000 Hz) ring for 2 seconds on a distress beacon reception. Low-pitched (300 Hz) ring for 2 seconds  on a test transmission
 (2000 Hz)    2     .  (300 Hz)    2    
To target the serial port DTR pin for 2 seconds on a distress beacon reception and the serial port RTS pin for 2 seconds on a test transmission
    DTR COM   2         RTS COM   2    
NWR SAME is a digital system for transmission in USA and Canada, in VHF, of warning messages. For licencied copies (5 minutes otherwise)
NWR SAME -          MSG  VHF . ( 5     )
Position of the NWR SAME broadcast station on a local map chosen by the user
   NWR SAME   ,  
Position of the NWR SAME broadcast station on DXAtlas, if this one exists on the PC
  NWR SAME  DXAtlas,     
Areas:
Areas:
The geographical code block can refer to a USA area or a canadian one. In "Auto", the country can be determined automatically from the code transmittor (in "Checked" display only)
         .   "Auto"         (   "Checked" )
The geographical code block is supposed to refer to american (USA) areas
       () 
The geographical code block is supposed to refer to canadian areas
      
The geographical code block refers to areas from a country (USA or Canada) determined automatically from the code of the NWR broadcast station (available in "Checked" display only)
        (  ),       NWR (    "Checked")
Area filter:
Area filter:
In "Checked" display only, the displayed messages can be filtered with an area. For example "OHIO", to only display messages refering to the Ohio state.
   "Checked"   MSG    . , "OHIO" -    MSG,    .
Display:
Display:
Way to display messages: Checked (standard with selection), All (without selection), Rough
  MSG:  (  ),  ( ), 
Checked
Checked
From the three messages received, the most probable is selected (selection in 2/3). The selected message is reliable.
   MSG    (  2/3).  MSG .
All
All
The three messages received are displayed, with their literal interpretation.
  MSG     .
Rough
Rough
The three messages received are displayed, without their literal interpretation.
  MSG     .
It rings five seconds on reception of a NWR SAME message code (available in "Checked" display only)
      NWR SAME MSG (     "Checked")
Switching
Switching
The main serial port is switched in TX position for 3 minutes, on reception of a NWR SAME message code (available in "Checked" display only). The goal is to control an apparatus (flashing light or other one).
 COM     TX  3     NWR SAME MSG (    "Checked").  -   (   ).
Analysis
Analysis
FSK/BPSK/RTTY baudmeter + FSK/RTTY shiftmeter. 5 mn for non-licencied copies.
  FSK/BPSK/RTTY +    FSK/RTTY. ( 5     ).
FSK/BPSK baudmeter + FSK shiftmeter. 5 mn for non-licencied copies.
   FSK/BPSK +   FSK. ( 5     ).
FSK, ARQ-E, RTTY and BPSK baudmeter + FSK, ARQ-E and RTTY shiftmeter
BPSK ARQ-E FSK RTTY [Bodometr] + ARQ-E FSK RTTY [Sdvigometr]
Assessment:
Assessment:
Assessment of the modulation speed in bauds
    
Slow
Slow
Fast
Fast
For FSK transmissions (except ARQ-E and RTTY (Baudot)): baudmeter, frequencymeter and shiftmeter
 FSK- ( ARQ-E  RTTY (Baudot)): ,   
For ARQ-E or ARQ-E3 transmissions: baudmeter, frequencymeter and shiftmeter
  ARQ-E  ARQ-E3: ,   
For RTTY transmissions and strong signals: baudmeter (not precise), frequencymeter and shiftmeter
 RTTY-   :  (),   
Baudmeter (not precise) and proposal of the most probable BPSK mode
 ()       BPSK
Mute speaker
Mute speaker
Push this button if you don't want to listen the filtered signal
  ,      
Automatic Frequency Control (Autotune function required if the receiver drifts)
   (  ,   )
Professional mode (Global Maritime Distress and Safety System) for licencied copies (5 minutes otherwise)
  (     ) ( 5     )
CCIR 493-4 Selcall (Australian Selcall): only 4 digits call signs "selective call" decoding
CCIR 493-4 Selcall (Australian Selcall):  4-   "selective call" 
High-pitched (2000 Hz) ring on distress alerts and low-pitched (500 Hz) ring for other GMDSS frames
 (2000 Hz)       (500 Hz)     GMDSS
Position of the ship on the world map
    
Position of the ship on DXAtlas, if this one exists on the PC
   DXAtlas,     
Position of the ship on a local map chosen by the user
      
WEB data
WEB data
Internet database "http://www.itu.int/cgi-bin/htsh/mars/ship_search.sh#start" (you need an Internet connection). From the MMSI identifier, the ship data can be seen, for example.
- "http://www.itu.int/cgi-bin/htsh/mars/ship_search.sh#start" (   ).   MMSI    , .
QRG: 1700 Hz
QRG: 1700 Hz
or 700 Hz
or 700 Hz
Fixed nominal central AF frequency for reception of GMDSS transmissions for the HF GMDSS USB recommended frequencies
    AF    GMDSS    USB  HF GMDSS
Fixed central AF frequency (to use if you have a CW filter, for example) for reception of GMDSS transmissions for the HF GMDSS USB recommended frequencies + 1 KHz
  AF  ( ,    , ,  CW)    GMDSS    HF GMDSS USB + 1 KHz
Fixed central AF frequency (to use if you have an Icom radio with specific reception on 2125 Hz /2295 Hz, for example)
   AF (,   , ,  Icom     2125 Hz / 2295 Hz)
To decode the VHF GMDSS DSC transmissions, on the channel 70 (156.525 MHz)
   VHF GMDSS DSC   70 (156,525 MHz)
To decode the HF GMDSS DSC transmissions, on USB, on 2182.0, 2187.5, 8414.5, 4207.5 kHz, 6312 kHz, 12577.0, 16804.5 Khz with a central AF frequency of 1700 Hz +/-85 Hz (1615 - 1785 Hz)
   HF GMDSS DSC  USB,   2182,0, 2187,5, 8414,5, 4207,5 KHz, 6312 KHz, 12577,0, 16804,5 KHz    AF 1700 Hz +/-85 Hz (1615-1785 Hz)
local map
local map
All the received positions are displayed on a local map chosen by the user
      ,  
Display all on:
Display all on:
Display all the received positions, on a local map (which must be open) or on Google Earth or on DXAtlas
       (   )   Google Earth   DXAtlas
Number of received positions
Number of received positions
Auto. ITU
Auto. ITU
If the "Auto. ITU" button is pushed, Multipsk automatically fetches data of the ship (ship name, call sign and country) from the ITU WEB site: "http://www.itu.int/cgi-bin/htsh/mars/ship_search.sh"
   "Auto. ITU", Multipsk     (,   )   ITU WEB: "http://www.itu.int/cgi-bin/htsh/mars/ship_search.sh"
Black with an arrow if connected to the ITU server(witness)
  ,     ITU (witness)
Display all the last received messages, collected by a specific WEB server
 RX MSG,   WEB-
Time display
Time display
Each reception of DTMF code is preceded by the time and date
   DTMF    
Ring on DTMF RX
Ring on DTMF RX
It rings one second, as soon as any code DTMF has been received
   ,      DTMF
With
With
licence:
licence:
Ring on:
Ring on:
It rings 5 seconds as soon as the DTMF code defined below this button has been received.
 5 ,          DTMF.
Multi.BAT on:
Multi.BAT on:
The file Multi.BAT is started as soon as the DTMF code defined below this button has been received.
 Multi.BAT ,     DTMF-,    .
DTR "On"
DTR "On"
The pin DTR of the serial port in the menu "Serial port" of the Configuration screen, switches to "On" (1) as soon as the DTMF code defined below this button has been received.
 DTR COM    "Serial port"      "On" (1),          DTMF.
DTR "Off"
DTR "Off"
The pin DTR of the serial port in the menu "Serial port" of the Configuration screen, switches to "Off" (0) as soon as the DTMF code defined below this button has been received.
 DTR COM    "Serial port"  "",    "" (0)    DTMF-,    .
RQS "On"
RQS "On"
The pin RQS (RTS) of the serial port in the menu "Serial port" of the Configuration screen, switches to "On" (1) as soon as the DTMF code defined below this button has been received.
 RQS (RTS) COM    "Serial port"      "On" (1),          DTMF.
RQS "Off"
RQS "Off"
The pin RQS (RTS) of the serial port in the menu "Serial port" of the Configuration screen, switches to "Off" (0) as soon as the DTMF code defined below this button has been received.
 RQS (RTS) COM    "Serial port"      "Off" (0),     DTMF-,    .
Each reception of SELCAL code is preceded by the time and date
   SELCAL    
Ring on received SELCAL
Ring on received SELCAL
It rings one second on reception of a SELCAL code
       SELCAL
WEB database 1
WEB database 1
Internet database "http://www.airframes.org/" (you need an Internet connection). From the SELCAL code, the information about the plane(s) can be seen.
-  "http://www.airframes.org/" (   ).   SELCAL     ().
Database 2
Database 2
Internet database "http://rzjets.net/aircraft/" (you need an Internet connection). From the SELCAL code, the information about the plane(s) can be seen.
- "http://rzjets.net/aircraft/" (   ).   SELCAL     ().
Database 3 (auto.)
Database 3 (auto.)
Rob Internet database "http://www.selcalweb.co.uk/" (you need an Internet connection). The SELCAL code is automatically transmitted. So the information about the plane(s) can be seen.
-  Rob "http://www.selcalweb.co.uk/" (   ).  SELCAL  .   ()  .
Sensitive decoding
Sensitive decoding
The decoding is sensitive, but false decodings are more frequent
 ,     
Number of received SELCALs
Number of received SELCALs
or more robust
or more robust
The decoding is a bit less sensitive, but there are practically no false decodings
   ,     
Open SELCAL.TXT
Open SELCAL.TXT
Permits to open the SELCAL.TXT file to consult it or to manually add information (in this case, don't forget to record the modified file)
   SELCAL.TXT        (      )
Manual update
Manual update
Permits to update the SELCAL.TXT file with the last received SELCALs. The number of recorded SELCALs in the SELCAL.TXT file is displayed in the white label.
   SELCAL.TXT   SELCAL.   SELCAL   SELCAL.TXT    .
Permits to automatically update the SELCAL.TXT file with the last received SELCALs, every minute. The number of recorded SELCALs in the SELCAL.TXT file is displayed in the white label.
    SELCAL.TXT   SELCAL  .   SELCAL   SELCAL.TXT    .
Erase SELCAL.TXT
Erase SELCAL.TXT
Permits to erase the SELCAL.TXT file containt. Attention, it is definitive.
    SELCAL.TXT. ,  .
Number of recorded SELCALs in the SELCAL.TXT file
  SELCAL   SELCAL.TXT
Additive information can be associated to the last received SELCAL. Once done, click on the button "OK" to take into account this information
        SELCAL.      "",    
Click on "OK" to take into account the additive information that you have written in the small editor for the last received SELCAL
 "",    ,          SELCAL
Erase the text written in the editor
 ,   
This filter permits to select a particular SELCAL which will be the sole to be displayed on reception of this one.
     SELCAL,       .
Local map
Local map
Position of the station on a local map chosen by the user
      
Position of the station on the world map
    
Decoding of 100 bauds DGPS transmissions
  DGPS   100 
Decoding of 200 bauds DGPS transmissions
  DGPS   200 
Automatic Frequency Control (required if the receiver drifts)
   (,   )
Detection
Detection
Automatic detection of the DGPS speed (either 100 or 200 bauds), without switching. Only reliable with good DGPS signals
   DGPS (100  200 ),  .      DGPS
Automatic switching on the detected DGPS speed (either 100 or 200 bauds). It takes 10 seconds, this to be sure of the DGPS speed (works only with good DGPS signals)
    DGPS (100  200 ).  10 ,     DGPS (     DGPS)
Transfer to GPS through the "GPS serial port"
  GPS  "  GPS"
DGPS received data are directly transmitted to a GPS receiver (DGPS input necessary) through the "GPS serial port" at 4800 bauds (8 data bits, 2 stop bits, no parity bit). This function, under licence, has not been checked.
,   DGPS,     GPS (  DGPS)  "GPS serial port"   4800  (8  , 2  ,   ).  ,  ,  .
This button gives the possibility to only display the rare DGPS messages 3, 7 and 16
       DGPS MSG 3, 7  16
Dot duration=1 second (speed=1.2 wpm)
  = 1  ( = 1,2   )
Dot duration=3 seconds (speed=0.36 wpm). It is the standard duration.
  = 3  ( = 0,36   ).   .
Dot duration=10 seconds (speed=0.12 wpm)
  = 10  ( = 0,12   )
Automatic Frequency Control in case of transceiver drift
      
List of timestamped received callsigns with the mode used (limited to 11 callsigns with non-licensed copies)
          (  11 ,    )
RX time + callsign + mode
RX time + callsign + mode
Interleavings selection (the normal is "Short/Long"
  ( "Short/Long")
Short/Long
Short/Long
Standard set of interleavings
Standard set of interleavings
Zero/Long
Zero/Long
Exceptional set of interleavings
  
Time
Time
Each reception of 110A frame is preceded by the time and date
   110A    
It rings one second, as soon as a 110A frame has been received
   ,      110A
The "<N>" button, when pushed, permits to display the synchronization numbers.
 "<N>",  ,    .
Synchro. on data
Synchro. on data
Possibility to synchronize on data in case of loss of decoding (except on 75 bps), without waiting to the next synchronization preamble phase. Unfortunaly, this way to decode way is not very efficient.
        ( 75 )     .  ,      .
Transmission at 75 bps
Transmission at 75 bps
Transmission at 300 bps (limited to licensed copies)
   300  (  )
Transmission at 150 bps (limited to licensed copies)
   150  (  )
Transmission at 600 bps (limited to licensed copies)
   600 / (  )
Transmission at 1200 bps (limited to licensed copies)
   1200  (  )
Transmission at 2400 bps (limited to licensed copies)
   2400  (  )
Data bits
Data bits
Number of data bits of one character: 5 (ITA2), 7 or 8
    : 5 (ITA2), 7  8
Parity ou Synchronous
Parity ou Synchronous
Even
Even
Odd
Odd
Synchronous
Synchronous
Number of stop bits: 1 or 2 (option not enabled for a Synchronous stream)
 -: 1  2 (    )
Finish the display if the frame is not ending, producing random characters. So the soft will be ready for a new synchronization.
 ,    ,   .      .
Data display
Data display
Data display either via bits, hexadecimal or characters (standard)
   ,     ()
Hexa
Hexa
75 bps beacon
75 bps beacon
On
On
Beacon off duty
Beacon off duty
Indication of the 110A quality of reception (during preamble): 0: perfect, 1: very good , 2: good, 3: average, 4: bad, 5 and more: very bad. However, slow sub-modes, as 75 bps, support very bad quality of reception.
   110A (  ): 0: , 1:  , 2: , 3: , 4: , 5  :  .   ,  75 ,     .
Short interleaving if this button is pushed, otherwise Long interleave (limited to licensed copies)
 ,    ,    (  )
Interleaving
Interleaving
Long
Long
Long interleaving
Long interleaving
Short interleaving
Short interleaving
In message mode, each reception of 4285 frame is preceded by the time and date
      4285    
In message mode, it rings 200 ms, as soon as a 4285 frame has been received
      200     4285
In message mode (which does not seem to be used...), it is displayed the formatted message. Reversely, it is displayed all rough characters (standard mode)
  message mode (, ,  ...)   MSG.       
Instead of the standard 1800 Hz central frequency, it can be selected a 1500 Hz central frequency for Ham receivers.
    1800 Hz     1500 Hz   Ham.
Parity (No, Even or Odd) for asynchronous stream of characters or synchronous stream of characters (no Start bit / no Stop bits)
 (,   )         (   /  -)
Stop bits
Stop bits
Bits
Bits
Characters
Characters
75 bps beacon - 8N1
75 bps beacon - 8N1
Only for Ham experimention, it is proposed a simple 110 A beacon at 75 bps, long interleave, 8 data bits, no parity, one Stop bit. The central frequency must be tuned on the receiver around 1500 Hz
  HAM      110    75 ,  , 8  ,  ,   .         1500 Hz
Maximum lenght of the message: 255 characters
  MSG: 255 
Beacon on duty
Beacon on duty
Off
Off
Indication of the 4285 quality of reception (during preamble): 0: perfect, 1: very good , 2: good, 3: average, 4: bad, 5 and more: very bad. However, slow sub-modes, as 75 bps, support very bad quality of reception.
   4285 (  ): 0: , 1:  , 2: , 3: , 4: , 5  :  .   ,  75 ,     .
Central frequency of the 4285 transmission, as detected
   4285, 
Sub-mode (bps)
Sub-mode (bps)
Sub-mode of reception in bits per second
     
HFDL (High-Frequency DataLink) mode is a sort of HF ACARS system used by airplanes and ground stations for passing technical information for long distances (up to 3000 miles).
 HFDL (High-Frequency DataLink) -    HF ACARS,             ( 3000 ).
Display all the received HFDL positions, on the local map (which must be open), or on Google Earth or in DXAtlas
    HFDL    (   )   Google Earth   DXAtlas
Position on world
Position on world
Position of the aircraft on the world map
     
Position of the aircraft on a local map chosen by the user
       
Display all received positions on GoogleEarth, if this one exists on the PC
     Google Earth,     
Position of the aircraft on DXAtlas, if this one exists on the PC
    DXAtlas,     
Central frequency of the HFDL transmission, as detected
   HFDL,  
Ring on RX
Ring on RX
It rings 200 ms, as soon as an HFDL frame has been received
 200 ,      HFDL
Display of data units
Display of data units
It can be selected the HFDL data units to display (SPDU, MPDU, LPDU, BDU, HFNPDU).
    HFDL   (SPDU, MPDU, LPDU, BDU, HFNPDU).
SPDUs ("Squitter Protocol Data Units") are sent regurarly by the ground station to inform aircrafts
SPDUs ("Squitter Protocol Data Units")        
MPDUs ("Media access Protocol Data Units") support transmissions between ground station and aircraft, mainly by identifying themselves and by introducing LPDU
MPDUs ("Media access Protocol Data Units")        ,       LPDU
LPDUs ("Link Protocol Data Units") mainly manage the protocol between ground station and aircraft (Log on/ Log off/Requests handling...)
LPDUs ("Link Protocol Data Units")          (LOG on/ LOG off/  ...)
BDUs ("Basic Data Units") are the segments of an HFNPDU
BDUs ("Basic Data Units") -   HFNPDU
HFNPDUs ("High Frequency Network Protocol Data Units") permit transmission of information (positions, frquencies, reception performances...)
HFNPDUs ("High Frequency Network Protocol Data Units")    (, ,  ...)
HFDL frequencies
HFDL frequencies
The HFDL_System_Table.txt file is loaded. It can be read but not modified.
 HFDL_System_Table.txt .   ,   .
ICAO database
ICAO database
Internet database for Aicraft ICAO address "http://www.airframes.org/" (you need an Internet connection). From the "ICAO24 address", data about this plane can be seen.
-      ICAO "http://www.airframes.org/" (   ).  "ICAO24 "      .
Explanations are given between square parenthesis ( ). They concern text of "Enveloped Data HFNPDU".
     ( ).    "Enveloped Data HFNPDU".
Display all the last received plane position messages, collected by a specific WEB server
 RX MSG   ,   WEB-
Functions for blind or partially sighted Hams or SWL:
Funkcii dlya nezryachih HAM, SWL
Repetition of the received characters by a human voice
    
JT65 message ready to be sent
JT65 message ready to be sent
Shorthand message meaning "I have copied both calls and my signal report, and your report is 0 (weak signal)" (key "F9" for blind Hams)
 MSG : "        ,   - 0 ( )" ( "F9"   HAM)
Shorthand message meaning "QSO is complete, I have no more to say" (key "F10" for blind Hams)
 MSG  "QSO ,    " ( "F10"   HAM)
Shorthand message meaning "Best regards, end of contact" (key "F11" for blind Hams)
 MSG  "  ,  " ( "F11"   HAM)
Mode A (176 Hz bandwidth) for HF
Mode A (176 Hz bandwidth) for HF
Mode B (352 Hz bandwidth)
Mode B (352 Hz bandwidth)
Mode C (704 Hz bandwidth)
Mode C (704 Hz bandwidth)
Stop TX
Stop TX
Stop, for any reason, the 47 seconds JT65 transmission
,   ,  47  JT65 
JT65 beacon: repeat the selected message at each minute (without any possible JT65 reception)
 JT65:   MSG   (   JT65)
JT65 beacon: repeat the selected message at each odd minute (with reception of a possible answer at each even minute)
JT65-:   MSG    (      )
Beacon-minutes:
Beacon-minutes:
JT65 beacon: repeat the selected message at each even minute (with reception of a possible answer at each odd minute)
JT65-:   MSG    (      )
Repeater
Repeater
JT65 repeater, for QRO stations to diffuse messages from QRP stations: the possibly received message during the even minute is repeated at the next odd minute
 JT65  QRO    MSG  QRP :   MSG        
If the button "Repeater" is pushed, you must filter the callsigns (QRP) or countries to be repeated (6 max, separated by a space, example "F6CTE ON LX"). Without any filter, all received frames would be repeated...
   "Repeater",    (QRP)     ( 6,  ,  "F6CTE ON LX").       ...
The standard search is done on +/-600 Hz around the central frequency (to use for a wide search of JT65 transmissions)
    +/-600 Hz    (      JT65)
The search is done on +/-100 Hz on both sides of the inferior and superior frequencies (option to use once the transmission to be decoded has been located)
   +/-100 Hz         (       )
The search is done on +/-20 Hz on both sides of the inferior and superior frequencies (option to use in case of QRM between several JT65 transmissions)
   +/-20 Hz         (     QRM    JT65)
KVASD
KVASD
The soft decision Reed Solomon decoder KVASD is more sensitive than the hard decision one, but it can produce false decodings. It needs also more CPU power (so a powerful PC).)
   -  KVASD  ,  ,     .        (   )
Ring
Ring
On reception of a JT65 frame, a ring warns the user)
   JT65  ,  
Automat.
Automat.
Automatic filling of all the "His/her call" fields with the call of a Ham calling CQ or answering to you and, on a CQ, the report in dB will fill the correspondent fields. Permits to win time.
    "/ "  HAM,   CQ   ,   CQ   dB   .   .
Display all the received JT65 positions, on the local map (which must be open) or on Google Earth or on DXAtlas
    JT65    (   ),  Google Earth   DXAtlas
Display all the received positions on GoogleEarth, if this one exists on the PC and if you click on "Display all".
     Google Earth,     ,     "Display all".
Position of the Ham station on a local map chosen by the user
 HAM      
Position of the Ham station on DXAtlas, if this one exists on the PC
 HAM   DXAtlas,     
Automat. TX
Automat. TX
If this button is pushed and if a message has been selected, it is automatically transmitted from the first second of the minute (with a tolerance of 7 seconds)
      MSG ,        (   7 )
All minutes
All minutes
For an automatic transmission at any minute
     
Odd minutes
Odd minutes
For an automatic transmission at odd minutes only
      
Even minut.
Even minut.
For an automatic transmission at even minutes only
      
Optional, to indicate the frequency on which it will be answered (example: " CQ 113 ...", the transmission is done on the present QRG of 144.140 MHz but the reception will be done on 144.113 MHz)
,   ,     (: "CQ 113 ...",     QRG 144.140 MHz,     144.113 MHz)
You must type your callsign (except if yet given in your personal data). You can add either a prefix or a suffix (see the help for details)
     ( ,        ).      (  )
You must type the callsign of the other Ham. You can add either a prefix or a suffix (see the help for details). The call following a received CQ call, automatically will fill this field.
     HAM.      (  ).     CQ    .
You must type the callsign of the other Ham. You can add either a prefix or a suffix (see the help for details). A callsign double-clicked on the reception window will automatically fills this field.
     HAM.      (  ).           .
Optional for CQ messages, to indicate your 4 characters Locator (except if yet given in your personal data). You can, instead, send a report in the shape "-XZ" or "R-XY" (see the help for details), but also "RO", "RRR" or "73"
  CQ MSG -   4-  ( ,        ).      "-XZ"  "R-XY" (  ),   "RO", "RRR"  "73"
CQ or QRZ
CQ or QRZ
Click on this button to transmit the CQ or the QRZ message (key "Esc" for blind Hams)
  ,    CQ  QRZ MSG ( "Esc"   HAM)
Displays the difference between your synchronisation frequency (as selected on the waterfall) and the one of the received JT65 frame, this to ajust precisely the tuning if you don't see the trace, because too weak
      (  )     JT65,    ,      -  
General control
General control
Click on this button to control all the fields of the TX panel. If one fields is not correct, an error message is displayed.
  ,      TX.     ,    .
Auto. answer
Auto. answer
Automatic answer to a CQ: on detection of a CQ (formatted), the fields are filled, the selection "odd" or "even" minutes is done and the "Answer 1" button is pushed. So, the answer to the CQ will be automatically sent. Useful to begin in JT65.
   CQ:   CQ ()  ,   ""  ""     "Answer 1".   CQ   .    JT65.
To select a QRZ message. The "frequency" field (first one) is not taken into account.
 QRZ MSG.  "frequency" ()  .
To select a CQ message. The "frequency" field (the first one) is taken into account if not empty.
 CQ MSG.   "frequency" (),    .
Answer 1
Answer 1
Answer 3
Answer 3
Answer 4
Answer 4
Click on this button to answer to the other Ham (key "F1" for blind Hams)
  ,    HAM ( "F1"   HAM)
Click on this button to answer to the other Ham (key "F2" for blind Hams)
  ,    HAM ( "F2"   HAM)
Click on this button to answer to the other Ham (key "F3" for blind Hams)
  ,    HAM ( "F3"   HAM)
Click on this button to answer to the other Ham (key "F4" for blind Hams)
  ,    HAM ( "F4"   HAM)
Free 1
Free 1
Free 3
Free 3
Free 4
Free 4
Click on this button to send a non-formatted message (13 characters maximum) to a Ham (key "F5" for blind Hams)
  ,   HAM  MSG (13  ) ( "F5"   HAM)
Click on this button to send a non-formatted message (13 characters maximum) to a Ham (key "F6" for blind Hams)
  ,   HAM  MSG (13  ) ( "F6"   HAM)
Click on this button to send a non-formatted message (13 characters maximum) to a Ham (key "F7" for blind Hams)
  ,   HAM  MSG (13  ) ( "F7"   HAM)
Click on this button to send a non-formatted message (13 characters maximum) to a Ham (key "F8" for blind Hams)
  ,   HAM  MSG (13  ) ( "F8"   HAM)
This field is automaticalled filled with your Locator (6 characters) and Callsign. Your position will be displayed on the map of the other Ham.  Blind Hams will type the F12 key.
     LOCATOR (6 )  .        HAM. ( "F12"   HAM)
Click on this button to send the equivalent to "I have copied both of our callsigns"
  ,   "I have copied both of our callsigns"
Slow scrolling
Slow scrolling
Slow scrolling of the waterfall (10 times slower), this to increase display duration and to see very weak signal (10 dB better)
  "" ( 10  ),            ( 10 dB )
Moon:
Moon:
For EME in JT65B and JT65C, elevation of the moon in degrees, for the Locator position specified in your "Personal data" ("Configuration" menu)
 EME  JT65B  JT65C -       Locator,    " " ( "Configuration")
For EME in JT65B and JT65C, azimuth of the moon in degrees, for the Locator position specified in your "Personal data" ("Configuration" menu)
 EME  JT65B  JT65C -       ,    " " ( "Configuration")
Drift test
Drift test
This test permits to determine, once a minute, the drift of the transceiver in Hz/mn. The transceiver must be tuned in a fixed carrier (WWV at 2.5, 5, 10, 15 MHz for example). The trace on the waterfall must be between the yellow vertical dashes
           Hz/.        (, WWV  2,5, 5, 10, 15 MHz).   ""      
Vocalization
Vocalization
Language
Language
Char.
Char.
To send:
To send:
LENTUS message ready to be sent
LENTUS MSG   
Stop RX/TX
Stop RX/TX
Stop, for any reason, the LENTUS reception or the transmission in progress
,   , LENTUS   
LENTUS beacon: repeat the selected message every 5 minutes (without any possible LENTUS reception). One of the message transmission button ("Station info.", for example) must be pushed
LENTUS :   MSG  5  (    LENTUS).       MSG ("Station info.", )
LENTUS beacon: repeat the selected message  at minutes 0, 10, 20, 30, 40, 50 only (with reception of a possible answer). One of the message transmission button ("Station info.", for example) must be pushed
LENTUS :   MSG    0, 10, 20, 30, 40, 50 (   ).       MSG ("Station info.", )
BEACON
BEACON
LENTUS beacon: repeat the selected message at minutes 5, 15, 25, 35, 45, 55 only (with reception of a possible answer). One of the message transmission button ("Station info.", for example) must be pushed
LENTUS :   MSG    5, 15, 25, 35, 45, 55 (   ).       MSG ("Station info.", )
The 43 Lentus frequencies (one per symbol) are exported to the LENTUS_FREQUENCIES.TXT File (for specific needs)
43  Lentus (   )    LENTUS_FREQUENCIES.TXT (  )
On reception of a LENTUS frame, a ring warns the user)
   LENTUS  ,  
In "Master" mode, the user selects, by clicking on the spectrum, a transmit frequency which will remain locked, but the reception frequency may change. In "Slave" mode, the transmit frequency follows the reception frequency.
  "Master"  ,   ,  ,   ,     .   "Slave"      .
Display all the received LENTUS positions, on the local map (which must be open) or on Google Earth or on DXAtlas
    LENTUS    (   )   Google Earth   DXAtlas
Position of the Ham station on the world map
 HAM    
Local
Local
If one among the three buttons is pushed and if a message has been selected, it is automatically transmitted from the fourth second of the minute 5, 10,...,55, according to the mode of transmission selected
        MSG,        5, 10,...,55      
For an automatic transmission each 5 minutes (to avoid except specific case). One of the message transmission button ("Station info.", for example) must be pushed
    5  (,   ).       MSG ("Station info.", )
CQ at 0,10
CQ at 0,10
For an automatic transmission at minutes 0, 10, 20, 30, 40, 50 only (recommended for CQs). One of the message transmission button ("Station info.", for example) must be pushed
     0, 10, 20, 30, 40, 50  (  CQs).       MSG ("Station info.", )
Answer at 5,15
Answer at 5,15
For an automatic transmission by the one who answer to the CQ at minutes 5, 15, 25, 35, 45, 55 only. One of the message transmission button ("Station info.", for example) must be pushed
     CQ   5, 15, 25, 35, 45, 55 .       MSG ("Station info.", )
You must type your callsign (6 characters maximum) (except if yet given in your personal data).
     ( 6 ) ( ,        ).
You can add a foreign prefix (3 characters maximum) to your call sign (for example: AZ2/FW9XYZ)
     ( 3 )    (: AZ2/FW9XYZ)
You can add a suffix ("M", "P", "MM" or "A") to your call sign (for example: FW9XYZ/MM)
    ("M", "P", "MM"  "A")    (: FW9XYZ/MM)
Optionnally, you can type your 6 characters Locator (except if yet given in your personal data)
     6- Locator ( ,        )
You must type your callsign without prefix nor suffix (for example: FW9XYZ), except if yet given in your personal data.
         (: FW9XYZ),  ,       .
You must type the callsign of the other Ham (6 characters maximum without prefix nor suffix, as for example: FW9XYZ). A callsign double-clicked on the reception window will automatically fills this field.
     HAM ( 6     , : FW9XYZ).           .
You must type the callsign of the other Ham (6 characters maximum without prefix but a suffix can be added, as for example: FW9XYZ/MM). A callsign double-clicked on the reception window will automatically fills this field.
     HAM ( 6   ,    ,  : FW9XYZ/MM).           .
Optional for "Answer 1" message, to indicate your 4 characters Locator (except if yet given in your personal data).
 MSG "Answer 1"    4-  (        ).
For "Answer 2" message, it is automatically supplied the S/N ratio (in dB) of the other Ham in the shape "-XZ" (0 to -35) dB, and also the drift in Hz/mn
 MSG "Answer 2"    / ( dB)  HAM   "-XZ" ( 0  -35) ,     Hz/
For "73, good bye and end of QSO"
"73,     "
Complete call
Complete call
Click on this button to transmit a CQ or an information message with a complete call sign (for example: AZ2/FW9XYZ/MM) and a 6 characters Locator
  ,   CQ   MSG    (: AZ2/FW9XYZ/MM)  6- 
Station info.
Station info.
Click on this button to transmit your station information (power, antenna, directivity of the antenna)
  ,       (, ,  )
Meteo info.
Meteo info.
Click on this button to transmit the meteo information of your QTH (temperature, wind, weather and humidity)
  ,     QTH (, ,   )
Click on this button to transmit your precise geographical position (latitude/longitude), the position accuracy being equal to +/- 9 m
  ,       (/),    +/- 9 
The green label indicates what it is being sent. It is a confirmation for the user.
  ,   .    .
To select either a CQ message or an information message (for the Ham responding to a CQ)
  CQ MSG,   MSG ( HAM,   CQ)
Answer 2
Answer 2
End of QSO
End of QSO
Click on this button to answer to the other Ham with your Locator on 4 characters (key "F1" for blind Hams)
  ,    HAM     4  ( "F1"   HAM)
Click on this button to answer to the other Ham with his report in dB (key "F2" for blind Hams)
  ,    HAM     dB ( "F2"   HAM)
Click on this button to finish a QSO (key "F3" for blind Hams)
  ,   QSO ( "F3"   HAM)
Free 2
Free 2
Free 5
Free 5
Click on this button to send a non-formatted message (13 characters maximum, A-Z 0-9 /+-.?!@%$) to a Ham (key "F5" for blind Hams)
  ,   HAM  MSG ( 13 , A-Z, 0-9, /+-.?!@%$) ( "F5"   HAM)
Click on this button to send a non-formatted message (13 characters maximum, A-Z 0-9 /+-.?!@%$) to a Ham (key "F6" for blind Hams)
  ,   HAM  MSG ( 13 , A-Z, 0-9, /+-.?!@%$) ( "F6"   HAM)
Click on this button to send a non-formatted message (13 characters maximum, A-Z 0-9 /+-.?!@%$) to a Ham (key "F7" for blind Hams)
  ,   HAM  MSG ( 13 , A-Z, 0-9, /+-.?!@%$) ( "F7"   HAM)
Click on this button to send a non-formatted message (13 characters maximum, A-Z 0-9 /+-.?!@%$) to a Ham (key "F8" for blind Hams)
  ,   HAM  MSG ( 13 , A-Z, 0-9, /+-.?!@%$) ( "F8"   HAM)
Click on this button to send a non-formatted message (13 characters maximum, A-Z 0-9 /+-.?!@%$) to a Ham (key "F12" for blind Hams)
  ,   HAM  MSG ( 13 , A-Z 0-9 /+-.?!@%$) ( "F12"   HAM)
To add "CQ DE " before the message
 "CQ DE"  MSG
Band KHz
Band KHz
Waterfall bands and central frequency cannot be changed only in RX or TX. Click "Stop RX/TX" before
           RX  TX.   "Stop RX/TX"
RF power in Watts
RF power in Watts
RF power in mWatts
RF power in mWatts
The power level (effectively radiated power transmitted by the antenna) must be chosen among the proposed powers (0.5 to 500 Watts/mWatts)
  (  ,  )       ( 0,5  500 /)
HF power
HF power
The type or gain of the antenna must be chosen among different antenna types ("Vertical"...) or for monodirectional antennas (Yagi, Quad, Parabolic...) among the proposed gains (4 to 43 dB)
         ("Vertical"...)     (, , ...)    ( 4  43 dB)
Antenna
Antenna
The directivity of the antenna must be chosen among the 8 proposed directions (for example, "NW" for "North West") or "Omni." (for "Omnidirectional antenna", as the vertical one).
     8   (, "NW"  "-")  "Omni" ( " ",  ).
Dir.
Dir.
Fr. locking
Fr. locking
Search band (bewteen the blue dashes) locking. This option is useful if the transmission frequency is surely known (for the 136 KHz band, for example)
  (  ) .   ,      (,   136 KHz)
The exterior temperature (from -71 to 60 C or from -96 to 140 F)
  ( -71  60 C   -96  140 F)
If this button is pushed, the exterior temperature is expressed in F (and not in C)
   ,     F (   C)
Wind
Wind
The type of wind (from calm to a hurricane)
  (   )
Weather
Weather
The type of weather
The type of weather
The humidity level in the air
The humidity level in the air
For example for "08 09.70' North": "08-09.70N". The latitude must be 9 characters long.
,  "08 09.70' North": "08-09.70N".    9 .
For example for "002 01.08' West": "002-01.08W". The longitude must be 10 characters long.
,  "002 01.08' West": "002-01.08W".     10 .
If pushed, the search bandwidth switches to 40 Hz.
      40 Hz.
If pushed, the search bandwidth switches to 100 Hz. However, the detection of Lentus transmissions is slightly inferior that with a 40 Hz search bandwidth
       100 Hz.    Lentus   ,     40 Hz
If pushed, the search bandwidth switches to 160 Hz. However, the detection of Lentus transmissions is slightly inferior that with a 40 Hz search bandwidth
       160 Hz.    Lentus  ,     40 Hz
Repeaters
Repeaters
The principle of this "Repeater" function is to repeat a received message so as to forward it towards other stations or to broadcast a message (with several repeaters)
   "Repeater" -    MSG          MSG (  )
LENTUS repeater, if this button is pushed, a message possibly received at minute 0, 10, 20, 30, 40 or 50 will be repeated 5 minutes after (so at minute 5, 15, 25, 35, 45 or 55)
LENTUS ,    , MSG,    0, 10, 20, 30, 40  50 ,    5  (   5, 15, 25, 35, 45  55 )
LENTUS repeater, if this button is pushed, a message possibly received at minute 5, 15, 25, 35, 45 or 55 will be repeated 5 minutes after (so at minute 10, 20, 30, 40, 50 or 0)
LENTUS ,    , MSG,    5, 15, 25, 35, 45  55 ,    5  (   10, 20, 30, 40, 50  0 )
It is possible to introduce an advance on transmission (0 to 990 ms) to compensate from a possible transmission delay (due to a big distance to the zone to target or a delay due to a Wifi link or to a SdR, for example)
    (0-990 ),      (-    ,  - Wi-Fi-  SDR, )
It is possible to introduce a delay on reception (0 to 990 ms) to compensate from a possible transmission delay (due to a big distance to the zone to target or a delay due to a Wifi link or to a SdR, for example)
    ( 0  990 ),      (-    ,   Wi-Fi  SDR, )
Period
Period
If the "Period" button is pushed, the selected message is going to be transmitted with the indicated period in minutes (15 to 90 mn)
   "Period",  MSG        ( 15  90 )
Display all the last received and transmitted Lentus messages, collected by a specific Lentus WEB server
 RX  TX Lentus MSG,   WEB- Lentus
Automatic answer
Automatic answer
Automatic answer to a CQ: on detection of a CQ (formatted), the fields are filled, the selection "0,10.." or "5,15..." minutes is done and the "Answer 1" button is pushed. So, the answer to the CQ will be automatically sent. Useful to begin in LENTUS.
   CQ:   CQ ()  ,   "0,10..."  "5,15..."     "Answer 1".  ,   CQ   .    LENTUS.
Ring on a POCSAG message received
   POCSAG MSG
Manual selection of a 512 bauds modulation speed
    512 
Manual selection of a 1200 bauds modulation speed
    1200 
Manual selection of a 2400 bauds modulation speed
    2400 
Automatic
Automatic
Automatic determination of the modulation speed (in bauds) of the received Pocsag transmission
    ( )   POCSAG
Inversion
Inversion
Inversion of received bits (1->0 and 0->1), in case of signal level inversion between the SdR receiver and Multipsk
   (1->0  0->1)       SdR  Multipsk
Complete
Complete
Only complete messages are displayed.
   MSG.
Only complete messages, received with the maximum trust are displayed. The probability of error is residual (but not nil).
   MSG,    .    (  ).
Received messages must not be divulged.
prinyatoe info ne dolzhno razglashat
This label becomes blue when receiving idle signal. This label indicates also the number of incorrect codewords followed by the number of correct codewords, this to inform about decoding in progress.
       .        ,       ,     .
This label indicates also the number of correct received frames, this to inform about decoding in progress.
       ,     .
Compact display is recommended, this to avoid a too fast text display and a big CPU load
  ,           CPU
Position messages
Position messages
Refer to messages AIS 1, 2, 3, 4, 11, 18, 19 and 21 giving a ship geographical position
  MSG AIS 1, 2, 3, 4, 11, 18, 19  21     
Other messages
Other messages
Refer to messages other than those giving a ship position
  MSG,  ,    
ITU connection
ITU connection
If this button is pushed, a connection is done with the ITU WEB site, which will permit to search information about the MMSI (9 figures) located on the MMSI field, by clicking on "ITU Info."
   ,      ITU WEB,      MMSI (9 ),    MMSI,  "ITU Info"
ITU info.
ITU info.
If this button is clicked, Multipsk automatically will fetch data about the MMSI (ship name, call sign and country) from the ITU WEB site: "http://www.itu.int/cgi-bin/htsh/mars/ship_search.sh".
   , Multipsk     MMSI ( ,   )   ITU WEB: "http://www.itu.int/cgi-bin/htsh/mars/ship_search.sh".
MMSI filter
MMSI filter
If this button is pushed, the displayed positions will be filtered by the MMSI (9 figures) located in the MMSI field, this to only display the messages relative to the selected ship.
   ,      MMSI (9 ),    MMSI,    MSG,    .
MMSI field used for the "ITU info." or for the "MMSI filter". Click on a displayed MMSI (9 figures) to upload it on this MMSI field.
 MMSI   "ITU info."   " MMSI".    MMSI (9 ),       MMSI.
Positions on:
Positions on:
Connection
Connection
To connect Marinetraffic.com through a TCP connection then send ships positions to the WEB site http://www.marinetraffic.com/ais/, where all AIS positions can be seen. This link is reliable but needs control of the connection
   Marinetraffic.com  TCP-,       WEB http://www.marinetraffic.com/ais/,      AIS.   ,    
To send directly (without connection) ships positions to the WEB site http://www.marinetraffic.com/ais/, where all AIS positions can be seen. Positions are controlled when reached one's destination, if they reach it (never sure)
  ( )     WEB http://www.marinetraffic.com/ais/,      AIS.  ,     ,     (   )
Select the AIS frequency monitored, which will be transmitted to Marinetraffic.com
   AIS,     Marinetraffic.com
Transmission of received AIS positions to the WEB site Marinetraffic.com
   AIS  - Marinetraffic.com
It rings one second on reception of an AIS message
     AIS MSG
Port
Port
Each registered station will have to use a different TCP (UDP) port number, given when a station is registered. However, 5321 can be used by non-registered stations.
        TCP (UDP),   .    5321    .
This mode is only demodulated and decoded if a SdR receiver is connected to Multipsk and if the SdR interface is started (on the Configuration screen)
        SdR   Multipsk    SdR  (  "Configuration")
FM spectrum
FM spectrum
If this option is selected, the FM spectrum (after FM demodulation) is displayed in the SDR waterfall where it can be seen the FM band, for example the RDS signal at 57 KHz.
   ,  FM ( FM )    SDR,     FM,   RDS  57 KHz.
North America
North America
In North America, the RDS used is called RBDS and is slightly different (mainly on PI codes and program types)
    RDS  RBDS    (   PI   )
The number (#) of "AF" (Alternative frequencies) and by these "AF", by default in MHz
 (#) "AF" ( )   "AF"    MHz
The main FM frequency in MHz
The main FM frequency in MHz
Here is displayed the "PI" (Program Identification) followed, in North America, by the station call
  "PI" ( ),        
Program Type
Program Type
"TP" for "Traffic Program" if the station is able to broadcast Traffic Annoucement
""  " ",       
"TA" for "Traffic Announcement" if one is in progress
""  "Traffic Announcement",   
Here is displayed the Program Service name on 8 characters
   -  8 
Here is displayed the radiotext for (songs titles...) on 32 or 64 characters
    ( ...)  32  64 
Decoded blocks
Decoded blocks
If pushed, the decoded blocks are displayed and can be transmitted to the TCP/IP interface
           TCP/IP
Clear all the RDS fields and re-initialize the RDS decoding
   RDS     RDS
Slow PC
Slow PC
Permits to decrease the CPU load with RTL-SDR sticks only (but the quality of the sound decreases)
        USB- RTL-SDR (     )
To decode RDS while listening to the FM program (button normally pushed, excepted for if the PC CPU load is problematic). The FunCube Dongle Pro cannot decode the RDS (but the FunCube Dongle Pro+ can).
  RDS   FM- (  ,  ,   CPU  ). FunCube Dongle Pro    RDS ( FunCube Dongle Pro+ ).
FAE mail received (look at the "Received mail" mailbox)
FAE   (    " ")
Connection made with
Connection made with
Test, no adress
Test, no adress
Global "Allcall"
Global "Allcall"
End of AMTOR message
End of AMTOR message
Check Sum: OK
Check Sum: OK
Check Sum: error
Check Sum: error
ITU ship information:
ITU ship information:
ITU search failure
ITU search failure
No control by check sum.
No control by check sum.
Date and time of decoding:
Date and time of decoding:
End of GMDSS message
End of GMDSS message
Zone:
Zone:
Side=
Side=
Distress coordinates not given
   
Distress coordinates:
Distress coordinates:
Distress coordinates time acquisition not given
     
Distress coordinates time acquisition:
  : 
Coast station
Coast station
Unknown
Unknown
Called MMSI station address:
Called MMSI station address:
Unknown ship
Unknown ship
Called:
Called:
Afghanistan
Afghanistan
South Africa
South Africa
Angola
Angola
Albania
Albania
Algeria
Algeria
Andorre
Andorre
Argentina
Argentina
Armenia
Armenia
Saudi Arabia
Saudi Arabia
Antigua and Barbuda
Antigua and Barbuda
Australia
Australia
Austria
Austria
Azerbaijani Republic
Azerbaijani Republic
Brazil
Brazil
Bahamas
Bahamas
Belgium
Belgium
Benin
Benin
Burkina Faso
Burkina Faso
Bangladesh
Bangladesh
Bahrain
Bahrain
Bosnia  and Herzegovina
Bosnia  and Herzegovina
Belarus
Belarus
Belize
Belize
Bolivia
Bolivia
Botswana
Botswana
Barbados
Barbados
Myanmar
Myanmar
Brunei
Brunei
Bhutan
Bhutan
Bulgaria
Bulgaria
Central African Republic
Central African Republic
Canada
Canada
Cambodia
Cambodia
Chile
Chile
China
China
Colombia
Colombia
Sri Lanka
Sri Lanka
Cameroon
Cameroon
Democratic Republic of the Congo
  
Congo
Congo
Comoros
Comoros
Cape Verde
Cape Verde
Cte d'Ivoire
Cte d'Ivoire
Costa Rica
Costa Rica
Cuba
Cuba
Vatican
Vatican
Cyprus
Cyprus
Czech Rep.
Czech Rep.
Germany
Germany
Denmark
Denmark
Djibouti
Djibouti
Dominican
Dominican
Dominica (ile)
Dominica (ile)
Spain
Spain
Egypt
Egypt
Ecuador
Ecuador
Eritrea
Eritrea
Estonia
Estonia
Ethiopia
Ethiopia
France
France
Fiji
Fiji
Finland
Finland
Micronesia
Micronesia
United Kingdom
United Kingdom
Gabonese
Gabonese
Georgia
Georgia
Ghana
Ghana
Gambia
Gambia
Guinea-Bissau
Guinea-Bissau
Equatorial Guinea
Equatorial Guinea
Greece
Greece
Grenada
Grenada
Guatemala
Guatemala
Guinea
Guinea
Guyana
Guyana
Netherlands
Netherlands
Honduras
Honduras
Hungary
Hungary
Croatia
Croatia
Haiti
Haiti
Italy
Italy
India
India
Indonesia
Indonesia
Irland
Irland
Iran
Iran
Iraq
Iraq
Iceland
Iceland
Israel
Israel
Japan
Japan
Jamaica
Jamaica
Jordan
Jordan
Kazakhstan
Kazakhstan
Kenya
Kenya
Kyrgyz Republic
Kyrgyz Republic
Kiribati
Kiribati
Saint Kitts and Nevis
Saint Kitts and Nevis
Korea (Rep. of)
Korea (Rep. of)
North Corea
North Corea
Kuwait
Kuwait
Laos
Laos
Lebanon
Lebanon
Liberia
Liberia
Libya
Libya
Saint Lucia
Saint Lucia
Liechtenstein
Liechtenstein
Lesotho
Lesotho
Lithuania
Lithuania
Luxembourg
Luxembourg
Latvia
Latvia
Mauritius
Mauritius
Monaco
Monaco
Moldova
Moldova
Madagascar
Madagascar
Mexico
Mexico
Marshall Islands
Marshall Islands
Macedonia
Macedonia
Malaysia
Malaysia
Maldives
Maldives
Mali
Mali
Malta
Malta
Montenegro
Montenegro
Mongolia
Mongolia
Mozambique
Mozambique
Morocco
Morocco
Mauritania
Mauritania
Malawi
Malawi
Nicaragua
Nicaragua
Niger
Niger
Nigeria
Nigeria
Namibia
Namibia
Norway
Norway
Nepal
Nepal
Nauru
Nauru
New Zealand
New Zealand
Oman
Oman
Pakistan
Pakistan
Philippines
Philippines
Panama
Panama
Papua New Guinea
Papua New Guinea
Poland
Poland
Portugal
Portugal
Paraguay
Paraguay
Peru
Peru
Qatar
Qatar
Romania
Romania
Russian Federation
Russian Federation
Rwanda
Rwanda
Sweden
Sweden
Sudan
Sudan
Senegal
Senegal
Seychelles
Seychelles
Solomon Islands
Solomon Islands
El Salvador
El Salvador
Samoa
Samoa
San Marino
San Marino
Singapore
Singapore
Somali Democratic
Somali Democratic
Serbia
Serbia
Sierra Leone
Sierra Leone
South Sudan
South Sudan
Sao Tome and Principe
Sao Tome and Principe
Switzerland
Switzerland
Suriname
Suriname
Slovak Republic
Slovak Republic
Slovenia
Slovenia
Syria
Syria
Swaziland
Swaziland
Chad
Chad
Togo
Togo
Thailand
Thailand
Tajikistan
Tajikistan
Turkmenistan
Turkmenistan
Timor-Leste
Timor-Leste
Tonga
Tonga
Trinidad and Tobago
Trinidad and Tobago
Tunisia
Tunisia
Turkey
Turkey
Tuvalu
Tuvalu
Tanzania
Tanzania
United Arab Emirates
United Arab Emirates
Uganda
Uganda
Ukraine
Ukraine
Uruguay
Uruguay
United States
United States
Uzbekistan
Uzbekistan
Saint Vincent and the Grenadines
-  
Venezuela
Venezuela
Vanuatu
Vanuatu
Viet Nam
Viet Nam
Yemen
Yemen
Zambia
Zambia
Zimbabwe
Zimbabwe
Called station Selcall:
Called station Selcall:
MMSI self-identifier:
MMSI self-identifier:
Ship
Ship
by:
by:
MMSI of the ship in distress:
MMSI of the ship in distress:
Category:
Category:
Routine
Routine
Safety
Safety
Urgency
Urgency
Distress
Distress
Not dfined
Not dfined
Telecommand 1:
Telecommand 1:
F3E/G3E All modes telephony
F3E/G3E All modes telephony
F3E/G3E duplex telephony
F3E/G3E duplex telephony
Unable to comply
Unable to comply
End of call
End of call
J3E telephony
J3E telephony
Distress relay
Distress relay
F1B/J2B TTY/FEC
F1B/J2B TTY/FEC
Not defined
Not defined
Subsequent communications:
Subsequent communications:
F3E/G3E All modes TP
F3E/G3E All modes TP
F3E/G3E duplex TP
F3E/G3E duplex TP
Polling
Polling
Data
Data
J3E TP
J3E TP
Distress acknowledgment
Distress acknowledgment
F1B/J2B TTY/ARQ
F1B/J2B TTY/ARQ
Test
Test
Ship position or location registration updating
   
Telecommand 2:
Telecommand 2:
No reason given
No reason given
Congestion at maritime switching centre
    
Busy
Busy
Queue indication
Queue indication
Station barred
Station barred
No operator available
No operator available
Operator temporarily unavailable
  
Equipment disabled
Equipment disabled
Unable to use proposed channel
   
Unable to use proposed mode
Unable to use proposed mode
Ships and aircraft according to Resolution 18
      18
Medical transports
Medical transports
Pay-phone/public call office
Pay-phone/public call office
Facsimile/data according to Recommendation ITU-R M.1081
/   ITU-R M.1081
No information
No information
Nature of distress:
Nature of distress:
Fire, explosion
Fire, explosion
Flooding
Flooding
Collision
Collision
Grounding
Grounding
Listing, in danger of capsizing
,  
Text to find
Text to find
If pushed, the TNT receiver presence is checked, the SdR interface is forced, the I/Q signal being taken from the TNT key through either the RTL DLL or "rtl_tcp.exe". On the RX/TX screen, click on the "Transceiver" button to control this SdR receiver.
     TNT,    SdR,  I/Q    TNT  RTL DLL  "rtl_tcp.exe".   RX/TX   "Transceiver"    SdR.
RTL selection
RTL selection
RTL/SDR key selection, if several are present
  RTL/SDR,   
The TNT receiver is not yet connected to Multipsk, via the RTL DLL
 TNT     Multipsk  RTL DLL
TNT receiver detected and connection done, via RTL DLL
 TNT    ,  RTL DLL
Save all the VDL2 messages of the reception window in the "VDL2_messages.txt" file (for exchange with other Hams and SWL, for example)
  VDL2 MSG      "VDL2_messages.txt" (,     HAM  SWL)
Load the "VDL2_messages.txt" file (if exists) and displays the containt in the reception window, after the already displayed text
  "VDL2_messages.txt" ( )           
Fill the <MY CALL> and <MY LOCATOR> fields ("Personal" button). Click on "TEST TX" to send "TEST" + your data. 5 minutes after, click on "TEXT RX". "TEST" + your data must appear.
  "<MY CALL>"  "<MY LOCATOR>" ( "Personal").  "TEST TX",   "TEST" +  .  5   "TEXT RX".   "TEST" +  .
Save text
Save text
Load text
Load text
If this button is pushed, it will be displayed the speed in
   ,    
GMDSS codes display
GMDSS codes display
Received GMDSS codes are displayed, for information. Interpretation of codes is freely done by the user (PSE, don't ask to the author to do it).
  GMDSS   .      (PSE,     ).
For an unknown reason, the DLL "rtlsdr_read_async" function does not work
    DLL "rtlsdr_read_async"  
TNT receiver disconnected from the RTL DLL
 TNT   RTL DLL
The RTL DLL works.
The RTL DLL works.
Working with RTL_TCP.exe, due to error:
  RTL_TCP.exe, - :
No RTL/SDR key installed
No RTL/SDR key installed
RTL/SDR key selection, if several (5 keys maximum) are present
  RTL/SDR,    ( 5)
Push "OK" to select the RTL/SDR key with which you want to work
 "",    RTL/SDR,     
Working: by "DLL" the normal way oy by "RTL_TCP.exe" if the DLL does not work
:   "DLL"      "RTL_TCP.exe",  "DLL"  
Edition of the HF frequency at the 0 Hz waterfall. It corresponds to the central frequency given by the cristal or the VFO. Click on "Forward" afterwards. Note: the displayed frequency can be modified by Commander, if it is connected.
 HF   0 Hz .    ,    .   "Forward". :      Commander,   .
PSK must be used to decode the VDL2 transmissions. Sampling frequency is forced to 48 KHz
PSK      VDL2.      48 KHz
Minimize
Minimize
Minimizes the size of this window
   
If, for a specific reason, the user wants an other file name than "SELCAL.TXT", then the new file mantissa ("SELCAL" by default) can be typed in this field
        ,  "SELCAL.TXT",          ("SELCAL"  )
Update
Update
Permits to manually update the SELCAL.TXT file with the last received SELCALs. The number of recorded SELCALs in the SELCAL.TXT file is displayed in the white label.
    SELCAL.TXT   SELCAL.   SELCAL   SELCAL.TXT    .
Shift (Hz)
Shift (Hz)
The spinbutton permits to shift the SELCAL AF frequencies if they are slightly off set from the letters (+/-115 Hz maximum).
    SELCAL AF,       (+/-115 Hz ).
Basic display
Basic display
Only the preamble is decoded and displayed on a line
      
Frames can be received by a SdR receiver directly interfaced to Multipsk (best solution) or by a standard USB receiver
    SdR,    Multipsk ( ),   USB-
Frames display
Frames display
It is proposed to select display of all or part of the frames received
       
I and UI information frames are coded with "proprietary" data. It does not appear clear language
  I  UI  "proprietary" .   
XID frames permits reception of standard data, especially airplanes position
 XID    ,   
RR, RNR, TEST, REJ, SREJ, FRMR, UA, DM and DISC frames are control frames, interesting for experts only
RR, RNR, TEST, REJ, SREJ, FRMR, UA, DM and DISC -  ,   
Internet database for Aicraft ICAO address "http://www.airframes.org/" (you need an Internet connection). From the airplane identifier (6 hexa characters), data about this plane can be seen.
-     ICAO "http://www.airframes.org/" (   ).    (6  )      .
It rings 200 ms on reception of a VDL2 message
 200    VDL2 MSG
Display all the received VDL2 positions, on the local map (which must be open), or on Google Earth or in DXAtlas
    VDL2    (   )   Google Earth   DXAtlas
Details about XID
Details about XID
If all pieces of information supplied by the XID are not required, it is only displayed the destination airport identifier and also positions
    ,  XID,       
The first number displayed is incremented each time a VDL2 transmission is detected (and will be possibly decoded). The second number indicates the number of frames decoded.
     ,    VDL2 (   ).      .
Resets both counters to 0, to permit to do tests on a defined duration
    0,         
Display all the last received plane position messages (AUTOPOS positions in ACARS messages or XID frames positions), collected by a specific WEB server
 RX MSG    (AUTOPOS  ACARS MSG  XID ),   WEB-
Inversion of the I/Q components to try, if VDL2 transmissions are received but not detected by Multipsk ("D:" stays at 0)
 I/Q ,  ,    VDL2,    Multipsk ("D:"   0)
Altitude displayed
Altitude displayed
Option to display or not the altitude on the maps
      
It is displayed the distance in km or in miles (depending on the choice done between "km/h" and "mph") between your station position (given in your "Personal data") and the last plane position
      (     "km/h"  "mph")     (   "Personal data")    
It is displayed the maximum detected distance in km or in miles (depending on the choice done between "km/h" and "mph") between your station position (given in your "Personal data") and the plane position
        (     "km/h"  "mph")     (   " ")   
Clear list
Clear list
Clear the present positions list (all the last decoded positions are cleared).
    (    ).
"Uplink" only
"Uplink" only
Are decoded and displayed only messages coming from a ground station or broadcast messages
    MSG,       MSG
If started ("Go!" button), the shift is computed as: Shift = Reception frequency - Mean real VDL2 transmission frequency used by aircrafts (1000 tests is a minimum)
  ("Go!")   : Shift =   -     VDL2,    ( 1000 )
Stops the shift determination (to do after at least 1000 tests, to have some reliability on the result)
   (    1000 ,     )
Sinking
Sinking
Disabled and adrift
Disabled and adrift
Undesignated distress
Undesignated distress
Abandoning ship
Abandoning ship
Piracy/armed robbery attack
Piracy/armed robbery attack
Man overboard
Man overboard
EPIRB emission
EPIRB emission
RX frequency:
RX frequency:
TX frequency:
TX frequency:
RX/TX frequency:
RX/TX frequency:
Neither RX/TX frequencies nor position supplied
 /    
HF/MF channel:
HF/MF channel:
ITU-R M.586 channel:
ITU-R M.586 channel:
VHF channel:
VHF channel:
Start of GMDSS message
Start of GMDSS message
<Selective call to a particular individual station>
<   >
<Distress alert> (PSE, don't interfere!)
< > (PSE,  !)
<All ships call> (PSE, don't interfere!)
< , > (PSE,  !)
<Selective call to a group of ships having a common interest>
<   ,   >
<Selective call to a group of ships in a particular geographical area>
<       >
<Selective call to a particular individual station using the semi-automatic/automatic service>
<      / >
Success opening the serial port linked to GPS
  COM ,   GPS
Failure opening the serial port linked to GPS
  COM ,   GPS
Serial port transfer OK
Serial port transfer OK
Failure of the serial port transfer
   COM 
Latitude
Latitude
Longitude
Longitude
Radiobeacon range
Radiobeacon range
Radiobeacon health
Radiobeacon health
Radiobeacon operation normal
Radiobeacon operation normal
No integrity monitoring
No integrity monitoring
No information available
No information available
Do not use this radiobeacon
Do not use this radiobeacon
Broadcast station ID
Broadcast station ID
Broadcast bit rate
Broadcast bit rate
Modulation
Modulation
Synchronization type
Synchronization type
Asynchronous
Asynchronous
Broadcast coding
Broadcast coding
No added coding
No added coding
FEC coding
FEC coding
Bad
Bad
Not tracked
Not tracked
Yes in
Yes in
ECEF X-Coordinate
ECEF X-Coordinate
ECEF Y-Coordinate
ECEF Y-Coordinate
ECEF Z-Coordinate
ECEF Z-Coordinate
Sat. not to use
Sat. not to use
Ellipsoidal height
Ellipsoidal height
Z-count
Z-count
Sequence count
Sequence count
Number of words
Number of words
Health
Health
UDRE scale factor=1.0
UDRE scale factor=1.0
UDRE scale factor=0.75
UDRE scale factor=0.75
UDRE scale factor=0.5
UDRE scale factor=0.5
UDRE scale factor=0.3
UDRE scale factor=0.3
UDRE scale factor=0.2
UDRE scale factor=0.2
UDRE scale factor=0.1
UDRE scale factor=0.1
Transmission not monitored
Transmission not monitored
Reference station not working
Reference station not working
Message type
Message type
Differential GPS corrections
Differential GPS corrections
GPS reference station parameters
 GPS-
GPS constellation health
GPS constellation health
GPS null frame
GPS null frame
DGPS radiobeacon almanac
DGPS radiobeacon almanac
GPS partial correction set
GPS partial correction set
GPS special message
GPS special message
Non decoded DGPS message by this soft
 DGPS MSG   
Station
Station
Station number
Station number
Sat. ID
Sat. ID
Pseudorange corr.
Pseudorange corr.
Range rate corr.
Range rate corr.
S/N ratio
S/N ratio
New IOD
New IOD
Loss of satellite
Loss of satellite
16 or 256 colors graphic mode: not enough!
16  256   : !
16 bits graphic mode (65536 colors)
16-   (65536 )
24 bits or more graphic mode
24 bits or more graphic mode
SNR min/max (dB):
SNR min/max (dB):
good
good
average
average
bad
bad
Drift
Drift
Minute
Minute
Quality
Quality
Possible Lentus RX
Possible Lentus RX
Time  dB  Hz  Hz/mn  Received
Time  dB  Hz  Hz/mn  Received
Offset Sf.:
Offset Sf.:
RX offset:
RX offset:
S/N= ??
S/N= ??
Frequency search
Frequency search
End of picture reception
End of picture reception
...RX frame not repeated because already repeated less than
...RX   ,      
seconds ago.
seconds ago.
...RX frame off user specifications, not repeated
...RX     ,  
...Incorrect RX frame, can't be repeated
... RX ,  
Allows the working in KISS mode, through the selected serial port in the Configuration screen, Multipsk, as a TNC, being drived by any Packet or APRS (as UI-VIEW) program (BBS or others).
    KISS   COM    , Multipsk,  TNC,    Packet  APRS ( UI-VIEW), BBS  .
Emergency Reset
Emergency Reset
Clear down
Clear down
Maintenance identification
Maintenance identification
TX Key ON
TX Key ON
TX Key OFF
TX Key OFF
Repeater ON
Repeater ON
Repeater OFF
Repeater OFF
Emergency Radio Call
Emergency Radio Call
Priority Radio Call
Priority Radio Call
Normal Radio Call
Normal Radio Call
Telephone Call
Telephone Call
Broadcast Radio Call
Broadcast Radio Call
Request to Call Back
Request to Call Back
Manual Response
Manual Response
External Addressing
External Addressing
Emergency Acknowledgement
Emergency Acknowledgement
Repeat Acknowledgement
Repeat Acknowledgement
General Acknowledgement
General Acknowledgement
Absent/Unavailable Acknowledgement
/ 
Busy Acknowledgement
Busy Acknowledgement
Call Back Acknowledgement
Call Back Acknowledgement
Intermediate Acknowledgement
Intermediate Acknowledgement
Reject Acknowledgement
Reject Acknowledgement
System Control
System Control
Short Data Transfert
Short Data Transfert
Dialogue Data Transfert
Dialogue Data Transfert
Change Channel
Change Channel
Vote Now
Vote Now
Status Request
Status Request
Mobile Enable
Mobile Enable
Mobile Disable
Mobile Disable
Statut
Statut
Reserved
Reserved
Custom
Custom
Unknown country
Unknown country
Czech/Slovak Republic
Czech/Slovak Republic
Bulgaria/Hungary/Romania
Bulgaria/Hungary/Romania
Andorra/Faroe Islands
Andorra/Faroe Islands
Russia
Russia
Yugoslavia
Yugoslavia
San Marino/Baltic Republics
San Marino/Baltic Republics
Malta/Slovenia/Croatia
Malta/Slovenia/Croatia
Ireland
Ireland
Message in hexadecimal (+ decoding attempt)
MSG  HEX  (+  )
Compressed message in hexadecimal (+ decoding attempt)
 MSG  HEX  (+  )
TX address
TX address
RX address
RX address
address
address
Sub address
Sub address
Frame
Frame
Identifier
Identifier
Ack.
Ack.
Block
Block
Location beacon without UIN
Location beacon without UIN
on
on
none
none
maritime 9 GHz SART
maritime 9 GHz SART
other
other
Auxiliary radio-locating device
  
distress
distress
short
short
Protocol
Protocol
location
location
Registered in
Registered in
unknown
unknown
EPIRB - MMSI/Location Protocol
EPIRB -  /
ELT - 24-bit Address/Location Protocol
ELT -  /  24- 
Serial Location Protocol - ELT serial
   -   ELT
Serial Location Protocol - ELT - aircraft operator designator
   - ELT -    
Serial Location Protocol - EPIRB - serial
   - EPIRB - 
Serial Location Protocol - PLB - serial
    - PLB - 
Ship Security
Ship Security
National Location Protocol - ELT
    - ELT
National Location Protocol - EPIRB
    - EPIRB
National Location Protocol - PLB
    - PLB
Standard Test Location Protocol
   
National Test Location Protocol
   
RLS Location Protocol
RLS Location Protocol
Reserved (orbitography)
Reserved (orbitography)
Spare protocol
Spare protocol
MMSI identifier
MMSI identifier
Beacon number of the vessel
Beacon number of the vessel
24-bit aircraft address (hexadecimal)
24-     ()
Aircraft operator designator
Aircraft operator designator
Serial number
Serial number
Cospas-Sarsat approval certificate number
   Cospas-Sarsat
Test Data
Test Data
possible interpretation
possible interpretation
number
number
Beacon type
Beacon type
EPIRB - Maritime User Protocol (MMSI, 6 digits or radio call sign, 6 characters)
EPIRB -    (MMSI, 6   , 6 )
EPIRB - Radio Call Sign User Protocol)
EPIRB -     
ELT - Aviation User Protocol (aircraft registration markings)
ELT -    (   )
Serial User Protocol
Serial User Protocol
Test User Protocol
Test User Protocol
Orbitography Protocol
Orbitography Protocol
National User Protocol
National User Protocol
Radio call sign
Radio call sign
ELT with serial number
ELT with serial number
ELT with 24-bit aircraft address
ELT  24-    
ELT with aircraft operator designator and serial number
ELT        
Float free EPIRB with serial number
  EPIRB   
Non float free EPIRB with serial number
   EPIRB   
PLB with serial number
PLB with serial number
Type of beacon
Type of beacon
Specific ELT number
Specific ELT number
National use and control
National use and control
Aircraft registration identifier
   
National Use Data
National Use Data
Orbitography data
Orbitography data
Beacon activated manually
Beacon activated manually
Beacon activated manually or automatically
    
No non-protected data field
No non-protected data field
Non-protected data field
Non-protected data field
No emergency code
No emergency code
Emergency code present
Emergency code present
Fire/explosion
Fire/explosion
Unspecified distress
Unspecified distress
Undesignated code
Undesignated code
Fire
Fire
Medical help required
Medical help required
No medical help required
No medical help required
No position
No position
external navigation device
external navigation device
internal navigation device
internal navigation device
Position data provided by
Position data provided by
no
no
121.5 MHz auxiliary radio-locating device
121,5 MHz   
Position
Position
Additional data
Additional data
RLM-Request Type-1 only
RLM-Request Type-1 only
RLM-Request Type-2 only
RLM-Request Type-2 only
RLM-Request Type-1 + type-2
RLM-Request Type-1 + type-2
test
test
Message from EAS Participant
Message from EAS Participant
Message from Civil authorities
MSG   
Message from National Weather Service
MSG    
Message from Primary Entry Point System
MSG     
Message from
Message from
Administrative Message
Administrative Message
Avalanche Watch
Avalanche Watch
Avalanche Warning
Avalanche Warning
Biological Hazard Warning
Biological Hazard Warning
Boil Water Warning
Boil Water Warning
Blizzard Warning
Blizzard Warning
Child Abduction Emergency
Child Abduction Emergency
Civil Danger Watch
Civil Danger Watch
Civil Danger Warning
Civil Danger Warning
Civil Emergency
Civil Emergency
Coastal Flood Watch
Coastal Flood Watch
Coastal Flood Warning
Coastal Flood Warning
Chemical Hazard Warning
Chemical Hazard Warning
Contaminated Water Warning
Contaminated Water Warning
Dam Watch
Dam Watch
Dam Break Warning
Dam Break Warning
Contagious Disease Warning
Contagious Disease Warning
Practice/Demo
Practice/Demo
Dust Storm Warning
Dust Storm Warning
Emergency Action Notification
Emergency Action Notification
Emergency Action Termination
Emergency Action Termination
Earthquake Warning
Earthquake Warning
Evacuation Watch
Evacuation Watch
Immediate Evacuation
Immediate Evacuation
Food Contamination Warning
Food Contamination Warning
Flash Flood Watch
Flash Flood Watch
Flash Flood Statement
Flash Flood Statement
Flash Flood Warning
Flash Flood Warning
Flood Watch
Flood Watch
Flood Statement
Flood Statement
Flood Warning
Flood Warning
Fire Warning
Fire Warning
Flash Freeze Warning
Flash Freeze Warning
Frost Warning
Frost Warning
Hurricane Statement
Hurricane Statement
Hazardous Materials Watch
Hazardous Materials Watch
Hazardous Materials Warning
Hazardous Materials Warning
Hurricane Watch
Hurricane Watch
Hurricane Warning
Hurricane Warning
High Wind Watch
High Wind Watch
High Wind Warning
High Wind Warning
Iceberg Warning
Iceberg Warning
Immediate Evacuation Warning
Immediate Evacuation Warning
Industrial Fire Warning
Industrial Fire Warning
Local Area Emergency
Local Area Emergency
Law Enforcement Warning
Law Enforcement Warning
Land Slide Warning
Land Slide Warning
National Audible Test
National Audible Test
National Information Centre
National Information Centre
National Hazard Warning
National Hazard Warning
Network Notification Message
Network Notification Message
National Periodic Test
National Periodic Test
National Silent Test
National Silent Test
Nuclear Power Plant Warning
Nuclear Power Plant Warning
Power Outage Statement
Power Outage Statement
Radiological Hazard Watch
Radiological Hazard Watch
Radiological Hazard Warning
Radiological Hazard Warning
Required Monthly Test
Required Monthly Test
Required Weekly Test
Required Weekly Test
Special Marine Warning
Special Marine Warning
Special Weather Statement
Special Weather Statement
Shelter In-Place Warning
Shelter In-Place Warning
Severe Thunderstorm Watch
Severe Thunderstorm Watch
Severe Thunderstorm Warning
Severe Thunderstorm Warning
Severe Weather Statement
Severe Weather Statement
Tornado Watch
Tornado Watch
911 Telephone Outage Emergency
911    .  
Tornado Warning
Tornado Warning
Tropical Storm Watch
Tropical Storm Watch
Tropical Storm Warning
Tropical Storm Warning
Tsunami Watch
Tsunami Watch
Tsunami Warning
Tsunami Warning
Transmitter Backup On
Transmitter Backup On
Transmitter Carrier Off
Transmitter Carrier Off
Transmitter Carrier On
Transmitter Carrier On
Transmitter Primary On
Transmitter Primary On
Volcano Watch
Volcano Watch
Volcano Warning
Volcano Warning
Wild Fire Watch
Wild Fire Watch
Wild Fire Warning
Wild Fire Warning
Winter Storm Watch
Winter Storm Watch
Winter Storm or Blowing Snow or Freezing Drizzle or Freezing Rain or Snowfall or Snow Squall Warning
   ,  ,  ,  , ,  
Unrecognized Watch
Unrecognized Watch
Unrecognized Emergency
Unrecognized Emergency
Unrecognized Statement
Unrecognized Statement
Unrecognized Warning
Unrecognized Warning
Unknown event:
Unknown event:
unknown area (perhaps for test)
  (,  )
Northwest
Northwest
Northeast
Northeast
West
West
Central
Central
Southwest
Southwest
South
South
Southeast
Southeast
Message valid for
Message valid for
minutes from the issue time of
   
local time
local time
of the day:
of the day:
So this event is expected to last until
  ,  ,  
at least, or longer.
at least, or longer.
Radio or television station
Radio or television station
Originator:
Originator:
NNNN End of message
NNNN End of message
Sent
Sent
Low position accuracy (>10 m)
Low position accuracy (>10 m)
High position accuracy (<10 m)
   ( 10 )
RAIM (Receiver Autonomous Integrity Monitoring)
 (   )
not used
not used
used
used
Sync state
Sync state
UTC direct
UTC direct
UTC indirect
UTC indirect
on a base station
on a base station
on another station
on another station
Slot time-out
Slot time-out
last transmission in this slot
    
frames until slot change
frames until slot change
Slot offset
Slot offset
Slot number
Slot number
Received stations
Received stations
Slot increment
Slot increment
Number of slots
Number of slots
Offset
Offset
Speed over ground (knots)
Speed over ground (knots)
not available
not available
102.2 knots or higher
102.2 knots or higher
Course over ground
Course over ground
Time stamp
Time stamp
positioning system is in manual input mode
     
electronic position fixing system operates in estimated mode
       
the positioning system is inoperative
  
True heading
True heading
Status
Status
under way using engine
under way using engine
at anchor
at anchor
not under command
not under command
restricted manoeuvrability
restricted manoeuvrability
constrained by her draught
constrained by her draught
moored
moored
aground
aground
engaged in fishing
engaged in fishing
under way sailing
under way sailing
reserved
reserved
search and rescue
search and rescue
not defined
not defined
Rate of turn (/min)
Rate of turn (/min)
turning right at 10 /min  or higher
    10 /  
turning left at 10 /min  or higher
    10 /  
Special manoeuvre
Special manoeuvre
not engaged
not engaged
engaged
engaged
Communication state
Communication state
Mode flag
Mode flag
station operating in autonomous and continuous mode
,      
station fonctionnant en mode autonome et continu
,      
Class B unit flag
Class B unit flag
Class B display flag
Class B display flag
No display available; not capable of displaying Message 12 and 14
 ;    MSG 12  14
Equipped with integrated display displaying Message 12 and 14
  ,  MSG 12  14
Class B DSC flag
Class B DSC flag
Not equipped with DSC function
   DSC
Equipped with DSC function (dedicated or time-shared)
  DSC (   )
Class B band flag
Class B band flag
Capable of operating over the upper 525 kHz band
     525 KHz
Capable of operating over the whole marine band
      
Class B message flag
Class B message flag
No frequency management via Message 22
    MSG 22
frequency management via Message 22
   Message 22
Name
Name
Type of ship and cargo type
Type of ship and cargo type
Pilot vessels
Pilot vessels
Search and rescue vessels
Search and rescue vessels
Tugs
Tugs
Port tenders
Port tenders
Vessels with anti-pollution facilities or equipment
      
Law enforcement vessels
Law enforcement vessels
Spare
Spare
Ships and aircraft of States not parties to an armed conflict
    ,     
Wing in ground
Wing in ground
carrying dangerous goods
carrying dangerous goods
Fishing
Fishing
Towing
Towing
Towing (big tow)
Towing (big tow)
Dredging or underwater operations
   
Diving operations
Diving operations
Military operations
Military operations
Sailing
Sailing
Pleasure craft
Pleasure craft
High speed craft
High speed craft
Passenger ships
Passenger ships
Cargo ships
Cargo ships
Tanker(s)
Tanker(s)
Other types of ship
Other types of ship
Dimensions
Dimensions
bow
bow
stern
stern
port
port
starboard
starboard
length
length
beam
beam
Position fixing device
Position fixing device
combined GPS/GLONASS
combined GPS/GLONASS
integrated navigation system
integrated navigation system
surveyed
surveyed
internal GNSS
internal GNSS
available
available
Part
Part
Vendor ID
Vendor ID
Call sign
Call sign
Type of aids-to-navigation
Type of aids-to-navigation
Default, Type of aids not specified
 ,    
Reference point
Reference point
Fixed structures off-shore, such as oil platforms, wind farms.
   ,    ,  .
Spare, Reserved for future use
,    
Light, without sectors
Light, without sectors
Light, with sectors
Light, with sectors
Leading Light Front
Leading Light Front
Leading Light Rear
Leading Light Rear
Beacon, Cardinal North
Beacon, Cardinal North
Beacon, Cardinal East
Beacon, Cardinal East
Beacon, Cardinal South
Beacon, Cardinal South
Beacon, Cardinal West
Beacon, Cardinal West
Beacon, Port hand
Beacon, Port hand
Beacon, Starboard hand
Beacon, Starboard hand
Beacon, Preferred Channel port hand
,   -  
Beacon, Preferred Channel starboard hand
,     
Beacon, Isolated danger
Beacon, Isolated danger
Beacon, Safe water
Beacon, Safe water
Beacon, Special mark
Beacon, Special mark
Cardinal Mark North
Cardinal Mark North
Cardinal Mark East
Cardinal Mark East
Cardinal Mark South
Cardinal Mark South
Cardinal Mark West
Cardinal Mark West
Port hand Mark
Port hand Mark
Starboard hand Mark
Starboard hand Mark
Preferred Channel Port hand
Preferred Channel Port hand
Preferred Channel Starboard hand
  -  
Isolated danger
Isolated danger
Safe Water
Safe Water
Special Mark
Special Mark
Light Vessel/LANBY/Rigs
Light Vessel/LANBY/Rigs
Floating navigation
Floating navigation
Fixed navigation
Fixed navigation
Name of Aids-to-Navigation
Name of Aids-to-Navigation
Indicator
Indicator
on position
on position
off position
off position
Aids-to-Navigation status
Aids-to-Navigation status
Virtual aids-to-Navigation
Virtual aids-to-Navigation
No (real)
No (real)
Differential correction data
Differential correction data
Position is the current GNSS position
 -    GNSS
yes
yes
Number of channel
Number of channel
Channel
Channel
Tx/Rx mode
Tx/Rx mode
high
high
Upper right corner of the area
   
Lower left corner of the area
Lower left corner of the area
Broadcast geographical area message
 MSG   
Addressed message to individual station(s)
 MSG   ()
Bandwith of channel
Bandwith of channel
default
default
Transitional zone size
Transitional zone size
nautical miles
nautical miles
all types of mobiles
all types of mobiles
Class A mobile stations only
Class A mobile stations only
all types of Class B mobile stations
     B
SAR airborne mobile station
SAR airborne mobile station
Class B SO mobile stations only
 B,    "SO"
Class B CS shipborne
Class B "CS shipborne
inland waterways
inland waterways
Reporting interval
Reporting interval
as given by the autonomous mode
  
Next shorter reporting interval
,    
Next longer reporting interval
   
Quiet time
Quiet time
Altitude
Altitude
or more
or more
Aircraft
Aircraft
Altitude sensor
Altitude sensor
barometric source
barometric source
Assigned mode flag
Assigned mode flag
station operating in assigned mode
    
Date and time
Date and time
Message 27 transmission
Message 27 transmission
AIS Version
AIS Version
compliant with ITU-R M.1371-1
compliant with ITU-R M.1371-1
compliant with ITU-R M.1371-3
compliant with ITU-R M.1371-3
compliant with future editions
  
IMO number
IMO number
Estimated time of arrival
Estimated time of arrival
at
at
Maximum present static draught
  
DAC and FI codes
DAC and FI codes
For test, non decoded message
For test, non decoded message
Text
Text
Number of persons onboard
Number of persons onboard
Onboard
Onboard
Interrogation on specific IFM
Interrogation on specific IFM
Interrogation
Interrogation
Capability interrogation
Capability interrogation
Capability interrogation reply
    
Reply
Reply
Application acknowledgement to an addressed binary message
    MSG
Acknowledgement
Acknowledgement
Non decoded message
Non decoded message
Inland ship static and voyage related data
     ,   
ENI number
ENI number
Length
Length
Beam
Beam
Ship or combination type
Ship or combination type
Hazardous cargo
Hazardous cargo
blues cones/lights
blues cones/lights
Flag
Flag
Draught
Draught
Loaded/unloaded
Loaded/unloaded
loaded
loaded
unloaded
unloaded
should not be used
should not be used
Quality of speed information
Quality of speed information
Quality of course information
Quality of course information
Quality of heading information
   
Reply is required
Reply is required
Sequence number
Sequence number
Not used
Not used
Requested DAC and FI codes
Requested DAC and FI codes
Requested DAC code
Requested DAC code
DAC code
DAC code
FI available
FI available
Received DAC and FI codes
Received DAC and FI codes
AI available
AI available
AI response
AI response
reception acknowledged
reception acknowledged
response to follow
response to follow
able to respond but currently inhibited
 ,     
persons
persons
Destination MMSI
Destination MMSI
Retransmission flag
Retransmission flag
Destination indicator
Destination indicator
Broadcast
Broadcast
Addressed
Addressed
Binary data flag
Binary data flag
unstructured
unstructured
structured
structured
slots
slots
Message ID
Message ID
Increment
Increment
Consecutive slots
Consecutive slots
Consecutive
Consecutive
Time-out
Time-out
To
To
destination
destination
not sure decoding
not sure decoding
Position Report with SODMA
Position Report with SODMA
Position Report with ITDMA
Position Report with ITDMA
UTC and position report from base station
   UTC     
Ship static and voyage related data
   ,   
Addressed binary message
Addressed binary message
Binary acknowledge
Binary acknowledge
Binary broadcast message
Binary broadcast message
Standard SAR (search and rescue) aircraft position report
     SAR (-)
UTC and date inquiry
UTC and date inquiry
UTC and position response from mobile station
UTC       
Addressed safety related message
 MSG  
Safety related acknowledge
Safety related acknowledge
Safety related broadcast message
MSG  ,   
Assigned mode command
Assigned mode command
GNSS broadcast binary message
GNSS broadcast binary message
Standard Class B equipment position report
      B
Extended Class B equipment position report
        
Data link management message
Data link management message
Aids-to-navigation report (AtoN)
     ()
Channel management
Channel management
Group Assignment Command
Group Assignment Command
Static data report
Static data report
Single slot binary message
Single slot binary message
Multiple slot binary message with communications state
  MSG   
Long-range AIS broadcast message
AIS MSG Long-range broadcast
No repetitions
No repetitions
No more repetitions
No more repetitions
repetitions
repetitions
MMSI self-identifier
MMSI self-identifier
News
News
Sports
Sports
Talk
Talk
Rock
Rock
Classic-Rock
Classic-Rock
Adults-Hits
Adults-Hits
Soft-Rock
Soft-Rock
Top-40
Top-40
Oldies
Oldies
Soft
Soft
Nostalgia
Nostalgia
Jazz
Jazz
Classical
Classical
Rhythm and Blues
Rhythm and Blues
Soft Rhythm and Blues
Soft Rhythm and Blues
Foreign Language
Foreign Language
Religious Music
Religious Music
Religious talk
Religious talk
Personality
Personality
Public
Public
College
College
Emergency test
Emergency test
Emergency alarm!
Emergency alarm!
Current Affairs
Current Affairs
Education
Education
Drama
Drama
Culture
Culture
Science
Science
Varied
Varied
Pop music
Pop music
Rock music
Rock music
Easy listening musique
Easy listening musique
Light classical
Light classical
Serious classical
Serious classical
Other music
Other music
Finance
Finance
Children's program
Children's program
Social Affairs
Social Affairs
Religion
Religion
Phone In
Phone In
Travel
Travel
Leisure
Leisure
Jazz music
Jazz music
Country music
Country music
National music
National music
Oldies music
Oldies music
Folk music
Folk music
Documentary
Documentary
Alarm test
Alarm test
Alarm!
Alarm!
Traffic announcement in progress
   
Speech in progress
Speech in progress
Musique in progress
Musique in progress
"UIVIEW Beacon comment" too long and/or "Add UI-VIEW tag" enabled (to disable). Trame really transmitted:
   "UIVIEW"   /     "UI-VIEW" ( ).   
The "PAX.TXT" file is incorrect, so re-initialization of this one.
 "PAX.TXT" ,     .
A field of the "PAX.TXT" file is incorrect, so re-initialization of this file.
  "PAX.TXT" ,      .
Pol:R/
Pol:R/
Calling:
Calling:
Message perhaps incomplete
Message perhaps incomplete
low f=
low f=
high f=
high f=
F=
F=
Shift=
Shift=
-> Standard=
-> Standard=
No picture reception at the moment
     
Picture reception in progress
Picture reception in progress
Picture reception in progress...
  ...
110A decoding available for 5 minutes in non-licencied version. Afterwards, only the sub-mode 75 bps, L.I., 8N1, in RX/TX.
 110A ( 5     ).    75 , L.I., 8N1,  RX/TX.
End of 110A frame
End of 110A frame
End of 110A frame on multiple errors
  110A   
No interleave
No interleave
Short interleave
Short interleave
Long interleave
Long interleave
No more "110A mode decoding" function, in non-licencied version, except the sub-mode 75 bps, Long Interleave
   "110A mode", (  ),   75 , Long Interleave
4285 decoding available for 5 minutes in non-licencied version.
  ( 5     ).
End of 4285 frame
End of 4285 frame
End of 4285 frame on multiple errors
  4285 -  
HFDL decoding available for 5 minutes in non-licencied version.
 HFDL  ( 5     ).
Unknown Ground Station
Unknown Ground Station
RLS used
RLS used
Version
Version
heavy
heavy
Frequency utilization:
Frequency utilization:
ISO 8208 supported
ISO 8208 supported
No change, same frequency, Ground Station up
 ,   ,   
Channel down
Channel down
Upcoming frequency change
Upcoming frequency change
Ground Station down
Ground Station down
Synchronized to UTC time
Synchronized to UTC time
Not synchronized to UTC time
Not synchronized to UTC time
Ground Station Identifier
Ground Station Identifier
TDMA frame index
TDMA frame index
TDMA frame offset
TDMA frame offset
Slot Acknowledgement codes
Slot Acknowledgement codes
Frame Slot (Aircraft Identifier) Acknowledgement
   (  )
Slot Assignment codes
Slot Assignment codes
Frame Slot Assignment (Aircraft Identifier)
   (  )
For Uplink
For Uplink
Random Access
Random Access
System table version
System table version
Operating frequencies (highest to lowest)
  (   )
Ground station  Operating frequencies
 .  
UTC locked
UTC locked
UTC not locked
UTC not locked
UTC unlocked
UTC unlocked
Downlink
Downlink
Message originator
Message originator
Cabin Terminal 1
Cabin Terminal 1
Cabin Terminal 2
Cabin Terminal 2
Cabin Terminal 3
Cabin Terminal 3
Cabin Terminal 4
Cabin Terminal 4
User terminal
User terminal
AOC Applications
AOC Applications
HF Data Radio
HF Data Radio
Message number
Message number
Block sequence
Block sequence
Airline identifier
Airline identifier
Flight number
Flight number
Change of status
Change of status
Establishment
Establishment
Loss
Loss
Media Identification
Media Identification
Number of frequencies
Number of frequencies
SPDU version
SPDU version
On slot
On slot
Not within slot boundaries
Not within slot boundaries
Downlink sent in uplink slot
Downlink sent in uplink slot
RLS protocol error
RLS protocol error
Invalid aircraft identifier
Invalid aircraft identifier
HFDL Ground Station Sub-system does not support RLS
   HFDL   RLS
Other
Other
Aircraft identifier not available
   
Aircraft ICAO address (hex)
Aircraft ICAO address (hex)
Reason
Reason
[Unnumbered Acknowledged Data LPDU]
[  LPDU  ]
[Unnumbered Data LPDU]
[Unnumbered Data LPDU]
Number of HFNPDUs
Number of HFNPDUs
Frequency number
Frequency number
Previous frequency search count
   
Current frequency search count
   
Previous HF data disabled time
   HF 
Current HF data disabled time
Current HF data disabled time
MPDUs received without error
MPDUs received without error
MPDUs received with errors
MPDUs received with errors
SPDUs received without error
SPDUs received without error
SPDUs received with errors
SPDUs received with errors
MPDUs transmitted
MPDUs transmitted
MPDUs delivered
MPDUs delivered
First frequency search of the current flight leg
      
Too many negative acknowledgements
   
SPDUs no longer received
SPDUs no longer received
HF data disabled
HF data disabled
Ground station frequency change notice
     
Ground station down/channel down notice
    /   
Poor uplink channel quality
Poor uplink channel quality
Frequency change code and reason
 :   
No frequency change since the last "performance data" HFNPDU
      HFNPDU "performance data"
Frequencies propagating
Frequencies propagating
Frequencies tuned to
Frequencies tuned to
LPDU CRC control: OK
LPDU CRC control: OK
LPDU CRC control: error
LPDU CRC control: error
Number of aircrafts
Number of aircrafts
Aircraft Identifier
Aircraft Identifier
Downlink data rate
Downlink data rate
Number of medium priority slots
   
Low priority slots
Low priority slots
Number of high priority slots
Number of high priority slots
Medium priority slots
Medium priority slots
Number of frames in which one slot is requested
 ,     
Uplink data rate
Uplink data rate
Incorrect SPDU
Incorrect SPDU
SPDU CRC control: OK
SPDU CRC control: OK
SPDU CRC control: error
SPDU CRC control: error
MPDU CRC control: OK
MPDU CRC control: OK
MPDU CRC control: error
MPDU CRC control: error
1.8 sec
1.8 sec
4.2 sec
4.2 sec
No more "HFDL mode decoding" function, in non-licencied version
  "  HFDL" (  )
Modified the
Modified the
Created the
Created the
Correct message
Correct message
Parity error
Parity error
Open
Open
Destination address (hexa)
Destination address (hexa)
Broadcast address (hexa)
Broadcast address (hexa)
Source address (hexa)
Source address (hexa)
Ground Station, administred address
 ,  
Ground Station, delegated address
 ,  
All stations broadcast
All stations broadcast
All aircraft
All aircraft
All ground stations
All ground stations
All stations, aircraft or ground ones
 ,   
Aircraft airborne
Aircraft airborne
command frame
command frame
I (Information) frame
I (Information) frame
RR (Receive Ready) frame
RR (Receive Ready) frame
RNR (Receive not Ready) frame
RNR (Receive not Ready) frame
REJ (Reject) frame
REJ (Reject) frame
SREJ (Selective Reject) frame
SREJ (Selective Reject) frame
XID (Exchange Identification) frame
XID ( ) 
TEST frame
TEST frame
FRMR (Frame Reject) frame
FRMR (Frame Reject) frame
UI (Unnumbered Information) frame
UI ( ) 
UA (Unnumbered Acknowledgement) frame
UA ( ) 
DM (Disconnected Mode) frame
DM (Disconnected Mode) frame
DISC (Disconnect) frame
DISC (Disconnect) frame
Positioning (identifier/altitude in feet), on SYNOP/SHIP maps
 (/  )   SYNOP/SHIP
World map: positioning after reception of a VDL2 position
 :     VDL2
ADM identifier
ADM identifier
User field
User field
XID frame: Exchange Identification
XID frame:  
HDLC public parameter
HDLC public parameter
Classes of procedures
Classes of procedures
HDLC functions
HDLC functions
I field length TX
I field length TX
I field length RX
I field length RX
T1 parameter
T1 parameter
Retries N2
Retries N2
Window size TX
Window size TX
Window size RX
Window size RX
Public parameter
Public parameter
Private parameters
Private parameters
Private parameter set identifier
   
Connection management parameter
  
Signal Quality
Signal Quality
XID sequencing parameter
XID sequencing parameter
AVLC specific options parameter
   AVLC
Expedited Subnetwork Connection parameter
   
Link connection request refusal cause parameter
     
Modulations supported by the aircraft
  
Ground stations DLS address filter
    DLS
Station operator mask (address)
 ,  ()
Replacement ground stations DLS address
    DLS
binary
binary
Destination Airport identifier
  
Airports covered by the ground station
,   
Nearest airport from the ground station
    
Current position (+/- 3') and altitude of the aircraft
  (+/- 3')   
Ground station (+/- 3')
Ground station (+/- 3')
Aircraft frequency and modulation
   
Timer T4 (in minutes)
Timer T4 (in minutes)
Mac persistence parameter
Mac persistence parameter
Counter M1 value
Counter M1 value
Timer TM2 (in seconds)
Timer TM2 (in seconds)
Initiating / responding timer TG5 value (in seconds)
/  TG5 ( )
Timer T3min (in milliseconds)
Timer T3min (in milliseconds)
Aircraft Identifier called (hexa)
   (hexa)
M/I bit
M/I bit
Logical channel or subnetwork identifier
    
Close ground stations frequencies and modulations
     
ATN router nets
ATN router nets
Lower bound / upper bound TG3 value (in half-seconds)
 /    TG3 ( )
TG4 value (in seconds)
TG4 value (in seconds)
Parameter
Parameter
Data (hexa)
Data (hexa)
FIS-B message
FIS-B message
Data (characters)
Data (characters)
ACARS message ("AOA")
ACARS message ("AOA")
ISO 8208 message
ISO 8208 message
Funcube gain taken into account
Funcube   
Failure on modification of the Funcube gain
     Funcube
Funcube receiver not detected
Funcube receiver not detected
RTL-SDR gain taken into account
RTL-SDR   
TNT receiver connected
TNT receiver connected
TNT receiver not connected
TNT receiver not connected
Carrier frequency
Carrier frequency
Transceiver control through the Commander (or HRD) software
    Commander ( HRD)
From/to the transceiver
From/to the transceiver
Management of the ten available memories ("M1" to "M10")
    ("M1" - "M10")
Store
Store
The "Store" button permits to store the frequency and the mode as displayed on the window "To the transceiver"
 "Store"     ,      "To the transceiver"
The "Forward" button permits to forward the stored frequency and mode to the transceiver
 "Forward"        
+ Band
+ Band
- Band
- Band
Click with the right button of the mouse on an increment button (+ or -) to change the wheel mouse step
Klik pravoj po knopke K/M/Hz (+ ili -) dlya izmenenie shaga kolesa myshki
Manual frequency
 
Frequency (in KHz without decimals) can be manually entered (<Enter> or "Forward" to validate)
 ( KHz   )     (<Enter>  "Forward"  )
The "Forward" button permits to forward the stored frequency to the SdR transceiver, through Commander (or HRD) and the Cat system.
 "Forward"       SdR  Commander ( HRD)   Cat.
No mouse wheel
No mouse wheel
No mouse wheel action to change frequency
      
Alignment on an AF frequency
  AF 
HF and AF frequencies will be shifted in the opposite directions, so as to align the present reception frequency to the selected AF frequency (which can match to a CW filter, for example)
HF  AF      ,        AF  (  , ,  CW )
Align
Align
Undo
Undo
Undo the last alignment (i.e cancel the last alignment operation)
  
M1 to M2 RX scanning
M1  M2 RX 
M1 to M4
M1  M4
M1 to M6
M1  M6
M1 to M8
M1  M8
M1 to M10
M1  M10
Memories scanning, monitoring a determined time on each channel
 ,      
Attention to the relays which should click.
,   ,   "Split".
If so, try:
If so, try:
Permits to control the transceiver through a TCP/IP link instead a DDE link. TCP/IP help is obtained by clicking on the right button of the mouse, cursor over this button
    TCP/IP-  DDE-.   TCP/IP      ,     
Permits to control the frequency of a Softrock I2C SdR transceiver thanks to the "cmdSR" commands freely proposed by KT6F.
    Softrock I2C SdR   "cmdSR",  KT6F.
Permits to control the frequency and gain of a FunCube receiver
      FunCube
Permits to control the frequency and gain of a RTL/SDR receiver (slowly)
      RTL/SDR ()
In dB, displayed if the RTL gains have been determined
 dB, ,    RTL
Gain
Gain
Funcube gain adjustment between 6 and 48 dB (standard) or between 0 and 59 dB (Pro+)
  Funcube  6  48 dB ()   0  59  (Pro+)
RTL/SDR gain adjustment: "Auto" (normal position, for "automatic level") or manual gain adjusted with the < > buttons. The gains are variable from an equipment to another.
  RTL/SDR: "Auto" ( ,  " ")      < >.      .
Correction
Correction
For a FunCube receiver, to correct the frequency (in ppm, with a maximum of +/-9999 ppm), the normal being 0 ppm
  FunCube   ( ppm,  +/-9999 ppm),  - 0 ppm
Enable or disable the internal digital AGC of the RTL2832
     AGC  RTL2832
For a FunCube or a RTL/SDR receiver, to shift the frequency (maximum +/-999999999 Hz) if a frequency converter is used, the normal being 0 Hz
  FunCube  RTL/SDR,    ( +/-999999999 Hz),    ,   0 Hz
For a RTL/SDR receiver, to correct the frequency (in ppm, with a maximum of +/-9999 ppm), the normal being 0 ppm
  RTL/SDR   ( ppm,  +/-9999 ppm),  - 0 ppm
No transceiver control because no TCP/IP client is started.
  ,      TCP/IP.
Multipsk is connected with Commander (or HRD)
Multipsk   Commander ( HRD)
No transceiver control because Commander is not started.
  ,   Commander  .
Error on DDE transmission or Commander stopped
   DDE     Commander
Softrock frequency taken into account
  Softrock
Funcube frequency taken into account
 Funcube 
Failure on modification (perhaps on the correction) of the Funcube frequency
   (,  )  Funcube
RTL-SDR frequency taken into account
RTL-SDR  
RX/TX automatic management in this mode.
  /   .
No possibility to transmit, in this mode or in this type of operation.
  ,        .
Mouse wheel: from band to band
 :  
Mouse wheel step:
Mouse wheel step:
Tune in progress at initial
Tune in progress at initial
TX frequency of:
TX frequency of:
End of tune
End of tune
Tune in progress at
Tune in progress at
to open a repeater
to open a repeater
duration:
duration:
Impossible working because there is no sound card.
 ,     .
Impossible working because the minimum format required for the sound card is not available. See "Sound card" menu.
 ,         .    "Sound card".
ERROR: MultiPSK cannot function because the Line In of the sound card is in use by another program
: MultiPSK  ,   Line In     
Impossible working because the speaker out of the sound card is yet used by another application.
 ,         .
No selected serial port.
No selected serial port.
Success when opening the serial port COM
   COM
Failure when opening the serial port COM
    COM
. May be, is'nt it the mouse? So, no selected serial port.
.  ,  ? ,   COM .
No recording because a recording or a playing is yet in progress.
 ,      .
Problem when writing the .WAV file
    .WAV
No more room in the hard disk, so end of recording.
     ,  .
Failure: no file name.
Failure: no file name.
The call has been forgotten!
The call has been forgotten!
The frequency (in MHz) must be a positive number (for example: 14.100), with "." as decimal separation character.
 ( MHz)     (: 14,100),  "."     .
No QSO export because no TCP/IP client is started.
  QSO,      TCP/IP.
No export because '+NOM_DU_LOGBOOK+' is not started.
 ,   '+__+'  .
Error on DDE transmission or '+NOM_DU_LOGBOOK+' stopped
   DDE   '+NOM_DU_LOGBOOK+'
No more room to write in the export file.
      .
No record to export
No record to export
No name file
No name file
Problem to create
Problem to create
Problem to create the file TEMPORARY_DXKEEPER_ADIF_FILE.
   TEMPORARY_DXKEEPER_ADIF_FILE.
No more room on the "log" file to write a new QSO.
  "log"       QSO.
Nothing to delete
Nothing to delete
This DSP mode needs a full-duplex sound card and your one is only simplex.
  DSP    ,   -  .
This function needs a full-duplex sound card and your one is only simplex.
     ,   -  .
DXAtlas is not installed
DXAtlas is not installed
Problem on the "CQ or QRZ" box, "Frequency" field erroneous.
   "CQ  QRZ",  "Frequency" .
Problem on the "CQ or QRZ" box, "Call sign" field erroneous.
   "CQ or QRZ",    "Call sign".
Problem on the "CQ or QRZ" box, "Locator" field erroneous.
   "CQ or QRZ",    "Locator".
Problem on the "Answer" box, "First call sign" field erroneous.
   "Answer",    "First call sign".
Problem on the "Answer" box, "Second call sign": only one call sign can add a prefix or a suffix.
   "Answer", "Second call sign":         .
Problem on the "Answer" box, "Second call sign" field erroneous.
   "Answer",    "Second call sign".
Problem on the "Answer" box, "Locator" field erroneous.
   "Answer",    "Locator".
Problem on the "Complete call" box, "Locator" field erroneous.
   "Complete call",    "Locator".
Problem on the "Complete call" box, "Call sign" field erroneous.
   "Complete call",    "Call sign".
Problem on the "Complete call" box, "Foreign prefix" field erroneous.
   "Complete call",    "Foreign prefix".
Problem on the "Complete call" box, "Suffix" field erroneous.
   "Complete call",    "Suffix".
Problem on the "Station info." box, "Locator" field erroneous.
   "Station info.",    "Locator".
Problem on the "Station info." box, "Call sign" field erroneous.
   "Station info.",    "Call sign".
Problem on the "Station info." box, "Suffix" field erroneous.
   "Station info.",    "Suffix".
Problem on the "Meteo info." box, "Locator" field erroneous.
   "Meteo info.",    "Locator".
Problem on the "Meteo info." box, "Call sign" field erroneous.
   "Meteo info.",    "Call sign".
Problem on the "Lat. / Long." box, "Latitude" field erroneous.
   "Lat. / Long.",    "Latitude".
Problem on the "Lat. / Long." box, "Longitude" field erroneous.
   "Lat. / Long.",    "Longitude".
Problem on the "Lat. / Long." box, "Call sign" field erroneous.
   "Lat. / Long.",    "Call sign".
Problem on the "Answer 1" box, "Locator" field erroneous.
   "Answer 1",    "Locator".
"HIS CALL" field is erroneous.
 "HIS CALL" .
"Your Call sign" field is erroneous.
  "" .
"Suffix" field is erroneous.
"Suffix" field is erroneous.
The .WAV sound file is not valid
  .WAV 
The .WAV sound file format is not correct (11025 Hz, 8 bits, mono format required)
   .WAV  ( 11025 Hz, 8 , )
The .WAV sound file format is not correct (11025 or 48000 Hz, 8 bits, mono format required)
   .WAV  ( 11025  48000 Hz, 8 , )
The rtlsdr.dll, libusb-1.0.dll and msvcr100.dll files are not present in the directory where Multipsk.exe can be found (these files must be in the same directory)
 rtlsdr.dll, libusb-1.0.dll  msvcr100.dll   ,   Multipsk.exe (      )
Problem on a RTL DLL (rtlsdr.dll, libusb-1.0.dll or msvcr100.dll)
  RTL DLL (rtlsdr.dll, libusb-1.0.dll  msvcr100.dll)
No RTL-SDR stick detected
No RTL-SDR stick detected
For an unknown reason, the RTL DLL does not open
   RTL DLL  
The RTL_TCP.exe file is not present in the directory where Multipsk.exe can be found (both files must be in the same directory)
 RTL_TCP.exe   ,   Multipsk.exe (      )
RTL_TCP.exe file not detected
RTL_TCP.exe file not detected
Error in input capacity determination.
    .
Error in output capacity determination.
    .
Error on input header 1
Error on input header 1
Error on input buffer 1
Error on input buffer 1
Error on input header 2
Error on input header 2
Error on input buffer 2
Error on input buffer 2
Error on input header 1 of the auxiliary sound card
    1 .  
Error on input buffer 1 of the auxiliary sound card
    1 .  
Error on input header 2 of the auxiliary sound card
    2 .  
Error on input buffer 2 of the auxiliary sound card
    2 .  
Error on output header 1
Error on output header 1
Error on output buffer 1
Error on output buffer 1
Error on output header 2
Error on output header 2
Error on output buffer 2
Error on output buffer 2
Error on output header 1 aux
Error on output header 1 aux
Error on output buffer 1 aux
Error on output buffer 1 aux
Error on output header 2 aux
Error on output header 2 aux
Error on output buffer 2 aux
Error on output buffer 2 aux
Impossible to open the file '+fichier+' in writing mode.
   '+fichier+'   .
Impossible to write in the file, in writing mode.
   ,   .
Impossible to open the file '+fichier+' in reading mode.
   '+fichier+'   .
Impossible writing of sound format.
   .
File format is not WAV type.
File format is not WAV type.
File format is not "RIFF" type.
    "RIFF".
File sound format is not "PCM" type.
     "PCM".
No data in the file
No data in the file
Impossible to read file datas.
   .
Impossible to read file 2 datas .
    2.
Incorrect format, must be in 48000 Hz, 16 bits stereo
 ,   48000 Hz, 16 , 
Error on the recording speed
Error on the recording speed
Incorrect format, must be in 8 bits mono or in 16 bits stereo
 ,   8-   16- 
Incorrect format, must be in 8 bits mono
 ,   8- 
Error: recording speed must be 16200 samples/sec.
:     16200 /.
Error: recording speed must be 12000 samples/sec.
:     12000 /.
Error: recording speed must be 9600 samples/sec.
:     9600 /.
Error: recording speed must be 8000 samples/sec.
:     8000 /.
Error: recording speed must be 11025 samples/sec.
:     11025 /.
Impossible working in 16 bits because your sound card is a 8 bits one.
   16 ,      8-.
No more room on the radio mail file to write a new message.
        MSG.
Problem (2) to write file
Problem (2) to write file
No record to archive
No record to archive
Problem (1) to write file
Problem (1) to write file
Problem on the RADIO_MAIL.TXT file
   RADIO_MAIL.TXT
Problem (3) to write file
Problem (3) to write file
Problem: too many messages!
Problem: too many messages!
Problem (4) to write file
Problem (4) to write file
No message
No message
Problem (5) to write file
Problem (5) to write file
Problem (6) to write file
Problem (6) to write file
No message to print
No message to print
No message to export
No message to export
Your call transmitted in 141A must not contain the "/" character (button "Personal")
 ,   141A,     "/" ( "Personal")
In ALE (141A), the callsign from the combobox list must not contain the "/" character)
 ALE (141A)          "/")
Your are still transmitting FAE APRS positions...
     FAE APRS...
Your are still transmitting a FAE message or an operation is in progress ...Click on an "End" button to finish.
    FAE MSG   ...   "End",  .
Your are still connected to Outlook express...
     Outlook Express...
Error: the name of the selected file has more than 230 characters.
:      230 .
Error: the block mail+selected file has more than 999,999 characters.
:   mail+selected file  999 999 .
Error: the QSP-mail "Addressee" field is incorrect (for example, "F6CTE=F9XYZ=F9XXZ=").
:   "" QSP-    (, "F6CTE=F9XYZ=F9XXZ=").
Error: the QSP-mail has more than 999,999 characters.
:  QSP-  999 999 .
There is neither subject nor message nor file to send...
  ,  MSG,    ...
There is no message and the file that you have selected is not attached. Check "Attached file" to send this file.
 MSG,      .  "Attached file",    .
There is neither subject nor message to send...
  ,  MSG  ...
You are already transmitting...
  ...
Your callsign for a mail transmission in 141A ARQ FAE must be limited to 9 characters (button "Personal")
      141A ARQ FAE       9  ( "Personal")
No possibility to transmit your call, because there is no call in your personal data (button "Personal").
    ,       ( "Personal")  .
The 141A ARQ FAE call must be limited to 12 characters (button "Personal")
 141A ARQ FAE       12  ( "Personal")
You must choose a call in the combobox
      
You are operating a QSO ARQ FAE operation.
  QSO ARQ FAE .
You are transmitting an APRS position.
  APRS-.
Your ARQ FAE beacon is working.
 ARQ FAE- .
Error: the selected file has more than 999,999 characters.
:     999 999 .
You must select the attached file with the "File to send" button, mail and file will be sent in the same time.
        "File to send",      .
You are transmitting an ARQ FAE message.
  ARQ FAE MSG.
Your call transmitted in APRS 141A FAE transmission must be limited to 9 characters (button "Personal")
 ,   APRS 141A FAE,    9  ( "Personal")
No possibility to transmit your call and so APRS frame, because there is no call in your personal data (button "Personal").
       APRS,       ( "Personal")  .
You are already transmitting a mail...
   ...
Your call transmitted in 141A ARQ FAE must be limited to 12 characters (button "Personal")
 ,    141A ARQ FAE,    12  ( "Personal")
Disconnect first
Disconnect first
Close first the APRS window
Close first the APRS window
The local map (button "Local map") is not displayed and GoogleEarth or DXAtlas is not selected...
  ( "Local map")      GoogleEarth  DXAtlas...
Number of port incorrect
Number of port incorrect
Fill your e-mail address, by clicking on the "WEB Address" button
   e-mail,    "WEB Address"
MULTIPSK is in beacon mode. Please, start the RX/TX window.
MULTIPSK   . PSE,   RX/TX.
The '+FICHIER_CONFIGURATION_VOICE+' file has not the nominal length...
 '+FICHIER_CONFIGURATION_VOICE+'    ...
The '+FICHIER_CONFIGURATION_VOICE+' file is altered.
 '+FICHIER_CONFIGURATION_VOICE+' .
No '+FICHIER_CONFIGURATION_VOICE+' file...
  '+FICHIER_CONFIGURATION_VOICE+'...
Your call (in "Personal data") must be absent or incorrect!
  ( " ")    !
The call must be incorrect!
The call must be incorrect!
The frequency has been forgotten!
 !
The mode has been forgotten!
The mode has been forgotten!
The Locator is not correct!
The Locator is not correct!
No frequency!
No frequency!
The frequency is not correct!
The frequency is not correct!
The repeater string is incorrect (must be of the form: "REPEA1-4,REPEAT2-4,...") with 8 repeaters maximum
    (   : "REPEA1-4,REPEAT2-4,...")   8 
The destination in Unproto is incorrect (must be of the form: "CQ", "F6CTE" or "F6CTE-0")
  Unproto  (   : "CQ", "F6CTE"  "F6CTE-0")
The generic destination in APRS is incorrect (must be of the form: "APZMU3" or "APZMU3-0")
   APRS  (   : "APZMU3"  "APZMU3-0")
The repeater string is incorrect (must be of the form: "ECHO", "REPEA1" ou "REPEA1,REPEA2") with 2 repeaters maximum
   (   : "ECHO", "REPEA1"  "REPEA1,REPEA2")   2 
The destination in Unproto is incorrect (must be of the form: "CQ" or "PAX" or "F6CTE")
  Unproto  (   : "CQ"  "PAX"  "F6CTE")
No more room to write in the message file.
  MSG     .
Multipsk is not connected to Commander (or to a Funcube, to a RTL/SDR key or to a SoftRock SdR). Note that you can click on the green button "Commander" at the bottom of the RX/TX screen.
Multipsk    Commander (  Funcube,  RTL/SDR    SoftRock SdR).  ,        "Commander"   RX/TX.
The stations string is incorrect (must be of the form: "STAT0,STAT1,...") with 10 stations maximum
   (   : "STAT0,STAT1,...")   10 
problem: LENGTH(BUFFER_DES_NIVEAUX_DE_SORTIE)<(2*TAILLE_BUFFER)
: (BUFFER_DES_NIVEAUX_DE_SORTIE)<(2*_)
Error: the selected file has more than 40,000 characters.
:     40 000 .
The text editor cannot contain more than 40,000 characters.
      40 000 .
The beacon mode cannot be done in FAX, SSTV or FILTERS MODE.
      FAX, SSTV, FILTERS.
The sound card must be full-duplex for DSP modes.
       DSP.
Playing WAV file cannot be done in a DSP mode.
 WAV-    DSP.
Your callsign was not in your personal data (button "Personal"), when it is mandatory to be allowed to transmit
         ( "Personal"),       
Your callsign in your personal data (button "Personal") is not a radio-amateur callsign, when it is mandatory to be allowed to transmit
     ( "Personal") -  ,    -   
No export spot because the QSO "Freq MHz" field is empty
   ,    "Freq MHz" 
No export spot because the QSO "Mode" field is empty
   ,    "Mode" QSO 
No callsign search because Pathfinder is not started.
  ,   Pathfinder  .
Error on DDE transmission or Pathfinder stopped
   DDE  Pathfinder 
No callsign search because DXView is not started.
  ,   DXView  .
Error on DDE transmission or DXView stopped
   DDE  DXView 
The call has been forgotten or is not correct!
    !
The sound card must be full-duplex for the DSP modes.
       DSP.
Click on "Responder/beac." for the specific Packet beacon mode
  "Responder/beac."      
Click on "Responder/beac." for the specific PAX beacon mode
  "Responder/beac."      PAX
The beaconing cannot be done in an only RX mode.
      RX.
The beaconing cannot be done in this mode. Use the 141A beacon
     .   141A
PSK10
PSK10
Your are still transmitting a FAE message...
    FAE MSG ...
Your are still transmitting a FAE QSP-mail...
    FAE QSP-...
Your are still requesting your FAE QSP-mails...
     FAE QSP-...
You must specify the e-mail address in your personal data ("WEB ADDRESS" field in the "Configuration" menu)
          ( "WEB ADDRESS"   "Configuration")
Error: the selected file is too long (more than 30000 characters)
:     ( 30000 )
The ITU WEB site is not loaded. There is a problem on your Internet link.
- ITU  .    -.
Problem on the KVASD decoder (absent or erroneous). Switch on the hard-decision decoder.
   KVASD (  ).     .
No sub-directory MAPS!?
No sub-directory MAPS!?
The picture is too wide ('+CHAINE+' maximum).
   ('+CHAINE+' ).
The picture is too tall ('+CHAINE+' maximum).
   ('+CHAINE+' ).
The picture is too small (25 pixels minimum).
   ( 25 ).
The destination call sign is incorrect (must be of the form: "F6CTE-0" or "F6CTE")
 callsign  (   : "F6CTE-0"  "F6CTE")
The sender call sign is incorrect (must be of the form: "F6CTE-0" or "F6CTE")
   (   : "F6CTE-0"  "F6CTE")
The repeater string is incorrect (must be of the form: "REPEA1-4,REPEA2-4,..."). Click on "Options".
   (   : "REPEA1-4,REPEA2-4,...").  "Options".
The "APRS.TXT" file is incorrect, so re-initialization of this one.
 "APRS.TXT" ,     .
The "Packet.TXT" file is incorrect, so re-initialization of this one.
 "Packet.TXT" ,    .
A field of the "Packet.TXT" file is incorrect, so re-initialization of this file.
  "Packet.TXT" ,      .
No ACARS.TXT file in the Multipsk.exe directory...
  ACARS.TXT   Multipsk.exe...
Bouton DTR/RTS: no serial port selected in the "Serial port" menu of the Configuration screen
 DTR/RTS:   "Serial port"     COM 
It is not a valid TCP port number
     TCP
The destination call sign is incorrect (must be of the form: "F6CTE")
 callsign  (   : "F6CTE")
The sender call sign is incorrect (must be of the form: "F6CTE")
   (   : "F6CTE")
The repeater string is incorrect (must be of the form:  "ECHO", "ECHO,ECHO", "F6CTE" or "F6CTE,FN6CTE"). Click on "Options".
   (   : "ECHO", "ECHO,ECHO", "F6CTE"  "F6CTE,FN6CTE").  "Options".
The destination call sign must be different from the sender call sign.
      .
No header file (HEADER.BMP)!
No header file (HEADER.BMP)!
No initial TX picture file (PORT.BMP)!
    TX (PORT.BMP)!
The selected serial port (COM '+CHAINE+') cannot be opened. May be, is'nt it the mouse?
  (COM '+CHAINE+')    . ,  ?
Incorrect "macros" file...reinitialization
  "macros"...
No more "Panoramic CW reception" function, in non-licencied version.
  "Panoramic CW reception" (  ).
No more "Panoramic RTTY reception" function, in non-licencied version.
  "Panoramic RTTY reception" (  ).
...No possibility to use the software adjustment mixer, for the SdR direct interface. The user adjustment mixer option is forced.
...          SdR.     .
No frequency forward towards the transceiver because Commander is not started  or connected ("Transceiver" button)
 ,   ,   Commander      ( "Transceiver")
You have 19900 messages. It is advised to compress (button "Compression").
  19900 MSG.   ( "Compression").
Last accepted message! You must compress the radio-mail file (button "Compression").
  MSG!      ( "Compression").
The 141A call must be limited to 15 characters (button "Personal")
 141A       15  ( "Personal")
There is no AMD message to send...
 AMD MSG  ...
Your call transmitted in 141A must be limited to 15 characters (button "Personal")
 ,   141A,     15  ( "Personal")
There is no BBSLINK command to send...
  BBSLINK  ...
There is no DTM or DBM message to send...
 DTM  DBM MSG  ...
For information, you have selected a file but it is not attached so it will be not sent...
 :   ,    ,    ...
You are doing a selective QSO in ARQ FAE message.
   QSO  ARQ FAE MSG.
You are transmitting an ARQ FAE QSP-mail.
  ARQ FAE QSP-.
You are recovering your ARQ FAE QSP-mail.
   ARQ FAE QSP-.
Transmission of the mails in progress...
  ...
No mails to transmit...
No mails to transmit...
Your are transmitting. Wait the end of transmission to push the "End" button.
 .   ,    "End".
You are linked in an ARQ FAE message operation.
   ARQ FAE MSG .
The addressee callsign is not correct
  
No possibility to use this beacon, if the Call ID is in duty.
    ,  ID  .
No serial port for KISS selected (in the configuration screen)
  COM   KISS (  )
The button "Link opening" of the TCP/IP interface (button "TCP/IP") is not pushed. It must be to enable the TCP/IP link with client program
 "Link opening"  TCP/IP ( "TCP/IP")  .       TCP/IP   
Failure opening the serial port linked to the master program using the KISS mode
   COM ,       KISS
No more "Definition of the country from the prefixe" function, in non-licencied version.
  "   " (  ).
No more "Automatic reception and location of a Ham on the world map" function, in non-licencied version.
  "Automatic reception and location of a Ham on the world map" (  ).
No alarm in limited version.
No alarm in limited version.
Disconnection of the TCP/IP server. Return to normal working from the sound card.
 TCP/IP-.       .
The APRS-IS server is no more connected to Multipsk...
 APRS-IS     Multipsk...
TCP/IP connection problem...click on the "Mdem" button to see the problem description and restart the connection.
  TCP/IP...  "Mdem",       .
No possibility to answer, as the repeater PAX is on duty.
  ,    PAX  .
No possibility to answer, as the repeater APRS or Packet is on duty.
  ,    APRS  Packet .
...No possibility to transmit, in this mode or in this type of operation.
...   ,        .
The panoramic colors are incorrect. Click on the "Fonts" button on the left bottom of the RX/TX screen to configure these colors
  .   "Fonts"      RX/TX   
No Call ID in connected mode
No Call ID in connected mode
No more "Super CW decoding" function, in non-licencied version.
  "Super CW decoding" (  ).
No possibility to be an repeater, being in PACKET responder.
   ,      PACKET.
No possibility to be repeater, being in responder beacon.
   ,  -.
...No possibility to transmit, in this type of operation.
...   ,    .
Information: in CCW, Morse sound On, the sampling is done in 8 bits.  The sampling frequency must be re-determined for this 8 bits format ("Sampling freq." button).
:  CCW,   ,    8 .        8  ( "Sampling freq.").
Information: in Voice, characters repeated, the sampling is done in 8 bits. The sampling frequency must be re-determined for this 8 bits format ("Sampling freq." button).
:  ,  ,  8 .        8  ( "Sampling freq.").
No more "VDL2 mode decoding" function, in non-licencied version.
  "  VDL2" (  ).
Commander is not started!
Commander is not started!
The TCP/IP client is not started!
 TCP/IP  !
Alignment not possible in this mode
    
Type of back-up
Type of back-up
Done at the Multipsk closure (standard)
Sdelaet pri zakrytii Multipsk (standard)
So one QSO file by Multipsk session. The QSO file name is stamped with the closure UTC date and time
  QSO   Multipsk.    QSO       UTC
Daily back-up (based on the local date)
back-up 1 raz v den po date local
So one QSO file by day (if Multipsk works all day). The QSO file name being stamped with the local date
  QSO   ( Multipsk   ).   QSO    
Daily back-up (based on the UTC date)
back-up 1 raz v den po date UTC
So one QSO file by day (if Multipsk works all day). The QSO file name being stamped with the UTC date
  QSO   ( Multipsk   ).   QSO    UTC
Waiting
Waiting
HF frequency display
HF frequency display
The HF frequency in MHz is displayed (in first position) on each received message, if the QSO field "Freq MHz" is filled with the HF frequency
 HF  MHz  (  )    MSG,   QSO "Freq MHz"   
ARGOS uplink messages decoding (Earth towards satellites): as several proprietary protocols are used in ARGOS, which are never completly described, only the standard part (at the beginning of the message) is decoded
 ARGOS MSG    (   ):   ARGOS    ,     ,     (  MSG)
Airliners (pictures)
Airliners (pictures)
Airliners database with planes pictures "" (you need an Internet connection)
      "" (   )
Acars explanations
Acars explanations
TCP/IP server on port 3121, for received data transmission to a "TCP/IP client" application, as VDL2-Display or PlanePlotter
TCP/IP-   3121      "TCP/IP ",   VDL2-Display  PlanePlotter
Possible 20 bits identifier (hexadecimal)
  20  ()
Probable 28 bits identifier (hexadecimal)
,  28  ()
Probable 20 bits identifier (hexadecimal)
,  20  ()
Possible 28 bits identifier (hexadecimal)
  28  ()
ARGOS message
ARGOS message
Identifier ("ID") on 20 bits
Identifier ("ID") on 20 bits
Identifier ("ID") on 28 bits
Identifier ("ID") on 28 bits
World map: positioning of a satellite on a received or expected position
 :       
ARGOS (beacons+satellites)
ARGOS (beacons+satellites)
Save all the ARGOS messages of the reception window in the "ARGOS_messages.txt" file (for exchange with other Hams and SWL, for example)
  ARGOS MSG      "ARGOS_messages.txt" (,     HAM  SWL)
Load the "ARGOS_messages.txt" file (if exists) and displays the containt in the reception window, after the already displayed text
  "ARGOS_messages.txt" ( )           
The field (20 characters maximum) can be filled if the user prefers to display only received positions of one satellite. If the field is empty, all received positions are displayed.
 ( 20 )  ,         .   ,    .
RX of satellite
RX of satellite
Satellites
Sputniki
Display the last positions, of all satellites or only one.
       .
Display the last RX positions of SWL or Ham in reception or only one. For this, the Locator ("Personal data") of the listener must be filled.
   RX SWL  Ham  ,   .       (" ") .
Display all the received positions of the reception window, possibly filtered
     , , 
Information: no DLL for TNT receiver (RTL/SDR key)
:  DLL   TNT ( RTL/SDR)
WXTrack not started.
WXTrack not started.
DDE error, WXTrack stopped
DDE error, WXTrack stopped
DDE client of the satellites tracking soft WXTrack
DDE  WXTrack    
DDE link management
DDE link management
DDE link with WXTrack which will determinate the satellite frequency, taking into account the Doppler shift.
 DDE  WXTrack,        .
Multipsk, on reception of the frequency, will automatically control the receiver (configured in "Transceiver").
Multipsk,   ,     (  "").
Log of satellites passes
Log of satellites passes
This command closes the window but not the DDE connection
   ,    DDE
Condensed information (satellite, frequency...) from frames received from WXTrack
  (, ...)  ,   WXTrack
Number of DDE frames received from WXTrack
  DDE,   WXTrack
Type the name of the satellite (with the same spelling as the WXTrack one) that you want to track
   (   ,   WXTrack),   
Tracked
Tracked
If this button is pushed, Multipsk will control the receiver with the frequency given by WXTrack, during the satellite pass only
   , Multipsk     ,  WXTrack,     
If this button is pushed, it will ring high-pitched at the beginning of the pass for 2 seconds and low-piched for 1 second at the end of the pass
   ,         2    -     1 
not yet visible
not yet visible
visible
visible
No more frequencies from WXTrack
    WXTrack
FM 3 KHz must be used to decode EPIRB and ARGOS modes. FM demodulation forces sampling frequency to 48 KHz
FM 3 KHz      EPIRB  ARGOS. FM      48 KHz
ARGOS satellites positioning, on SYNOP/SHIP maps
 ARGOS ,   SYNOP/SHIP
In QRP decoding, "Wide" means also very quick AFC and "Narrow" normal AFC
 QRP- "Wide"     AFC,  "Narrow" -  AFC
The AFC level can be adjusted with this trackbar (very slow AFC to the left and very quick to the right)
 AFC       (  AFC - ,   - )
Satellites tracking in interface with WXTrack
     WXTrack
ARGOS downlink messages decoding (satellites towards Earth). Note that only the public protocol is decoded.
 ARGOS MSG    (    ).  ,     .
ARGOS beacons uplink messages decoding (Earth towards satellites). As several proprietary protocols are used in ARGOS, which are never completly described, only the standard part (at the beginning of the message) is decoded
ARGOS  MSG uplink   (   ).   ARGOS    ,     ,     (  MSG)
Number of ARGOS beacon messages (without CRC control) or satellite messages (with CRC control) received
  ARGOS  MSG (  CRC)   MSG (  CRC)
Number of broadcast messages relative to the satellite orbit parameters, included the present position of the satellite, correctly deduced from the orbit parameters if the PC clock is on time
  MSG    ,    ,     ,      
High-pitched (2000 Hz) ring for 2 seconds on a satellite reception. Low-pitched (300 Hz) ring for a beacon reception
 (2000 Hz)    2     .  (300 Hz)     
To target the serial port DTR pin for 2 seconds on a satellite reception and the serial port RTS pin for 2 seconds on a beacon reception
  DTR COM   2        RTS COM   2     
For ARGOS beacons reception, if your receiver has no squelch or if you use a SdR receiver (without squelch), you can use the digital squelch here proposed
    ARGOS,          SDR- ( ),       
Display all the received ARGOS satellite positions, on the local map (which must be open), or on Google Earth or in DXAtlas. These positions are correctly deduced from the orbit parameters if the PC clock is on time
     ARGOS    (   )   Google Earth   DXAtlas.       ,     
Position of the ARGOS satellite on a local map chosen by the user
  ARGOS   ,  
Display all received ARGOS satellite positions on GoogleEarth, if this one exists on the PC
     ARGOS  GoogleEarth,      
Position of the ARGOS satellite on DXAtlas, if this one exists on the PC
  ARGOS  DXAtlas,     
Display all the last received satellite ARGOS positions, collected by a specific WEB server
 RX MSG   ARGOS,   WEB-
On world
On world
Position of the ARGOS satellite on the world map (it can be a received or an expected position)
  ARGOS    (      )
Positions forecast
Positions forecast
Once received a satellite position, future satellite positions for the next 24 hours can be proposed, using the spinbutton
  ,       24    
The future positions are calculated by step of 5 minutes
      5 
Broadcasting
Broadcasting
Only the broadcast messages (the only ones interpreted) are displayed
   MSG (,  )
satellites
satellites
Instrument
Instrument
Downlink transmitter OFF
Downlink transmitter OFF
Transmitter in reduced mode
Transmitter in reduced mode
Transmitter bit rate=200 bits/s
    = 200 /
Transmitter bit rate=400 bits/s
    = 400 /
Satellite in global mode only
Satellite in global mode only
Satellite in regional mode only
   
Satellite in global+regional modes
     
Satellite out of service
Satellite out of service
Bulletin
Bulletin
Equator crossing time
Equator crossing time
Longitude of the ascending node
  
Angular separation between two successive ascending nodes
      
Nodal period in minutes
Nodal period in minutes
Semi-major axis in meter
Semi-major axis in meter
Semi-major axis decay in meter/day
    /
Inclination
Inclination
Satellite position
Satellite position
Downlink ARGOS message
Downlink ARGOS message
Broadcast service message relative to the satellites constellation status
  MSG    
Broadcast message relative to the satellite orbit parameters
Broadcast MSG    
Broadcast message relative to the time (UTC)
Broadcast MSG   (UTC)
Interactive session go-ahead message (to the ARGOS platform)
MSG     (  ARGOS)
Interactive session rejection message or directive or command towards the ARGOS platform
MSG    ,      ARGOS
Interactive session (with the ARGOS platform) acknowledgement message, error free reception of uplink data
   (  ARGOS),      
Undefined message
Undefined message
Broadcast identifier
Broadcast identifier
Contacted ARGOS platform identifier
    ARGOS
Satellite instrument
Satellite instrument
Uplink ARGOS message
Uplink ARGOS message
GPS serial port speed in bauds
 GPS-  
To select the serial port speed (NMEA 183 interface) configured on your GPS apparatus
  COM  ( NMEA 183),    GPS-
Transmission/reception of a text as a Message ID
/   MSG ID
The text will appear on the waterfall and will be visible by all Hams on the band, if the
   ""     HAM  , 
"RX Call ID" or "TX Message ID" button is pushed. The text will also appear in the "RX"
  "RX Call ID"  "TX Message ID".     "RX"
window. Sequences (macros) can be used if the focus is in the "-->TX" window.
.  ()  ,     "-->TX".
Send the text in a Message ID way (9 characters by 9 characters)
   Message ID (9   9 )
Stop immediatly the text transmission
   
Configuration of the Call ID and the initial Message ID
 Call ID    MSG ID
ADSB mode can only work with a RTL/SDR key connected and if the SdR interface ("Direct via the sound card" button) is started. Playing or recording are not allowed in this mode. So the program switches to BPSK31.
 ADSB       RTL/SDR     SDR ("Direct via the sound card").        .     BPSK31.
This RTL/SDR key does not permit to decode the ADSB mode, because the samplng rate of 2000000 Hz is not available. So, the program switches to BPSK31.
 RTL/SDR-     ADSB,     2000000 Hz .     BPSK31.
End of connection with
End of connection with
Options are proposed on the way to send frequencies determined by WXTrack
   ,  WXTrack
Export of the only first frequency determined by WXTrack when the satellite appears
   ,  WXTrack   
This option is recommended if an "AFC" function can, afterwards, follow the Doppler drift (in ARGOS for example)
  ,   "AFC"       (,  ARGOS)
All frequencies determined by WXTrack (each 5 seconds) are sent to the receiver. This option is not recommended if an "AFC" function is working (in ARGOS for example).
 ,  WXTrack ( 5 ),   .    ,    "AFC" ( ARGOS, ).
Offset of the frequency proposed by WXTrack, up to a maximum of +/-9999 Hz
 ,  WXTrack,   +/-9999 Hz
This offset can be useful to make coincide the WXTrack frequency and the transmission displayed on the SdR waterfall ("I/Q direct interface" window). 5 different offsets are proposed, for the different bands used
        WXTrack  ,   SDR  ("I/Q direct interface" ).  5     
at limit of visibility
at limit of visibility
FM 2 KHz must be used to decode EPIRB and ARGOS modes. FM demodulation forces sampling frequency to 48 KHz
FM 2 KHz      EPIRB  ARGOS.  FM     48 KHz
Delay
Delay
Transmission/reception of a text as a Message ID, in parallel to the selected mode. Multipsk must be in reception ("RX" button pushed). The addressee must push either the "RX Call ID" or the "Text" button.
/   Message ID   . Multipsk      (  "RX").     "RX Call ID"  "Text".
Start the meeting
Start the meeting
For the originator Ham (Master), to start the meeting. As long as this button is pushed, the meeting is supposed to be in progress
  Ham (Master)  .    , ,   
End the meeting
End the meeting
For the originator Ham (Master), to end the meeting with all the users.
  Ham (Master),     .
Retries
Retries
Number of retries of frames on two consecutive cycles, without acknowledgement of the user x (at 6, the link with the user x is closed)
           x ( 6 -    x )
Enter the meeting
Enter the meeting
Quit the meeting
Quit the meeting
Users state window
Users state window
Stop, for any reason, the LENTUS reception or the transmission in progress. So this also permits to change the Lentus frequency band on the waterfall.
,   , LENTUS   .       LENTUS  "".
In "Master" mode, this displayed frequency is the Master frequency on which all Lentus transmissions will be done. In "RX" or "TX" phase, to change the Lentus frequency band and so the Master frequency, it is necessary to click on "Stop RX TX"
  "Master"     ,       Lentus.   "RX"  "TX"     Lentus , ,  ,   "Stop RX TX"
TCP/IP server on port 3121, for received data transmission to a "TCP/IP client" application, as PlanePlotter
TCP/IP-   3121      "TCP/IP ",  PlanePlotter
This mode is only demodulated and decoded if a RTL/SDR key is connected to Multipsk and if the SdR interface is started (on the Configuration screen)
        RTL/SDR   Multipsk    SDR  (  )
Display all the received ADSB positions, on the local map (which must be open), or on Google Earth or in DXAtlas
    ADSB    (   )   Google Earth   DXAtlas
Correction 1 error
Correction 1 error
If this button is pushed, an isolated error in the received message can be corrected. This will give more messages decoded, however at the price of a bigger CPU load and a decrease of the decoding reliability.
   ,       MSG.     MSG,          .
If this button is pushed, more details are given about the received messages.
   ,       MSG.
It rings 20 ms on reception of a ADSB message
 20    ADSB MSG
Aircraft mode S dowlink messages from aircraft transponders are decoded, included ADS-B (extended squitters)
Aircraft mode S dowlink MSG    ,  ADS-B ( )
TCP/IP server on port 3121, for received data transmission to a "TCP/IP client" application, the exported data being raw or yet processed, depending on the "RAW" button
TCP/IP-   3121      "TCP/IP ",           ,     "RAW"
If this button is pushed, it is exported (if the "TCP/IP" button is also pushed) ADSB raw data in the same format as ADSB# (but on the port 3121 and not 47806) to a "TCP/IP client" application as ADSBscope, for example
    (    "TCP/IP"),    ADSB    ,   ADSB#,   -" TCP/IP",  ADSBscope,   3121,   47806
The first number displayed is incremented each time an ADSB transmission is detected correct (and will be possibly displayed). The second number indicates the number of frames detected correct per minute.
     ,     ADSB (, ,  ).         .
Surface
Surface
Surface ADS-B positions
Surface ADS-B positions
Airborne
Airborne
Airborne ADS-B positions
Airborne ADS-B positions
Other ADS-B
Other ADS-B
Other ADS-B frames (all except positions ones)
  ADS-B (,  )
Not ADS-B
Not ADS-B
All the mode-S frames except the ADS-B ones
   S,  ADS-B
level 1 transponder (surveillance only)
 1  ( )
level 2 transponder (for on the ground)
  2 (  )
level 2 transponder (for airborne)
   (  )
level 2 transponder (for on the ground and airborne)
   (    )
transponder (for on the ground and airborne)
 (  )
Capability
Capability
Aircraft identifier (hexa)
Aircraft identifier (hexa)
no alert and no SPI, aircraft is airborne
    SPI,   
no alert and no SPI, aircraft is on the ground
     SPI,   
alert, no SPI, aircraft is airborne
,  SPI,   
alert, no SPI, aircraft is on the ground
,  SPI,    
alert and SPI, aircraft is airborne or on the ground
  SPI,       
no alert and SPI, aircraft is airborne or on the ground
   SPI,       
not assigned
not assigned
Flight status
Flight status
no request
no request
request to send Comm-B message
   Comm-B MSG
Comm-B broadcast message 1 available
Comm-B broadcast MSG 1 
Comm-B broadcast message 2 available
Comm-B broadcast MSG 2 
ELM segments present
ELM segments present
Downlink request
Downlink request
Interrogator identifier
Interrogator identifier
Type of reservation
Type of reservation
no information
no information
Comm-B II code
Comm-B II code
Comm-C II code
Comm-C II code
Comm-D II code
Comm-D II code
Message, Comm-B (hexa)
Message, Comm-B (hexa)
Identity (mode A code) (octal)
 (  A) ()
downlink ELM transmission
downlink ELM transmission
uplink ELM acknowledgement
uplink ELM acknowledgement
Number of D-segment
Number of D-segment
Message, Comm-D (hexa)
Message, Comm-D (hexa)
Vertical status
Vertical status
the aircraft is airborne
the aircraft is airborne
the aircraft is on the ground
the aircraft is on the ground
airborne
airborne
on the ground
on the ground
Cross-link capability
Cross-link capability
Sensitivity level ACAS
Sensitivity level ACAS
ACAS inoperative
ACAS inoperative
Reply information, air-air
Reply information, air-air
no maximum airspeed data available
     
maximum airspeed <=140 km/h (75 kt)
   <=140 / (75 )
maximum airspeed between 140 km/h (75 kt) and 280 km/h (150 kt)
    140 / (75 )  280 / (150 )
maximum airspeed between 280 km/h (150 kt) and 560 km/h (300 kt)
    280 / (150 )  560 / (300 )
maximum airspeed between 560 km/h (300 kt) and 1110 km/h (600 kt)
    560 / (300 )  1110 / (600 )
maximum airspeed between 1110 km/h (600 kt) and 2220 km/h (1200 kt)
    1110 / (600 )  2220 / (1200 )
maximum airspeed >=2220 km/h (1200 kt)
   >=2220 / (1200 )
Message, ACAS (hexa)
Message, ACAS (hexa)
ADS-B for standard EN/NT devices
ADS-B    EN/NT
ADS-B for non-standard EN/NT devices
ADS-B    EN/NT
Fine format TIS-B message
Fine format TIS-B message
Coarse format TIS-B message
Coarse format TIS-B message
Reserved for TIS-B management messages
  TIS-B  MSG
TIS-B messages that relay ADS-B messages
TIS-B MSG,   ADS-B MSG
ADS-B rebroadcast
ADS-B rebroadcast
Application
Application
Even airborne position frame
Even airborne position frame
Odd airborne position frame
Odd airborne position frame
Even surface position frame
Even surface position frame
Odd surface position frame
Odd surface position frame
Message synchronised with UTC time
MSG   UTC time
World map: positioning after reception of an ADSB position
 :    ADSB-
Surveillance
Surveillance
no condition
no condition
permanent alert (emergency condition)
  ( )
temporary alert
temporary alert
SPI condition
SPI condition
Diversity transmitting antennas
   
Format
Format
No position information but with barometric altitude frame
   ,    
Airborne position frame with barometric altitude
     
Airborne position frame with GNSS altitude frame
      
accuracy
accuracy
without
without
aircraft stopped
aircraft stopped
Ground speed
Ground speed
No ground track
No ground track
Ground track
Ground track
Surface position frame
Surface position frame
Category
Category
light (<15500 lbs or 7031 kg)
light (<15500 lbs or 7031 kg)
small (15500 to <75000 lbs or 7031 to <34019 kg)
 ( 15500  <75000    7031  <34019 )
large (75000 to 300000 lbs or 34019 to 136078 kg)
 75000  300000  (34019-136078 )
high vortex aircraft
high vortex aircraft
heavy (>300000 lbs or >136078 kg)
 (>300000   >136078 )
high performance (>5g acceleration) and high speed (>400 kt)
  ( >5g)    ( 400 )
rotorcraft
rotorcraft
glider/sailplane
glider/sailplane
lighter-than-air
lighter-than-air
parachutist/skydiver
parachutist/skydiver
ultralight/hang-glider/paraglider
//
unmanned aerial vehicle
unmanned aerial vehicle
space/trans-atmospheric vehicle
/- 
surface vehicle - emergency vehicle
  -     
surface vehicle - service vehicle
  -  
fixed ground or tethered obstruction
    
cluster obstacle
cluster obstacle
line obstacle
line obstacle
Aircraft identification information
  
Identification frame for standard types of aircraft
      
Identification frame for non-standard air vehicles
     
Identification frame for surface vehicles and fixed installations
        
Unassigned identification frame
  
Subtype
Subtype
velocity over ground / normal aircraft
  /   
velocity over ground / supersonic aircraft
  / 
airspeed, heading / normal aircraft
 ,  / , 
airspeed / supersonic aircraft
  /  
Groundspeed
Groundspeed
Airspeed
Airspeed
Intent change flag
Intent change flag
IFR capability flag
IFR capability flag
Uncertainty
Uncertainty
No velocity Est-West available
    "-"
Est-West velocity
Est-West velocity
No velocity North-South available
    -
North-South velocity
North-South velocity
Velocity over ground
Velocity over ground
Direction
Direction
feet/min
feet/min
No vertical velocity available
    
upward
upward
downward
downward
GNSS vertical velocity
GNSS vertical velocity
Vertical velocity by barometric altimetry
    
No GNSS/barometric altitudes difference available
     GNSS  
GNSS altitude-barometric altitude
 - 
Magnetic heading not available
   
Magnetic heading
Magnetic heading
Indicated airspeed
Indicated airspeed
True airspeed
True airspeed
No velocity available
No velocity available
Airborne velocity frame
Airborne velocity frame
Emergency-priority status
Emergency-priority status
ACAS RA broadcast
ACAS RA broadcast
no emergency
no emergency
general emergency
general emergency
lifeguard medical
lifeguard medical
minimum fuel
minimum fuel
no communications
no communications
unlawful interference
unlawful interference
downed aircraft
downed aircraft
Emergency state
Emergency state
"Active RA" field
"Active RA" field
"RACs record" field
"RACs record" field
"RAT" field
"RAT" field
"MTE" field
"MTE" field
"TTI" field
"TTI" field
"TID" field
"TID" field
Aircraft status frame
Aircraft status frame
Message empty
Message empty
Empty
Empty
not decoded
not decoded
Extended squitter
Extended squitter
Short air-air surveillance (ACAS)
   (ACAS)
Surveillance altitude reply
Surveillance altitude reply
Surveillance identity reply
Surveillance identity reply
All-call reply
All-call reply
Long air-air surveillance (ACAS)
 -  (ACAS)
Extended squitter (ADS-B)
Extended squitter (ADS-B)
Extended squitter - Supplementary
  - 
Extended squitter - Military application
  -  
Comm-B altitude reply
Comm-B altitude reply
Comm-B identity reply
Comm-B identity reply
Connection attempt...
Connection attempt...
No possibility to transmit, if the ALE/ALE400 beacon is in duty.
  ,   ALE/ALE400 .
It's better to change of mode (and come back to the initial mode) to take into account these new data
   (   ),    
No more "ADSB mode decoding" function, in non-licencied version.
  "  ADSB" (  ).
To determinate pertinent surface positions, it is necessary that you give your QTH coordinates or your Locator in the "Personal data" window ("Configuration" menu)
          QTH     "Personal data" ( "Configuration")
Your are already transmitting...
  ...
Your call transmitted in AUTEX must be limited to 14 characters (button "Personal")
 ,   AUTEX,    14  ( "Personal")
No "CQ MEETING" received recently (<5 minutes)
  "CQ MEETING"    (<5 )
Failure opening the KISS serial port
   COM  KISS
Failure writing the KISS serial port communication parameters
    COM  KISS
Re-validate QSOs
Re-validate QSOs
Re-validate deleted QSOs. Works only for QSOs stored with Multipsk 4.3 or more, since the last compression
  QSO.    QSO,   Multipsk 4.3  ,   
Acknowledgment not received from the Master
    
End of meeting request sent by me
     
End of meeting acknowledgment sent
   
End of link acknowledgment sent to
   
End of link request sent to
End of link request sent to
End of meeting information sent by me
      
End of link acknowledgment sent to the Master
      
End of link request sent by me
     
Connection faillure with
Connection faillure with
No user frame received
No user frame received
Disconnection of the user (too much difficult QSO)
  (  QSO)
Disconnection of
Disconnection of
(too much difficult QSO)
(too much difficult QSO)
No Master frame received (except RS ID)
    (  RS)
No complete reception of the Master
   
Answer to CQ (or no complete Master frame)
  CQ (    )
"RX/TX" for "main"
"RX/TX" for "main"
Help in German only given for information, because obsolete
       ,  
Help (complete handbook). Note also that, in the RX/TX screen, a contextual help can be obtained with a right click on the mouse, while the mouse pointer is over a "Mode" button ("BPSK31" one for example)
 ( ).  ,    RX/TX    ,     ,      "" (, "BPSK31")
Panoramics
Panorama
Parameters
Parameters
Save Parameters
Save Parameters
Load Paramtres
Load Paramtres
Screen open after start-up
Screen open after start-up
End of meeting by loss of the Master
  -  
End of meeting by loss of the user
  -  
Sets
Sets
To undo the last operation on the transmission editor: for example, to erase a macro or a sequence loaded by error in the editor. It can also be done with the combination of two keys <Left Alt Z>.
      ,     ,     ,      <Left Alt Z>.
Number of participants to the meeting
  
To change the number of participants (and hence AUTEX mode), you must finish the meeting in progress, if any
    (, ,  AUTEX),     ,   
Resets to 0 of the three counters (Uplink, Downlink and Positions)
   (Uplink, Downlink  Positions)  0
To avoid displaying Uplink (airport to planes) messages which can be a great many (however counting continues)
   MSG Uplink (   ),      (  )
No Downlink
No Downlink
To avoid displaying Downlink (planes to airport) messages which can be a great many (however counting continues)
   MSG Downlink (   ),      (  )
Ring on SELCAL
Ring on SELCAL
It rings one (or three if "3 sec" is pushed) second on reception of a SELCAL code
  ( ,   "3 sec")     SELCAL
Duration of ring of 3 seconds instead of one second
  3   
Connected to S
Connected to S
End of link completed, with
End of link completed, with
No reception of
No reception of
It misses acknowledgments from
   
End of meeting completed
End of meeting completed
No reception of the user
No reception of the user
Pseudo-acknowledgement to a next user
  
End of meeting, the Master ignoring my messages
 , Master   MSG
End of link, the Master ignoring my messages
 , Master   MSG
Failure of the attempt
Failure of the attempt
End of connection by loss of the Master
  -   
End of meeting considered after 3 retries
      
End of link considered after 3 retries
    3 
End of link considered after 3 retries, with
    3 
End of link
End of link
End of meeting by loss of
End of meeting by loss of
End of meeting required by the Master
    
End of meeting required by the user
     
End of meeting accepted
End of meeting accepted
Acknowledgment received
Acknowledgment received
No acknowledgment received
No acknowledgment received
Acknowledgment from
Acknowledgment from
End of link required by the Master
     
End of link accepted
End of link accepted
Connection confirmed
Connection confirmed
Personal acknowledgment from the Master
   
No personal acknowledgment from the Master
    
Complete message acknowledgment received
  MSG 
No complete acknowledgment yet
   
End of link required by
End of link required by
End of link accepted by
End of link accepted by
Not connected to
Not connected to
Reception of
Reception of
Acknowledgment received for my message
   MSG 
Acknowledgment received for
Acknowledgment received for
Deconnection on CQ
Deconnection on CQ
Connected (on condition)
Connected (on condition)
Connexion attempt to
Connexion attempt to
Message received from
Message received from
Connection failure
Connection failure
End of meeting required by me
End of meeting required by me
End of link required by me
End of link required by me
End of link required by me, with
     
No callsign defined: click on "<MY CALL>" field
 :    "<MY CALL>"
Frequency not compatible (too much low)
  ( )
Frequency not compatible (too much high)
  ( )
Frequency too much high to enter in the RX SSB bandwidth
        RX SSB
Display and control window for the AUTEX modes (at 2, 4, 7 or 13 participants)
     AUTEX ( 2, 4, 7  13 )
This delay is an indicator of the delay introduced by the PC. It must be superior but close to 128 ms (ideally for fast PC)
  -  ,  .    ,    128  (    )
With this button, this window can remain on top or, reversely can be hided by the main window
       , ,   
Minimizes the size of this window. Once minimzed, re-click twice on its "icon" to make this window normal (to its standard size)
   .     "",    ()    
To close the options window, re-click on this button
   ,    
Erase all
Erase all
This button permits to erase all the reception windows ("Master" and "Slaves") and the secondary channels (callsigns,...)
       ("Master"  "Slaves")    (,...)
Save all
Save all
This button permits to save all the texts and callsigns received, in a dated file ("AUTEX date time.TXT") located in the sub-directory \AUTEX
             ("AUTEX  .TXT"),    \AUTEX
The "Up Down" control permits to adjust the windows height, according to the screen height
 "Up Down"         
On 3 columns
On 3 columns
Display of the users panels on 3 columns instead of 2, to better match the screen sizes
     3   2,     
Your secondary channel (callsign and various information)
Vash vtorichnyj kanal (callsign i raznoe info)
32 characters max (with 14 characters max callsign included)
32  . (  14- )
<MY CALL> field
<MY CALL> field
To define your callsign and, possibly, your other information
   , ,  
Various information (name, QTH, Locator...)
  (, QTH, ...)
Users state
Users state
Call sign of the connected user
  
Number of consecutive frames not received or frames received but without all the expected acknowledgements, from a given user (at 3, this one is automatically disconnected)
   ,  ,  , ,         (  -   )
"Master" (the one who initiates and controls the meeting)
"" (,      )
Enter
Enter
For a user, to enter the meeting. As long as this button is pushed, the connection with the other participants is supposed to be in progress
    .    , ,      
For the user, to end his/her partipation to this meeting
  -      
"S" for "Slave" (User) followed by its order number
"S"  "Slave" ()     
Displays a "CQ de " callsign on reception of a "CQ meeting DE " transmitted by a Ham ("Master")
 "CQ de"    "CQ meeting DE",  HAM ("Master")
No CQ
No CQ
Useful for the Master to reserve the channel 2 for someone
     2  -
Even if absence of message, transmission of your data
   MSG -   
The data permanently sent will be the one transmitted through the secondary channel (i.e. your callsign and the other data)
       (      )
Transmission of the typed text on line feed (key "Enter")
     ( "Enter")
This option can be useful for the Hams who want to check their text before sending it (typing on the "Enter" key)
     HAM,       (  "Enter")
Sampling forced to 8 bits at the next start up (recommended)
  8   - ()
In AUTEX mode, 8 bits sampling, experimentally, is much better than 16 bits. This option gives the possibility to sample on 16 bits (see "Adjustments" menu)
  AUTEX,    8 ,  ,  16 .       16  (.  "Adjustments")
No callsign: click on the "<MY CALL> field"
No callsign: Klik po knopke <MY CALL>
The beaconing is not available in this mode.
    .
Impossible to create the sub-directory AUTEX
   AUTEX
You are still connected...
You are still connected...
You cannot be "Master" and user in the same time
    "Master"   
No "CQ meeting" received recently (<1 minute)
   "CQ meeting" (<1 )
A meeting is in progress. You must finish it first
 .    
CPU and memory
CPU and memory
To apply only in RX before TX. To start with the CAT system controlled by Multipsk via Commander (the AF align frequency being adjusted in the "Transceiver" form). This action is equivalent to push on the "Align" button of the "Transceiver" form
      .    CAT,  Multipsk  Commander (  AF    "").       "Align"   ""
Unique identifier on 12 characters, given by Multipsk to identify this computer.
   12 ,  Multipsk    .
Pan: %ddB
Pan: %ddB
PARAMETERS SELECTION
PARAMETERS SELECTION
(Grey)
(Grey)
(Color)
(Color)
You are still connected, are you sure?
   ,  ?
Awaiting connection...
Awaiting connection...
Awaiting disconnection...
Awaiting disconnection...
stereo
stereo
Mono
Mono
Data volume (RX/TX):
Data volume (RX/TX):
SpotC. On
SpotC. On
OK
OK
Beacon message transmission...
  ...
You are in "Slave". It is recommended to be in "Master" ("Mode" panel) to fix the frequency.
   "Slave".     "Master" ( "Mode"),   .
It is recommended to check the ARQ FAE "RS ID" option in the "Options" window to make benefit the other Ham from the automatic tuning on the ALE400 transmission.
   ARQ FAE "RS ID"   "Options",   HAM       ALE400.
You are in "Master". It is recommended to be in "Slave" ("Mode" panel) to permit the "Master" to fix the frequency.
   "".     "" ( "Mode"),  ""   .
It is recommended to push on the "RS ID detection" button to benefit from the automatic tuning on the ALE400 transmission.
   "RS ID detection"       ALE400.
Problem
Problem
Beacon mode in progress
Beacon mode in progress
Repeater mode in progress
Repeater mode in progress
Fill the MMSI field (click on a displayed MMSI (9 figures) to upload it on the MMSI field)
  MMSI (   MMSI (9 ),      MMSI)
Push the "ITU connection" button first, to connect to the ITU WEB server
   "ITU connection",    WEB- ITU
The connection with the ITU WEB server is not yet completed
  WEB- ITU   
Re-initialization of the IMD measurement
   IMD
No IMD measurement done
No IMD measurement done
click right on the IMD label to re-initialize the best IMD measurement
    IMD,      IMD
Message mode
Message mode
For all "ARQ" modes (Packet, PAX, 141A, ALE400, AUTEX), in "message mode", the message is prepared and then sent when it is ready (with the "Send" button or <Esc> key)
   "ARQ" (Packet, PAX, 141A, ALE400, AUTEX)   "message mode", MSG    ,    (   "Send"   <Esc>)
The "CPU" button gives the number of cores of the CPU, followed by the CPU theoretical speed and the volume of data (RX/TX). It allows the activation of the CPU and memory measurements of the PC.
 "CPU"    ,        (RX/TX).        .
Position of the ship or the coast station on DXAtlas, if this one exists on the PC
      DXAtlas,     
Position of the ship or the coast station a local map chosen by the user
         
Display all the received positions (ships or identified coast stations), on a local map (which must be open) or on Google Earth or on DXAtlas
    (    )    (   ),  Google Earth   DXAtlas
Number of ship received positions followed by the number of coast stations positions identified
   ,        
Unknown text format of QSP-mail, for this Multipsk version
   QSP-    Multipsk
No QSP mail to recover
No QSP mail to recover
QSP mail(s) to recover.
QSP mail(s) to recover.
QSP mail(s) recovered.
QSP mail(s) recovered.
The last one.
The last one.
QSP mail(s) transmitted.
QSP mail(s) transmitted.
Link established
Link established
[FAE CQ]
[FAE CQ]
[FAE APRS]
[FAE APRS]
Connection with
Connection with
Connection started with
Connection started with
Processing of the QSP mails recovery demand in progress
    QSP- 
Reception of a message and an attached file in progress
 MSG    
QSP mails recovery in progress
  QSP 
FAE QSP-mail received (look at the "Received mail" mailbox)
FAE QSP-  (    " ")
DTM message received (look at the "Received mail" mailbox)
DTM MSG  (    " ")
not displayed because
not displayed because
repetition]
repetition]
(click on "Received mail" to see it)
  " ",   
S/N max=
S/N max=
Stop of mail reception (order given by the other Ham)
   (  HAM)
[CRC OK]
[CRC OK]
[CRC NOT OK]
[CRC NOT OK]
his
his
Selective "Anycall", last call character:
 "Anycall",   
Selective "Allcall", last call character:
 "Allcall",   
Selective "Anycall", last call characters:
 "Anycall",   :
[DBM EXT. non decoded]
[DBM EXT. non decoded]
DBM acknowledgment received
DBM acknowledgment received
Receiving a DBM frame
Receiving a DBM frame
DTM acknowledgment received
DTM acknowledgment received
Receiving a DTM frame
Receiving a DTM frame
my:
my:
my
my
Global "Anycall"
Global "Anycall"
Success of the message transmission (in ARQ mode)
  MSG (  ARQ)
The "141A.TXT" file is incorrect, so re-initialization of this one.
 "141A.TXT" ,      .
A field of the "141A.TXT" file is incorrect, so re-initialization of this file.
  "141A.TXT" ,      .
Cargo
Cargo
Search and rescue ship
Search and rescue ship
Floating Crane
Floating Crane
Mine Layer or Mobile offshore unit
     
Livestock Carrier
Livestock Carrier
Roll on / Roll off vessel
Roll on / Roll off vessel
Coaster
Coaster
"OCT" (?) ship
"OCT" (?) ship
Time  Sync  dB  DT  DF   Received message
Time  Sync  dB  DT  DF   Received message
CPU usage by Multipsk:
CPU usage by Multipsk:
Global memory utilization:
Global memory utilization:
Available physical memory:
Available physical memory:
Total physical memory:
Total physical memory:
Current memory usage of Multipsk:
   Multipsk:
Peak memory usage of Multipsk:
   Multipsk:
Problem with the DSOUND.DLL file.
   DSOUND.DLL.
Problem with DirectSoundCaptureCreate function.
   DirectSoundCaptureCreate.
Problem with DirectSoundCaptureBuffer function.
   DirectSoundCaptureBuffer.
Problem with DirectSoundCreate function.
   DirectSoundCreate.
Problem with SetCooperativeLevel function.
   SetCooperativeLevel.
Problem with "events" creation.
   "events".
Problem with the "start" function.
   "".
Not authorized operation
Not authorized operation
The beaconing cannot be done in a graphical mode, in FILTERS mode or JT65.
      ,   FILTERS  JT65.
Please, disconnect first.
Please, disconnect first.
Enable your sound card first.
Enable your sound card first.
Please, first switch to reception  first.
,    .
Please, first quit the play mode.
,     .
Please, first quit the recording mode.
,     .
Please, first quit the beacon mode.
,     .
The text editor cannot contain more than 65,536 characters.
      65 536 .
You call is not informed (button "Personal")
    ( "Personal")
No call on the "Call" field.
No call on the "Call" field.
No frequency on the "Freq MHz" field.
    "Freq MHz".
No outgoing sport export because SpotCollector is not started.
   ,   SpotCollector  .
Error on DDE transmission or SpotCollector stopped
   DDE  SpotCollector 
The map (button "on local map") is not displayed and GoogleEarth or DXAtlas is not selected...
 ( "  ")  ,    GoogleEarth  DXAtlas...
You must choose a call or a net adress in the combobox
         
The map (button "on map") is not displayed and GoogleEarth or DXAtlas is not selected...
 ( "on map")      GoogleEarth  DXAtlas...
The local map (button "Position on local map") is not displayed and GoogleEarth or DXAtlas is not selected...
  ( "Position on local map")      GoogleEarth  DXAtlas...
No Data_Acars.txt file...
No Data_Acars.txt file...
The local map (button "Position on local map") is not displayed and GoogleEarth is not selected...
  ( "Position on local map")    GoogleEarth  ...
No message to send
No message to send
Your call (in "Personal data") is absent or incorrect!
  ( " ")   !
Incorrect message
Incorrect message
None ARGOS position has been received, so no future position can be calculated
 ARGOS   ,     
First, select the "ARQ FAE" mode
   "ARQ FAE"
Problem to create the folder (sub-directory)
   ()
Problem to find a free file
Problem to find a free file
Problem to create the file
Problem to create the file
Information: in CCW, Morse sound On, the sampling must be done in 8 bits.  In that case, the sampling frequency must be re-determined for this 8 bits format ("Sampling freq." button).
:  CCW,   ,     8 .          8  ( "Sampling freq.").
Sf=11025 Hz (samples/sec) not applicable for MT63
Sf=11025 Hz (/)   63
Sf=8000 Hz (samples/sec) only applicable for MT63
Sf=8000 Hz (/)   63
While recording at 48 KHz, changing of mode is not possible
   48 KHz   
Beacon stop on manual mode change
     
No more "1382 mode decoding" function, in non-licencied version.
   "1382 mode" (  ).
No more "110A mode decoding" function, in non-licencied version, except the sub-mode 75 bps, Long Interleave, 8 data bits, no parity, 1 stop bit, in RX/TX.
  "  110A" (  ),   75 ,  , 8  ,  , 1 -,  RX/TX.
No more "4285 mode decoding" function, in non-licencied version
  "  4285" (  )
No more "COQUELET mode decoding" function, in non-licencied version
   "COQUELET mode" (  )
No more "NWR SAME mode decoding" function, in non-licencied version.
  "   NWR SAME", (  ).
No more "POCSAG SAME mode decoding" function, in non-licencied version.
     "POCSAG SAME", (  ).
No more "ACARS VHF mode decoding" function, in non-licencied version.
  "ACARS VHF mode decoding" (  ).
No more "AIS mode decoding" function, in non-licencied version.
  "  AIS" (  ).
No more "EPIRB mode decoding" function, in non-licencied version.
  "  EPIRB" (  ).
No more "ARGOS mode decoding" function, in non-licencied version.
  "  ARGOS" (  ).
No more "GMDSS DSC mode decoding" function, in non-licencied version.
    "GMDSS DSC", (  ).
No more "BIIS mode decoding" function, in non-licencied version.
    "BIIS", (  ).
No more "baudmeter" function, in non-licencied version.
  "baudmeter" (  ).
No possibility to be a repeater, being in PACKET beacon.
   ,   PACKET .
No more "Repeater" function, in non-licencied version (10 minutes maximum).
  "Repeater" ( 10     ).
No possibility to be repeater, being in PAX beacon.
   ,   PAX .
The "APRS frames decoding" function is not available in connected mode.
 "  APRS"    .
No more "SYNOP and SHIP messages decoding" function, in non-licencied version.
  "SYNOP and SHIP messages decoding" (  ).
Information: in Voice, characters repeated, the sampling is done in 8 bits.
:  Voice,  ,  8 .
Information: in CCW, Morse sound On, the sampling is done in 8 bits.
:  CCW,   ,    8 .
Information: in Voice, characters repeated, the sampling must be done in 8 bits.  In that case, the sampling frequency must be re-determined for this 8 bits format ("Sampling freq." button).
:  Voice,  ,     8 .          8  ( "Sampling freq.").
Information: in JT65, characters repeated, the sampling must be done in 8 bits (switch to PSK31 and extract the "16 bits" button).  In that case, the sampling frequency must be re-determined for this 8 bits format ("Sampling freq." button).
:  JT65  ,    8  (  PSK31    "16 ").           8  ( "Sampling freq.").
No more "QRP decoding" function, in non-licencied version.
  "QRP decoding" (  ).
No available sound-card
No available sound-card
The dual trace oscilloscope 0-20 KHz is limited to licensed copies
  0-20 KHz  (  )
Your sound card is not a 48000 samples/s, stereo, 16 bits one.
    48000   , , 16 .
The dual trace spectrum analyzer 0-20 KHz is limited to licensed copies
     0-20 KHz  (  )
No more "ARQ_E mode decoding" function, in non-licencied version.
     "ARQ_E", (  ).
No more "DGPS mode decoding" function, in non-licencied version.
  "  DGPS", (  ).
No more "110A mode decoding" function, in non-licencied version, except the sub-mode 75 bps, Long Interleave, 8 data bits, no parity, 1 stop bit, en RX/TX.
   "110A mode" (  ),   75 ,  , 8  ,  , 1 -, . RX/TX.
No more "SELCAL mode decoding" function, in non-licencied version.
  "  SELCAL" (  ).
No more "AUTEX mode" function, with this test version
      " AUTEX"
No more "POCSAG mode decoding" function, in non-licencied version.
  "  POCSAG" (  ).
You must choose a call or a net adress
      
It is not a standard call or a sounding but a FAE message. If it is an ARQ FAE CQ, you can answer pushing the "Answer" button.
     ,  FAE MSG.   ARQ FAE CQ,   ,   "Answer".
It is not a standard call or a sounding but an Unproto message. If it is an Unproto CQ, you can answer pushing the "Unproto" button then "TX".
     ,  Unproto MSG.   Unproto CQ,   ,   "Unproto",  "TX".
There is no destination in the "FRM" field. You need to have receive a call.
  "FRM"  .   .
No frequency forward towards the transceiver because Commander is not started.
   ,   Commander  .
No frequency to scan (see "Options")
    (. "Options")
No possibility to scan because Commander is not started or connected ("Transceiver" button).
  ,   Commander      (  "Transceiver").
Your call transmitted in 141A must be limited to 12 characters (button "Personal")
 ,   141A,     12  ( "Personal")
This option must be used only for JT65 beacons and on different frequencies that the standard JT65 ones. It is reminded that the standard options are either "Odd minutes" and "Even minutes".
       JT65    ,   JT65. ,    -  "Odd minutes"  "Even minutes".
This function will permit for a QRP station to transmit his JT65 frames through a powerful stations which will repeat the QRP frames to other Hams or to an amateur net.  It must be used on different frequencies that the standard JT65 ones
   QRP-    JT65   ,     QRP  HAM   HAM .     ,     JT65
All is correct
All is correct
You can't work in repeater being in KISS mode.
     ,    KISS.
You can't be in APRS being in KISS mode.
     APRS   KISS.
You can't be connected being in KISS mode.
   ,    KISS.
You can't be in responder (button "Resp./beac") being in KISS mode.
       ( "Resp./beac"),    KISS.
You can't be in beacon (button "Resp./beac") being in KISS mode.
       ( "Resp./beac"),    KISS.
No more "ARQ_E/E3 mode decoding" function, in non-licencied version.
    "ARQ_E/E3" (  ).
...PSE, come back to reception (RX) to send this ID.
...PSE,    (RX),    ID.
...PSE, wait for the end of the present transmission.
...PSE,    .
Information: in JT65, characters repeated, the sampling is done in 8 bits. The sampling frequency must be re-determined for this 8 bits format ("Sampling freq." button).
:  JT65  ,    8 .        8  ( "Sampling freq.").
World map: positioning of a Ham station after reception of an AUTEX Locator or position
 :   HAM    AUTEX Locator  
No latitude or longitude
No latitude or longitude
(voluntar)
(voluntar)
RTL and mode selection
RTL and mode selection
RTL/SDR key selection, if several are present and sampling mode selection: in quadrature (normal) or direct (experimental, by the I branch or the Q one)
  RTL/SDR,   ,    :   ()   (,   I  Q)
Problem on the file
Problem on the file
Sampling mode selection
Sampling mode selection
Sampling mode selection: in quadrature (normal) or direct (experimental, via the I branch or the Q one)
  :   ()   (,  I-  Q-)
Quadrature (standard)
Quadrature (standard)
Normal working (without key modification)
  (  )
Direct (via I branch)
Direct (via I branch)
Experimental mode which permits, after key modification, to receive between 0 and 14.4 MHz (HF frequencies). However, the modification is difficult and the key sensitivity is very bad
 ,          0  14,4 MHz ( HF).   ,     
Direct (via Q branch)
Direct (via Q branch)
Key selection
Key selection
Noise reduction filter
Noise reduction filter
Inverted
Inverted
Inversion of bits polarity on only asynchronous formats. Normally, inversion is rarely used and only in ITA2 (i.e. with 5 dat bits formats)
      .        ITA2 (     5  )
Auto
Auto
Automatic detection of the bits polarity on only asynchronous formats. To use if the display shows a certain regularity but characters are incorrect.
       . ,      ,    .
error
error
Incorrect position
Incorrect position
Problem on the position frame
Problem on the position frame
Error on file callsign
Error on file callsign
Error on file name
Error on file name
Error on file containt
Error on file containt
File of
File of
bytes
bytes
completed
completed
File transmission:
File transmission:
This delay is an indicator of the delay introduced by the PC. It must be superior but close to 128 ms (ideally for fast PC). If the delay is superior to 500 ms, it means that the PC is not sufficiently powerful and random problems can occur.
  -  ,  .    ,    128  (    ).    500 , ,        .
Your callsign must not contain spaces. It is supposed to be unique.
     .    .
If you click on this button, your transmission in progress (message, position or file) will be immediatly stopped.
     ,   (MSG,   )   .
TX position
TX position
RX position
RX position
Your position
Your position
To edit your position (latitude/longitude or Locator) in the "Personal data" window
   (/  )   "Personal data" 
Transmission
Transmission
To transmit to the group your position (latitude/longitude or in default of them your Locator), data to edit in your personal data
    (/,     -  ),       
Display all the received AUTEX positions, on the local map (which must be open) or on Google Earth or on DXAtlas
    AUTEX    (   )   Google Earth   DXAtlas
TX file
TX file
RX file
RX file
Your file
Your file
Selection of the file (limited to a maximum size of 10 Kbytes) to send to the other Ham(s)
  (   10 )    HAM
To transmit to the group your file (at reception, it will be stored in the "AUTEX" sub-directory of the Multipsk directory)
    (       "AUTEX"  Multipsk)
File opening
File opening
After a file reception, click on this button to open this file
      ,   
The receive file is stored in the "AUTEX" sub-directory of the Multipsk directory
     "AUTEX"  Multipsk
Save a report containing all the messages displayed in this window, in the "REPORT date time.TXT" file of the sub-directory "Reports"
 ,   MSG,    ,   "REPORT date time.TXT"  "Reports"
Messages sequential display
Messages sequential display
All received and transmitted messages are displayed in a "SMS" shape
    MSG    "SMS"
You must be connected
You must be connected
No latitude or longitude, nor LOCATOR
   ,  
LOCATOR correct
LOCATOR correct
Latitude/longitude correct
Latitude/longitude correct
Select the local map, GoogleEarth or DXAtlas
  , Google Earth  DXAtlas
The selected file is larger than 10Kbytes
   10 
The name of the selected file has more than 230 characters.
     230 .
Error: the file has not been selected
:   
No need of <Stop!> as you must be connected
Ne nado <Stop!> - net soedineniya
No need of <Stop!> as no transmission in progress
Ne nado <Stop!> - net TX peredachi
<Stop!> taken into account
<Stop!> obrabotano
No more room to write in the file
      
Your call must not contain space
     
Your call is the same one as the Master station! Correct it.
   ,    ! .
Problem to create or write the file
    
It is displayed only the GMDSS / ATIS frames with a correct chek-sum
   GMDSS / ATIS    
Received GMDSS codes are displayed, for information. Interpretation of codes is freely done by the user (PSE, don't ask the author to do it).
  GMDSS   .      (PSE,     ).
Fast broad sub-mode: 32 tones, B=2000 Hz, 62.5 bauds, 48.8 wpm in Olivia
  -: 32 , B=2000 Hz, 62,5 , 48,8     Olivia
To decode the VHF GMDSS DSC transmissions, on the channel 70 (156.525 MHz) or the ATIS ones between 156.025 and 161.950 MHz
   VHF GMDSS DSC   70 (156,525 MHz)   ATIS    156,025  161,950 MHz
The "Automatic Frequency Control" function forces the SdR frequency to shift around the mean VDL2 transmission frequency used by aircrafts. It takes about 2 to 30 min (or more), depending on the offset and the VDL2 transmissions number
 "Automatic Frequency Control"   SDR      VDL2,   .    2  30  ( ),        VDL2
ATIS code:
ATIS code:
<ATIS call>
<ATIS call>
Selection of the file (limited to a maximum size of 63 Kbytes) to send to the other Ham(s)
  (   63 )    HAM
Compression of the file before transmission
   
Compression (up to 4) to reduce the transmission time (but the transmitted characters of a text file will be unreadable)
 ( 4)     (      )
The selected file is larger than 63 Kbytes
   63 
ORBCOMM (satellites)
ORBCOMM (satellites)
Transmission of your call sign (6 characters max) + Locator
TX  callsign (6  max) + Locator
Stop and answer on call of this station, or else answer without stop
      ,    
Stop and answer on HFL or QRZ call, or else answer without stop
     HFL  QRZ,    
Data not public
Data not public
Error in the TLE data
Error in the TLE data
Error in the calculation
Error in the calculation
Extraction of the satellites data from the "TLE" text files
      "TLE"
The maximum number of satellites tracked is
   
Failure, no TLE text files in the "TLE_SATELLITES" sub-directory
,   "TLE_SATELLITES"    TLE
Failure, no "TLE_SATELLITES" sub-directory (correct installation?)
,   "TLE_SATELLITES" ( ?)
Failure, concerned satellites not found in TLE text files
,        TLE
Oldest prediction
Oldest prediction
days
days
It's time to download new data
   
Your position is known
Your position is known
Your position is not known (so Paris). Click on "Personal" then on "Reset"
  ()  .  "Personal",  "Reset"
Map not available on the MAPS sub-directory
    MAPS
This file is not a picture file JPG
      JPG
No receiver frequency control
No receiver frequency control
Satellites tracking (positions and frequencies)
  (  )
Reset
Reset
Click it to reinitialize the satellites positions and distance from QTH calculations, in case you change your own position or in case of files change (TLE or satellites frequencies)
,          QTH,           (TLE   )
Automatic determination of the satellite position and its frequency taking into account the Doppler shift
          
Multipsk, with this frequency, will automatically control the receiver (configured in "Transceiver")
Multipsk        (  "")
List of the satellites positions (from the closest to the farest)
   (    )
Stop display
Stop display
This button prevents display without preventing the normal tracking work
    ,     
Fr. control
Fr. control
Frequency control (by automatic HF or AF tuning). AF tuning is the standard option. TCP/IP transmissions are allowed if HF or AF tuning is selected
  (   HF  AF).  AF -  .   TCP/IP ,    HF  AF
HF
HF
Frequency control by automatic HF tuning (through a change of the receiver frequency)
       HF  (   )
BF
BF
Frequency control by automatic AF tuning (through a change of the frequency on the SdR waterfall). AF tuning is the standard option
     AF (     SdR).  AF -  
No frequency control (either AF or HF) and so no TCP/IP transmission
   (  AF,   HF),     TCP/IP
Pass predictions
Pass predictions
Pass predictions of the satellites (from the earliest to the lastest), for the next 24 hours with an accouracy of +/- about 10 seconds
    (     )   24    +/-  10 
Save/Open
Save/Open
Save the predictions in the PASS_PREDICTIONS.TXT file, then open it
    PASS_PREDICTIONS.TXT,   
Type the name of the satellite that you want to track, according to the same spelling of the name as it appears on the map (for example "FM11" or "NOAA 19")
  ,    ,   ,      ( "FM11"  "NOAA 19")
If this button is pushed, Multipsk will control the frequency of the receiver, during the sole selected satellite pass
   , Multipsk          
If this button is pushed, it will ring high-pitched at the beginning of the pass for 1 second
   ,          1 
Export of the sole frequency proposed when the satellite appears
     
In SdR Multipsk mode, this option is recommended if an "afc" or "AFC" function can, afterwards, follow the Doppler drift
  Multipsk  SdR   ,   "AFC"     
In the "Offset" box, it is proposed the offset of the frequency sent to the receiver, determined from the frequency clicked on the SdR waterfall, by the user
  "Offset"   ,  ,   ,    SDR 
This offset (max +/- 9999 Hz) is used to make coincide the carrier RX frequency as displayed on the SdR waterfall ("I/Q direct interface" window) with the satellite transmission frequency
  (. +/- 9999 Hz)     RX ,   SdR  ("I/Q direct interface" ),    
The offset can be forced to "0 Hz" (after a finished passage), in case of re-initialization need
     "0 Hz" (  )    
Minimum elevation
Minimum elevation
In this box, it is proposed, to the user, to give the minimum satellite elevation (0 to 30, with 10 par dfaut) for which it is considered that the satellite has appeared and the frequency tracking can begin
          ( 0  30,   10),   ,         
Selection of a map
Selection of a map
Europe
Europe
South America
South America
Asia
Asia
Oceania
Oceania
Africa
Africa
Personal data to store your position (latitude/longitude) or your Locator. This is necessary to compute the distance between you QTH and the satellite. By default, Paris is considered as being your QTH
      (/)   .        QTH  .   ,   QTH - 
Downloading
Downloading
In case of previsions too old, this button starts the automatic downloading of the updated TLE files, according to the chosen digital mode
            TLE      
Several satellites transmit on different frequencies. In this case, all the known frequencies (in the SATELLITES_FREQUENCIES.TXT file) are proposed to the user, to possible change of frequency (the first if the one by default)
     .         (  SATELLITES_FREQUENCIES.TXT)     ( -    )
Selection of the satellites tracked
  
Satellites decoded by Multipsk ("ORBCOMM" mode)
  Multipsk ("ORBCOMM" mode)
Satellites decoded by Multipsk ("ARGOS" mode)
  Multipsk ("ARGOS" mode)
"International Space Station" to receive PD120 or PD180 pictures decoded by Multipsk ("SSTV" mode)
"  "    PD120  PD180,  Multipsk (" SSTV")
NOAA satellites decoded by Multipsk ("FAX" mode -> "APT")
 NOAA  Multipsk ("FAX" mode -> "APT")
Radio-amateur satellites (with many modes used)
  (   )
Your choice
Your choice
All the satellites present in the TLE text files located in the TLE_SATELLITES sub-directory are considered. The downloading of the TLE text files must be manually done by the user
 ,     TLE,    TLE_SATELLITES, .    TLE    
Load the satellites frequencies file (SATELLITES_FREQUENCIES.TXT), to see or to modify it
    (SATELLITES_FREQUENCIES.TXT),     
Only one track
Only one track
Only one satellite, among those of the group of satellites, is tracked
     
Your position is not known (Paris by default). Click on "Personal"
   (  ).  "Personal"
No receiver control
No receiver control
for
for
is currently visible
is currently visible
will not pass over your QTH before 12 hours
    QTH  12 
Download
Download
Download succes.
Download succes.
Download failure.
Download failure.
FM 5 KHz must be used to decode ORBCOMM mode. FM demodulation forces sampling frequency to 48 KHz
FM 5 KHz      ORBCOMM. FM-     48 KHz
ORBCOMM satellites positioning, on SYNOP/SHIP maps
  ORBCOMM ,   SYNOP/SHIP
If Multipsk + the server are on the same PC:127.0.0.1
 Multipsk +     : 127.0.0.1
If this button is pushed, it is open a window allowing the automatic management of the APT satellites reception (NOAA 15,18, 19), from your position or your Locator.  The automatic recording (diskette with "A") must be pushed
   ,        APT (NOAA 15,18, 19)      .      (  "A")
If this button is pushed, it is open a window allowing the automatic management of the ISS station reception (which sends pictures in PD120 format), from your position or your Locator, as entered in your personal data
   ,  ,      (     PD120)       ,      
Satellites tracking in position and frequency
     
Slow sub-mode: 64 tones, B=1000 Hz, 15.62 bauds, 29.3 wpm in Contestia
 : 64 , B=1000 Hz, 15,62 , 29,3 /  Contestia
If this button is pushed, it is open a window allowing the automatic management of the ARGOS satellites reception (NOAA 19, METOP-A/B, SARAL), from your position or your Locator, as entered in your personal data
   ,  ,     ARGOS (NOAA 19, METOP-A/B, SARAL)       ,      
Packets selection
Packets selection
Selection of the Orbcomm packets type
   ORBCOMM
Number of ORBCOMM validated paquets received
   ORBCOMM 
Number of broadcast paquets relative to the satellite positions
     
High-pitched (2000 Hz) ring for 50 msec on a satellite reception.
 (2000 Hz)    50     .
Display all the received ORBCOMM satellite positions, on the local map (which must be open), or on Google Earth or in DXAtlas.
     ORBCOMM    (   ),  Google Earth   DXAtlas.
Position of the ORBCOMM satellite on a local map chosen by the user
  ORBCOMM   ,  
Display all received ORBCOMM satellite positions on GoogleEarth, if this one exists on the PC
     ORBCOMM  Google Earth,      
Position of the ORBCOMM satellite on DXAtlas, if this one exists on the PC
  ORBCOMM  DXAtlas,     
Position of the ORBCOMM satellite on the world map
  ORBCOMM   
Filling
Filling
If this button is pushed, the filling packets will be displayed (a priori, without interest)
   ,     (,  )
If this button is pushed, the decoded but unknown packets will be displayed (a priori, without interest because the meaning  of these packets is unknwon)
   ,   ,    (,  ,     )
Uplink
Uplink
If this button is pushed, the uplink packets will be displayed, the point of interest being the uplink transmission frequencies
   ,      ,          
If this button is pushed, the downlink packets will be displayed, the point of interest being the downlink transmission frequencies
   ,      ,          
If this button is pushed, the NCC packets will be displayed (a priori, without interest)
   ,  NCC   (,  )
If this button is pushed, the "message" packets will be displayed (a priori, without interest because encrypted)
   ,  "message"   (  ,  )
Orbit
Orbit
If this button is pushed, the "orbit" packets will be displayed, the point of interest being for the orbital elements
   ,    "orbit",    -   
If this button is pushed, the position packets will be displayed, the point of interest being for the satellite positions compared with the monitoring station one and the possibility to display them on maps
   ,    ,    -              
Synchronisation
Synchronisation
If this button is pushed, the synchronization packets will be displayed (a priori, little interest)
   ,     (,  )
Each display of ORBCOMM packet is preceded by the UTC time and date
   ORBCOMM      UTC
Short display
Short display
Short display of the received ORBCOMM packets
    ORBCOMM
Noisy signals
Noisy signals
In case of noisy (but not distorded) signals difficult to decode, try with this option selected. By default, this option is automatically activated in SdR demodulation.
   (  ) ,   ,     .         SDR.
If this button is pushed, it is open a window allowing the automatic management of the ORBCOMM satellites reception (FMxxx), from your position or your Locator, as entered in your personal data
   ,        ORBCOMM (FMxxx)      ,      
Maximum distance between the farest satellite decoded and your station, which position must be given either as a Locator or as latitude/longitude in the "Personal data" under the "Configuration" menu
         ,        LOCATOR,   /   " "   ""
FM 30 KHz must be used to decode FAX APT mode. FM demodulation forces sampling frequency to 48 KHz
FM 30 KHz     FAX APT . FM      48 KHz
Minor frame synchronisation
Minor frame synchronisation
Spacecraft Identifier
Spacecraft Identifier
Downlink channel number
Downlink channel number
Minor frame counter-Flag
Minor frame counter-Flag
Message counter-Number
Message counter-Number
Uplink channel packet
Uplink channel packet
Packet counter-Number
Packet counter-Number
Number of retries
Number of retries
Number of "Acquire/Communicate" slots available
   "Acquire/Communicate"
Uplink channels
Uplink channels
Downlink channel packet
Downlink channel packet
Downlink channels
Downlink channels
NCC Packet
NCC Packet
Fill packet
Fill packet
Fill Packet
Fill Packet
Ephemeris packet
Ephemeris packet
Ephemeris
Ephemeris
Orbital elements Packet
Orbital elements Packet
Orbital elements
Orbital elements
Mean anomaly
Mean anomaly
Mean motion
Mean motion
revolutions/day
revolutions/day
Packet
Packet
FM 25 KHz must be used to decode SSTV (PD120 or PD180) transmissions coming from the ISS station. FM demodulation forces sampling frequency to 48 KHz
FM 25 KHz      SSTV (PD120  PD180)   .  FM     48 KHz
No more "ORBCOMM mode decoding" function, in non-licencied version.
  "  ORBCOMM" (  ).
Search of a call among the last QSO's  (button "Search")
Poisk vyzova sredi poslednih QSO (knopka "Search")
Frequency in the "Freq MHz" field
CHastota v pole "Freq MHz"
Frequency displayed on the "Freq MHz" field (located in the RX/TX screen, "QSO" part): the user selects either the receiver frequency (normal) or the carrier frequency (for a specific need)
    "Freq MHz" (   RX/TX,  "QSO"):      (),    (  )
Receiver frequency
Receiver frequency
Digital mode video identifier which can be seen on the waterfall of the other Ham. You can also use rhe extended macro, as <VIDEO ID 73>
  ,       HAM.     , , <VIDEO ID 73>
Offset on duty
Offset on duty
This offset must correspond to the one that you have, perhaps, set on your SdR receiver (offset=VFO (dial) frequency  SdR local frequency)
    ,  , ,     SDR (offset= VFO ("") -   SDR)
TCP/IP management (DNS adress / Port 14580 or 10152)
  TCP/IP (DNS- /  14580  10152)
Port 14580
Port 14580
Port 10152
Port 10152
DNS address of the server:
DNS adres, Server port:
CW TX speed adjustment. It can be also adjusted with the keys "Left Alt" + "Up and down arrows" of the keyboard.
   CW TX.        "Left Alt" + "   " .
To decode APT pictures transmitted by NOAA satellites in VHF (in the 137 MHz band).
  APT,   NOAA  VHF (  137 MHz).
For all "ARQ" modes (Packet, PAX, 141A, ALE400, AUTEX), in "message mode", the message is prepared and then sent when it is ready (with the "Send" button or <Esc> key or <Alt> key)
   "ARQ" (Packet, PAX, 141A, ALE400, AUTEX)   "message mode", MSG    ,    (   "Send"   <Esc>   "Alt")
Alpha forcing
Alpha forcing
This option permits to force numeric messages in alphanumeric ones, as several numeric messages being, in fact, alphanumeric
     MSG  -,    MSG   -
Future use
Future use
For licencied users, it is possible to regularly and automatically save the QSO in progress, the interval in minutes/seconds being defined by the user. By default, the QSO is stored only at the Multipsk closure.
(  )       QSO,     /  .   QSO     Multipsk.
Problem to append in the QSO file.
    QSO.
Name and address not displayed on this window (for licensees)
        (  )
Useful if you want to make videos or a Multipsk presentation
,        Multipsk
Number of ship positions received followed by the number of coast stations positions identified
   ,        
Reset of the number of ship positions and the number of coast stations positions
        
On the ground
On the ground
In RTTY and AMTOR, the short bell is noted "*"
 RTTY  AMTOR    "*"
In non-licencied version, the capacity is limited to 65000 characters
  65 000  (  )
Complete back-up
Complete back-up
Daily back-up
Daily back-up
Load Parameters
Load Parameters
SdR TCP/IP
SdR TCP/IP
Exchange of data (RX/TX) with a TCP/IP SDR server, through a TCP/IP link, in local or remote (via Internet), according to the "SDR TCP/IP interface" protocol
  (RX/TX)  TCP/IP SDR   TCP/IP ,    ( ),   "SDR TCP/IP interface"
Click for help about RX/TX operations through signals exchanged with a TCP/IP server
       RX/TX  ,    TCP/IP-
Remote
Remote
The standard is a local server (SDR_TCP_IP_xyz.EXE) in "local loop" using the standard IP address 127.0.0.1 and located in the Multipsk directory of your PC. However, it is possible to use a remote server via Internet (with any IP address or DNS).
 -    (SDR_TCP_IP_xyz.EXE)  "local loop",   IP- 127.0.0.1     Multipsk   .        (  IP-  DNS).
TCP/IP server file found and started up
    TCP/IP server
Server
Server
Pause requested
Pause requested
Server absent from more than 10 seconds, so automatic disconnection
   10 ,  
Disconnection from the server due to a too long waiting time
   -   
SDR TCP/IP frequency taken into account
SDR TCP/IP  
TCP/IP client for exchange of data with a SDR TCP/IP server
TCP/IP-     SDR TCP/IP-
Client TCP/IP management (IP 127.0.0.1 / Port 3020)
 TCP/IP  (IP 127.0.0.1 / Port 3020)
For a server (SDR_TCP_IP_xyz.EXE) located in
  (SDR_TCP_IP_xyz.EXE),   
the Multipsk directory of your PC, leave the standard
Multipsk   ,  
IP address 127.0.0.1. For a distant server,
IP- 127.0.0.1.   
paste the server WEB IP adress or the DNS
  WEB IP-  DNS
Note that the server is ready, in listening position.
 ,   ,    .
Click on "Link opening" on the server, if needed.
  " "  ,  .
From Multipsk, click on "Connection".
 Multipsk,  "Connection".
This "TCP/IP client" interfaces with a TCP/IP SDR server following the "SDR TCP/IP INTERFACE" protocol V.0
"TCP/IP "  TCP/IP SDR    "SDR TCP/IP INTERFACE" V.0
Multipsk + the server are on the same PC: 127.0.0.1
Multipsk +     : 127.0.0.1
Exchange of data (RX/TX) with a TCP/IP SDR server, through a TCP/IP link, in local or via Internet, according to the "SDR TCP/IP interface" protocol
  (RX/TX)  TCP/IP SDR   TCP/IP ,    ,   "SDR TCP/IP interface"
None SDR_TCP_IP_*.EXE TCP/IP server detected
 TCP/IP . None SDR_TCP_IP_*.EXE
TCP/IP server detected but unable to start
  TCP/IP,    
SDR TCP/IP connection problem. The reception has switched to the sound card input.
  SDR TCP/IP.      .
Disconnection from the SDR TCP/IP server. Automatic return to normal working from the sound card. You can close the "TCP/IP client" window becoming useless
  SDR TCP/IP .        .  "TCP/IP "  ,   
Disconnection from the SDR TCP/IP server. Automatic return to normal working from the sound card
  SDR TCP/IP .        
Central frequency
Central frequency
SDR spectrum analyzer on 250 KHz (limited to licensed copies)
  SDR  250 KHz (  )
The mouse cursor over the spectrums will show you the HF frequency. Click to tune the RX with this frequency.
Kursor myshi po spektru pokazhet HF chastotu. Klik, chtoby nastroit RX na etu chastotu.
Number of averaged spectrums (5 to 40)
   ( 5  40)
Max
Max
Mean
Mean
The spectrum can be removed to reduce the window size. It will remain the waterfall.
  ,    .  .
AERO (satellites)
AERO (satellites)
North-East
North-East
North-West
North-West
South-East
South-East
ice crystals
ice crystals
hail
hail
small hail
small hail
smoke
smoke
volcanic ash
volcanic ash
widespread dust
widespread dust
sand
sand
well developped dust - sand whirls
  - 
spray
spray
squalls
squalls
funnel clouds (tornadoes or waterspouts)
 (   )
sandstorm
sandstorm
duststorm
duststorm
shallow
shallow
patches
patches
partial
partial
low drifting
low drifting
blowing
blowing
thunderstorm
thunderstorm
freezing
freezing
Moderate intensity
Moderate intensity
Light intensity
Light intensity
Heavy intensity
Heavy intensity
Vicinity
Vicinity
No significant clouds (clear sky)
   ( )
Vertical visibility
Vertical visibility
not estimated
not estimated
Nebulosity
Nebulosity
few clouds
few clouds
scattered clouds
scattered clouds
broken clouds
broken clouds
overcast
overcast
clear sky
clear sky
cloud height not estimated
cloud height not estimated
cloud height
cloud height
Cumulo-nimbus
Cumulo-nimbus
Cumulo-congestus
Cumulo-congestus
Station above clouds
Station above clouds
Recent
Recent
No wind (speed < one knot)
No wind (speed < one knot)
Wind of variable direction
Wind of variable direction
Wind of fixed direction
Wind of fixed direction
Wind at high speed (> 100 knots)
    (> 100 )
Gusts at high speed (> 100 knots)
  100 
Gusts speed
Gusts speed
General horizontal visibility superior to 10 km
    10 
General horizontal visibility
General horizontal visibility
less than 1/4 a mile
less than 1/4 a mile
and
and
Gradual change between
Gradual change between
Temporary change between
Temporary change between
Standard weather message
Standard weather message
Exceptional weather message
Exceptional weather message
correction
correction
Forecast weather message
Forecast weather message
amendment
amendment
Weather report from Airport
Weather report from Airport
Forecast canceled
Forecast canceled
Forecast lost
Forecast lost
Validity from
Validity from
Automatic report
Automatic report
Missing report
Missing report
Extreme directions
Extreme directions
Minimum horizontal visibility
Minimum horizontal visibility
Runway number
Runway number
left
left
right
right
centre
centre
Runway visual range
Runway visual range
more than
more than
less than
less than
raising
raising
reducing
reducing
between
between
No significant weather
No significant weather
Current weather
Current weather
Expected weather
Expected weather
No significant cloud
No significant cloud
Probabilitic forecast evolution (not decoded)
   ( )
Maximal temperature
Maximal temperature
Minimal temperature
Minimal temperature
Wind shear on all runways
Wind shear on all runways
Wind shear on the runway
Wind shear on the runway
Sea temperature
Sea temperature
Significant change expected
Significant change expected
Expected change
Expected change
Temporary change
Temporary change
No significant change
No significant change
Gradual change
Gradual change
Rapid change
Rapid change
Frequents change
Frequents change
Tendancy
Tendancy
Changing
Changing
till
till
Aerodrome closed due to snow
Aerodrome closed due to snow
Contamination conditions have disappeared
  
State of all runways
State of all runways
No new data about the runway state
     - 
Runway state
Runway state
Runway
Runway
Deposition
Deposition
dry and clear
dry and clear
damp
damp
wet or water patches
wet or water patches
frost or rime covered
frost or rime covered
dry snow
dry snow
wet snow
wet snow
slush
slush
ice
ice
compacted or rolled now
compacted or rolled now
frozen ruts or ridges
frozen ruts or ridges
no data
no data
Contamintion
Contamintion
less that 10% of runway
less that 10% of runway
11-25% of runway
11-25% of runway
26-50% of runway
26-50% of runway
51-100% of runway
51-100% of runway
Deposition depth
Deposition depth
less than 1 mm
less than 1 mm
equal or more than 40 cm
equal or more than 40 cm
one or more runways are out of operation
   -   
Friction coefficient or braking action
   
poor
poor
between poor/medium
between poor/medium
medium
medium
between medium/good
between medium/good
unreliable measurement
unreliable measurement
no data/runway out of operation
 /  
A "remarks"  part exists after "RMK" (but decoded partly, because not standard)
 "remarks"   "RMK" (  ,     )
Tornado
Tornado
Waterspout
Waterspout
Funnel
Funnel
beginning at
beginning at
Automated station
Automated station
Peak wind
Peak wind
Wind shift
Wind shift
with frontal passage
with frontal passage
Tower report
Tower report
Surface report
Surface report
runway
runway
No sea-level pressure
No sea-level pressure
Sea-level pressure
Sea-level pressure
Pressure on field
Pressure on field
or
or
By default
By default
Record all the actual parameters in a configuration sub-directory which name ("FAX", "VDL2", for example) is displayed in the caption just below this button
      ,   ("FAX", "VDL2", )       
Current parameters
Current parameters
Load Par.
Load Par.
Load all the parameters stored on a configuration sub-directory ("FAX", "VDL2", for example)
  ,     ("FAX", "VDL2", )
This RTL/SDR key does not permit to decode this mode, because the sampling rate of 1 or 2 MHz is not available. So, the program switches to BPSK31.
 RTL/SDR-     ,     1  2 MHz .     BPSK31.
Impossibility to create CONFIGURATIONS sub-directory
   CONFIGURATIONS
The following selected sub-directory is not correct
   
Do you want to overwrite the previous files ?
    ?
Transfer in progress...
Transfer in progress...
End of the parameters recording in the directory
    
No parameters recorded
No parameters recorded
No CONFPSER.SER file! Are you sure to transfer files ?
  CONFPSER.SER!  ,    ?
End of the parameters loading in the main directory and interpretation of new parameters
         
Drive :
Drive :
Directory:
Directory:
Creation of a new configuration sub-directory
   
Double-click on an existent sub-directory of the CONFIGURATIONS directory
      CONFIGURATIONS
To create a new configuration sub-directory, click on this button:
   ,    
or create a new sub-directory of the CONFIGURATIONS directory.
      CONFIGURATIONS.
Selection or creation of a new configuration sub-directory
     
Selection of a configuration sub-directory
  
Create a new configuration sub-directory
  
New sub-directory with 255 characters maximum without \ / : * ? " < > |
 ,  255   \ / : * ? "  <  >  |
The RTL DLL does not work, due to error:
RTL DLL  , - :
AF
AF
FM 600 Hz must be used to decode AERO at 600 bauds. FM demodulation forces sampling frequency to 48 KHz
FM 600 Hz     AERO   600 .  FM    48 KHz
FM 1200 Hz must be used to decode AERO at 1200 bauds. FM demodulation forces sampling frequency to 48 KHz
FM 1200 Hz     AERO   1200 .  FM    48 KHz
PSK 10 KHz must be used to decode AERO at 10500 bauds. This demodulation forces sampling frequency to 48 KHz
PSK 10 KHz       10500 .       48 KHz
This RTL/SDR key does not permit to decode the ADSB mode, because the sampling rate of 2000000 Hz is not available. So, the program switches to BPSK31.
 RTL/SDR-     ADSB,     2000000 Hz .     BPSK31.
This RTL/SDR key does not permit to decode the AERO/EPIRB mode, because the sampling rate of 1000000 Hz is not available. So, the program switches to BPSK31.
  RTL/SDR     AERO/EPIRB,    1000000 Hz .     BPSK31.
SdR spectrum
SdR spectrum
250 KHz bandwidth SDR spectrum and waterfall (-125 KHz to 125 KHz), only available for RTL/SDR keys, for licencied copies (5 minutes otherwise)
250 KHz  ,  SDR   ( -125 KHz  125 KHz),     RTL/SDR, ( 5     )
Expl./Weather
Expl./Weather
If possible, explanations are given between square parenthesis ( ). They follow the abbreviations (/XYZ type) to explain. Uplink messages giving airport weather (METAR/SPECI/TAF) are also decoded.
 ,      ( ).     (/ XYZ),  . MSG        (METAR/SPECI/TAF)  .
If this button is pushed, it is open a window allowing the automatic management of the LEOSAT satellites (NOAA 15, 18, 19, METOP-A/B) reception, from your position or your Locator, as entered in your personal data
   ,        LEOSAT (NOAA 15, 18, 19, METOP-A/B)      ,      
If the CRC (detection code) is ignored, all packets will be taken into account and it will be displayed all characters included the erroneous ones. It will be simply displayed "Bad CRC" is case of erroneous CRC.
  CRC ( ),        ,  .    CRC    "Bad CRC".
If possible, explanations, about ACARS abbreviations, are given between parenthesis. They follow the abbreviations (/XYZ type) to explain.
 ,   ACARS   .     (/ XYZ),  .
Selection of the Aero packets type
   Aero
If the "AFC" button is pushed, the Automatic Frequency Control is started (in standard reception, not in SdR reception)
   "AFC",     (  ,    SdR)
The "Speed (bauds)" box permits to select the speed in bauds. Note that the 10500 bauds decoding is only available in SdR reception (FM). Note also that 600 and 1200 bauds are demodulated in FM in SdR reception and in USB in standard reception.
 "Speed (bauds)"     .  ,    10500       SDR (FM).  ,  600  1200    FM    SDR   USB   .
Weather messages decoding
Weather messages decoding
This box permits to set in duty the METAR/SPECI/TAF messages decoding, selecting the wished airports
     METAR/SPECI/TAF MSG,   
If this button is pushed, weather messages decoding will be set on duty
   ,   MSG    
Airport filter
Airport filter
This filter permits to select an airport (defined by the 4 characters ICAO code) or a group of airports (defined by the first or the two first characters of the ICAO code). For example, "K" for airports in USA or "KOWY" for the  OWYHEE airport.
     (    4 )    (       ). , "K"      "KOWY"   OWYHEE.
Number of AERO frames (detected by "unique word") / validated packets received
  AERO (  " ") /   
Number of received airports ACARS weather messages (METAR, SPECI or TAF)
  ACARS  MSG (METAR, SPECI  TAF)  
ACARS messages
ACARS messages
If this button is pushed, the "ACARS messages" and text type packets will be displayed
   ,   "ACARS messages"    
Others
Others
If this button is pushed, the received airports ACARS weather messages (METAR, SPECI or TAF) are partly decoded and displayed.
   ,   ACARS    MSG (METAR, SPECI  TAF)    .
No. of frame
No. of frame
If this button is pushed, the number of each frame in the superframe will be displayed
   ,       
If this button is pushed, the reserved and filling packets (i.e. messages type 38 and empty "AES system table broadcast (index)" packets) will be displayed (a priori, without interest)
   ,       (    38    "AES system table broadcast (index)")
Each display of an AERO packet is preceded by the UTC time and date
   AERO      UTC
Plane database
Plane database
If this button is pushed, it is open a window allowing the automatic management of the AERO geostationary satellites reception, from your position or your Locator, as entered in your personal data
   ,         AERO       ,      
Fast PC
Fast PC
Permits, on 10500 bauds, to increase the decoding quality of about 15 %, but the CPU load will be the double.
,  10500 ,      15%,       .
Other 10500 bauds set of parameters
    10500 
For test only, option non memorized
  ,   
Each display of an ORBCOMM packet is preceded by the UTC time and date
   ORBCOMM      UTC
Explanations are given between square parenthesis ( ). They concern text of "Enveloped Data HFNPDU". Uplink messages giving airport weather (METAR/SPECI/TAF) are also decoded.
     ( ).    "Enveloped Data HFNPDU". MSG          (METAR/SPECI/TAF)  .
Distress/Urgency
Distress/Urgency
Flight safety
Flight safety
Other "safety"
Other "safety"
Non safety
Non safety
Complete ACARS message
Complete ACARS message
Incomplete ACARS message
Incomplete ACARS message
Plane identifier
Plane identifier
Type
Type
Reference no.
Reference no.
No. of frequencies
No. of frequencies
Sequence no.
Sequence no.
P channel bit rate
P channel bit rate
unassigned
unassigned
R channel bit rate
R channel bit rate
P channel frequency (global beam)
 P- ( )
P channel frequency (spot beam) no.
P-  ( ) no.
Revision no.
Revision no.
Satellite ID
Satellite ID
Satellite inclination
Satellite inclination
Information for this satellite
   
Information not for this satellite
    
Satellite right ascension (from 00:00 UTC)
   ( 00:00 UTC)
Satellite longitude (east) (+/- 0.75)
  () (+/- 0,75)
Satellite frequency 1 (global beam)
  1 ( )
Satellite frequency 1 (spot beam)
  1 (spot beam)
Satellite frequency 2 (global beam)
  2 ( )
Satellite frequency (spot beam)
  ( )
<missing>
<missing>
<end of message lost>
<end of message lost>
Beginning of message missing
Beginning of message missing
Bytes in last SSU
Bytes in last SSU
From station
From station
towards plane
towards plane
User data
User data
User data (SSU)
User data (SSU)
Unknown SSU with Q=
Unknown SSU with Q=
Frame n
Frame n
Bad CRC
Bad CRC
No more SDR 250 KHz spectrum analyzer, in non-licencied version.
    SDR 250 KHz (  ).
No more "AERO mode decoding" function, in non-licencied version.
  "   AERO" (  ).
The SDR 250 KHz spectrum analyzer is limited to licensed copies
  SDR 250 KHz  (  )
The SDR spectrum analyzer 0-250 KHz is not available in ADSB mode
  SDR 0-250 KHz    ADSB
EGC (Inmarsat C satellites)
EGC (Inmarsat C satellites)
PSK 2 KHz must be used to decode EGC at 1200 bauds. This demodulation forces sampling frequency to 48 KHz
PSK 2 KHz     EGC  1200 .       48 KHz
This RTL/SDR key does not permit to decode, because the sampling rate of 1000000 Hz is not available. So, the program switches to BPSK31.
 RTL/SDR-    ,     1000000 Hz .     BPSK31.
Internet database "https://www.itu.int/mmsapp/ShipStation/list" (you need an Internet connection). From the MMSI identifier, the ship data can be seen, for example.
- "https://www.itu.int/mmsapp/ShipStation/list" (   ).   MMSI    , .
Partial decoding of Inmarsat C EGC transmissions
   EGC  Inmarsat C
Messages
Messages
If this button is pushed, the broadcast messages will be displayed
   ,    MSG
If this button is pushed, information supplied by the other known packets will be displayed
   ,   ,    
If this button is pushed, the hexadecimal data carried by the unknown (unknown by Multipsk) packets will be displayed
   ,    ,    (unknown by Multipsk) 
Selection of the EGC packets type
   EGC
If the "AFC" button is pushed, the Automatic Frequency Control is started
   "AFC",    
Each display of an EGC frame (containing several packets) is preceded by the UTC time and date
   EGC (  )      UTC
If this button is pushed, it is open a window allowing the automatic management of the EGC geostationary satellites reception, from your position or your Locator, as entered in your personal data
   ,         EGC      ,      
Number of validated EGC packets received
    EGC
Permits, for slow PC, to decrease the CPU load if the decoding is difficult (in that case, a led will light)
       ,    (    )
PC too slow!
PC too slow!
MMSI field used for the "MMSI filter". Click on a displayed MMSI (9 figures) to upload it on this MMSI field.
 MMSI   " MMSI".    MMSI (9 ),       MMSI.
Satellite
Satellite
South Korea
South Korea
USA
USA
Vietnam
Vietnam
Bulletin Board
Bulletin Board
Network version
Network version
Frame number
Frame number
Signalling channel
Signalling channel
Count
Count
Ch<annel type
Ch<annel type
600 bps return link
600 bps return link
Operational satellite
Operational satellite
In service
In service
Terrestrial links open
Terrestrial links open
Services
Services
ALERT (Maritime Distress Alerting
 (   )
SafetyNET Traffic
SafetyNET Traffic
STD-C (Inmarsat-C Traffic)
STD-C (Inmarsat-C Traffic)
Store & Forward
Store & Forward
Closed Network
Closed Network
FleetNET Traffic
FleetNET Traffic
Prefixed Store & Forward
Prefixed Store & Forward
Land Mobile Alerting
Land Mobile Alerting
Aero-C Service
Aero-C Service
ITA2 supported
ITA2 supported
DATA supported
DATA supported
Basic X.400 supported
Basic X.400 supported
Enhanced X.400 supported
Enhanced X.400 supported
Low Power C MES supported
Low Power C MES supported
Signalling Board
Signalling Board
Uplink channel
Uplink channel
Channel number
Channel number
Acknowledgement Request
Acknowledgement Request
Channel clear
Channel clear
Channel assignment
Channel assignment
Inbound message acknowledgment
   MSG
MES Identifier
MES Identifier
Distress alert acknowledgement
  
Distress test results
Distress test results
Broadcast message
Broadcast message
Unknown packet
Unknown packet
Disconnection of the TCP/IP server.
  TCP/IP.
No more "EGC mode decoding" function, in non-licencied version.
  "  EGC" (  ).
End of reception of a photo
End of reception of a photo
End of reception
End of reception
Reception of a photo in progress
  
Transmission of a photo in progress
  
Auxiliary functions: AMD, DTM and DBM messages and answer to open net calls)
Aux. . : AMD, DTM  DBM MSG,       
Auxiliary functions: Selective call / APRS / Beacon / Transmission of a message (+file) / QSP mails)
Aux. . :   / APRS / Beacon / TX MSG (+File) / QSP-
See the "CALL_141A.TXT" file (which stores the calls)
  "CALL_141A.TXT" (   )
Permits to up-to-date the combo list with the last "CALL_141A.TXT" file
     "CALL_141A.TXT" 
It is displayed the mail percentage sent or received and the time remaining before the end of the mail transmission or reception
             
Photo
Photo
Stop of transmission
Stop of transmission
Stop of photo transmission
Stop of photo transmission
Enlargement
Enlargement
Enlargement possible from 1 to 10
   1  10
Display of a photo received in ARQ FAE
 ,   ARQ FAE
Display all characters
Display all characters
Display of all the characters received: (" $xy " for characters<CHR(32) and >126). This option can be useful to understand the protocol or reconstitute complete messages
   : ("$xy"   <CHR(32)  >126).            MSG
Transmission finished!
Transmission finished!
The user is in "slave" mode if he fears a too big frequency drift of his correspondent. If the operator answers, he normally selects the "slave" mode
    "slave",        .   ,     "slave"
The user is in "master" mode if he wishes to impose his frequency
    "",     
Options for the parameters of this mode. Help on right click
   .    
Once connected, the user can send a small photo, in the form of a JPG file of less of 2 Kb. The file must be, first, selected, then sent.
         JPG   2 .    ,  .
JPG file selection
JPG file selection
The user must select a small photo, in the form of a JPG file of less of 2 Kb
       JPG   2 
Once selected, the photo can be sent by clicking this button (if a connection is established)
    ,    (  )
In case of user error, permits to stop immediatly the photo transmission, without losing the link
        ,   
It is displayed the photo percentage sent or received  and the time remaining before the end of the photo transmission or reception
             
Photo display
Photo display
Display of the photo if the display window has been closed
 ,     
You are already transmitting a photo
   
Error: the selected file has more than 2048 bytes (2 Kb)
:     2048  (2 )
Error: authorised only during a QSO
:     QSO
Error: you are not connected.
Error: you are not connected.
Error: you have not selected a JPG file.
:     JPG.
Error: APRS position being transmited.
:   APRS.
Error: you are already transmitting...
:   ...
Error: your ARQ FAE beacon is working.
:  ARQ FAE- .
Error: you are transmitting an ARQ FAE message.
:   ARQ FAE MSG.
Error: you are transmitting an ARQ FAE QSP-mail.
:   ARQ FAE QSP-.
Error: you are recovering your ARQ FAE QSP-mail.
:    ARQ FAE QSP-mail.
Selection of the SDR TCP/IP server (called "MP" in the protocol). It is external to the Multipsk directory by default. Otherwise, it is internal to the Multipsk directory with a name of the form "SDR_TCP_IP_xyz.EXE" (XYZ is associated to the SDR)
 SDR TCP/IP  ( "MP"  ).       Multipsk.        Multipsk    "SDR_TCP_IP_xyz.EXE" (XYZ   SDR)
If the server (MP) is internal (but external by default), the SDR TCP/IP connection can be automatically done pushing on the "Auto" button
  (MP)  (   ),  SDR TCP/IP   ,   "Auto"
External
External
Selection of the SDR TCP/IP server (called "MP" in the protocol). It is external to the Multipsk directory by default. Otherwise, it is internal to the Multipsk directory with a name of the form "SDR_TCP_IP_xyz.EXE" (XYZ is associated to the SDR). Then the box proposes the liste of the different SDR available
  SDR TCP/IP ( "MP"  ).       Multipsk.        Multipsk    "SDR_TCP_IP_xyz.EXE" (XYZ   SDR).      SDR
Client TCP/IP management (IP 127.0.0.1 / Port 50001)
 TCP/IP  (IP 127.0.0.1 / Port 50001)
Select the same TCP/IP port number that
     TCP/IP,  
the one used by the server (50001 by default).
  (  50001).
This "TCP/IP client" interfaces with a TCP/IP SDR server following the "SDR TCP/IP INTERFACE" protocol V.1
"TCP/IP "  TCP/IP SDR    "SDR TCP/IP INTERFACE" V.1
The port used, by default, is the number 50001, but it can be changed with spin button (from 50001 to 50020). So several occurrences of Multipsk can be started, each one connected to a different client program
    -  50001,         ( 50001  50020).      Multipsk,         
Panor.
Panor.
Decoding of NDB beacons (7 to 10 wpm)
  NDB (7-10   )
CW (Morse) or NDB beacons
CW (Morse) or NDB beacons
WEB list of all NDB beacons
WEB list of all NDB beacons
N/C America
N/C America
WEB list of NDB beacons of North and Central America
- NDB-    
WEB list of NDB beacons of Europe
WEB  NDB- 
Rest of the world
Rest of the world
WEB list of NDB beacons of the rest of the world (mainly Asia and Australia)
WEB- NDB-   (    )
There are two official frequencies: 400 Hz +/-25 Hz (1020 Hz +/-50 Hz). Click on this button to go directly to 400 Hz
   : 400 Hz +/-25 Hz (1020 Hz +/-50 Hz).    ,     400 Hz
There are two official frequencies: 400 Hz +/-25 Hz (1020 Hz +/-50 Hz). Click on this button to go directly to 1020 Hz
   : 400 Hz +/-25 Hz (1020 Hz +/-50 Hz).    ,     1020 Hz
NDB lists
NDB lists
It is proposed mainly the signal to Noise ratio and 4 lists (databases) relative to NDB beacons
    /  4  ( )  NDB-
NDB Speed in wpm
NDB Speed in wpm
NDB Speed in words par minute ("wpm"). 8 mpm is the most common speed followed by 9 mpm (in UK)
 NDB     (wpm). 8  -   ,    9  ( )
Permits to display the received Morse signs (limited to 10 mn for non-licencied versions). This function can be useful if the user is able to decode graphically Morse
     ( 10     ).     ,      
Permits to stop the display to leave time for the user to graphically decode the Morse characters
  ,          
Position of the radiosonde on the world map
    
Position of the radiosonde on DXAtlas, if this one exists on the PC
   DXAtlas,     
Position of the radiosonde on a local map chosen by the user
      
It rings one second on reception of an M10 message
      M10 MSG
Display all the last received radiosonde position messages, collected by a specific WEB server
 RX MSG   ,   WEB-
Noisy
Noisy
This option must be used only for very noisy signal. The decoding will not work with a normal signal (not very noisy)  (limited to 10 mn for non-licencied versions)
        .       (  ) ( 10     )
The specified local SDR TCP/IP server has not been detected
   SDR TCP/IP  
No more "QRP decoding" and "Morse display" functions, in non-licencied version.
  "QRP decoding"  "Morse display" (  ).
No more "M10 mode decoding" function, in non-licencied version.
   "M10 mode" (  ).
No more "Morse display" function, in non-licencied version.
  "Morse display" (  ).
Writing of the eQSL string to eQSL.txt
Zapis stroki eQSL v fajl eQSL.txt
Writing of the eQSL string to the eQSL.txt file, each time a QSO is transmitted to eQSL
  eQSL   eQSL.txt     QSO  eQSL
Writing of the eQSL string to eQSL.txt without TX to eQSL
Zapis stroki eQSL v fajl eQSL.txt bez TX v eQSL
Writing of the eQSL string to the eQSL.txt file, each time a QSO is transmitted to eQSL, but without transmission to eQSL
  eQSL   eQSL.txt     QSO  eQSL,     eQSL
Save all the M10 messages of the reception window in the "M10_messages.txt" file (for exchange with other Hams and SWL, for example)
  M10 MSG      "M10_messages.txt" (,     HAM  SWL)
Load the "M10_messages.txt" file (if exists) and displays the containt in the reception window, after the already displayed text
  "M10_messages.txt" ( )           
Radiosonde
Radiosonde
Display the last positions of the radiosonde.
   .
Display all the received positions of the reception window, possibly filtered by "Receivers"
     , ,   "Receivers"
Display the last RX positions of SWL or Ham in reception. For this, the Locator ("Personal data") of the listener must be filled.
   RX SWL  Ham  .       (" ") .
Positions display of transmitters on maps GE, local and DXAtlas
     GE,   DXAtlas
Radiosonde M10 positioning, on SYNOP/SHIP maps
 10 ,   SYNOP/SHIP
WEB database 2
WEB database 2
Display of data relative to the received SELCAL, by using the "SELCAL_DICTIONARY.txt" file (several planes can correspond to the same SELCAL). It is possible, afterwards, to call the Flightaware WEB site for information about the flight and the plane.
    SELCAL    "SELCAL_DICTIONARY.txt" (     SELCAL).     Flightaware WEB       .
Once a SELCAL selected on the Combo box, by clicking on this button, you call the Flightaware WEB site to fetch information about the flight and the plane (from the registration number).
  SELCAL   ,    ,    Flightaware WEB        (  ).
This label indicates also the number of frames with correct check-sum. If this number is large and if the number of decoded frames is equal to 0, change of GPS format (push the "GPS GTop" button)
         .          0,   GPS (  "GPS GTop")
This label indicates also the number of decoded frames, this to inform about decoding in progress.
      ,      .
GTop GPS
GTop GPS
This button permits to select the GPS used by the radiosonde. It can be used, for the M10, either the GTop GPS (for the Trappes site, for example) or the Trimble GPS
    GPS,  .  M10    GTop GPS (,    ),   GPS Trimble
This button permits to display altitude in feet. The initial unity used for altitude, by the radiosonde M10, is the meter
      .    ,   10,  
Speeds in knots
Speeds in knots
This button permits to display speeds in knots. The initial unity used for speeds by the radiosonde M10 is the m/s
      .      10 - /
Compact display permits to limit the CPU load
      
Sunday
Sunday
Monday
Monday
Thuesday
Thuesday
Wednesday
Wednesday
Thursday
Thursday
Friday
Friday
Saturday
Saturday
W
W
Horizontal speed
Horizontal speed
Vertical speed
Vertical speed
Save all the RS messages of the reception window in the "RS_messages.txt" file (for exchange with other Hams and SWL, for example)
  RS MSG      "RS_messages.txt" (,     HAM  SWL)
Load the "RS_messages.txt" file (if exists) and displays the containt in the reception window, after the already displayed text
  "RS_messages.txt" ( )           
Lock the frequency (so neither addressee RS ID frequency control nor AFC)
  ( ,  RS ID   ,  AFC)
The compass rose indicates the balloon mean direction (averaged on the last 10 received directions)
      (   10  )
This label indicates the number of frames with correct check-sum. If this number is large and if the number of decoded frames is equal to 0, change of GPS format (push the "GPS GTop" button)
        .    ,      0,   GPS (  "GPS GTop")
This label indicates the number of frames with correct check-sum
        
This label indicates the number of decoded frames, this to inform about decoding in progress.
     ,     .
It rings one second on reception of a message
     MSG
This button permits to display speeds in knots. The initial unity used for speeds by the radiosonde is the m/s
      .    ,  , - /
No more "RS41 mode decoding" function, in non-licencied version.
    "RS41" (  ).
Reset to 0 the number of received positions, this to limit the number of positions displayed on the map
   ,    ,   
This label indicates the number of correct received frames
      
This button permits to display altitude in feet. The initial unity used for altitude, by the radiosonde, is the meter
      .       
It is displayed the distance (at ground level) in km or in miles (depending on the choice done between "km" and "mi.") between your station position (given in your "Personal data") and the last radiosonde position
  (  )     (     "km"  "mi.")     (   " ")    
It is displayed the maximum detected distance (at ground level) in km or in miles (depending on the choice done between "km" and "mi.") between your station position (given in your "Personal data") and the radiosonde positions
    (  )     (     "km"  "mi.")     (   " ")   
Display of distances in miles
Display of distances in miles
Display of distances in km
Display of distances in km
No more "DFM06-09 mode decoding" function, in non-licencied version.
    "DFM06-09", (  ).
Transmission/reception of an EM (Extended Message)
/ EM ( MSG)
Send the text in an Extended Message way (47 characters by 47 characters)
    (47   47 )
1 line = 1 transmission
1 line = 1 transmission
An elementary message of 47 characters maximum is exactly contained in one line, so if you don't pass one line, the message will be sent in one message transmission. If the message is contained in two lines, two transmissions will be necessary, etc.
 MSG   47      ,       , MSG     .  MSG   ,     . .
RX editor dimensioning ("13" is the standard), to see more or less messages
 :   ("13" - )       MSG
Capitals
Capitals
The decoded message is displayed in capitals. Otherwise it is displayed in small letters
 MSG   .    - 
<Enter>
<Enter>
If the <Enter> button is pushed, the message in the editor is sent once the <Enter> key is typed (otherwise the button "Send" must be clicked)
   <Enter> , MSG       <Enter> (      "Send")
A timestamp with local time will be added at the beginning of each new message
           MSG
TX (yet sent)
TX (yet sent)
Common activation of the RQS (RTS) and DTR pins (option by default)
   RQS (RTS)  DTR (  )
"OK" to go to the EM -->
"OK" to go to the EM -->
Transmission/reception of a text as an Extended Message ("EM"). The message will be displayed on the adressee waterfall and will be seen by all having this function in service.
/    Extended Message ("EM"). MSG   ""     ,       .
If the "Others" button is pushed, the other packets (than ACARS messages or filling paquets) will be displayed. They are, in general, control packets
   "Others",     ( ACARS MSG   ).     
P channel (L band)
P channel (L band)
Standard decoding of 1200 bauds "P channel" transmissions in the L band (around 1545 MHz)
   P    L ( 1545 MHz)   1200 
R/T channel (C band)
R/T channel (C band)
Experimental (i.e. non checked in real reception) decoding of 1200 bauds "R or T channel" transmissions in the C band (3600  3629 MHz). They are burst transmissions from planes to ground stations via satellites).A fast PC is needed to the decoding
 (       )   "R or T channel"   1200   C- (3600-3629 MHz).          .     
...PSE, come back to reception (RX) to send this EM.
...PSE,    (RX),    EM.
No EM in connected mode
No EM in connected mode
Preceded by the "Notes" field
Preceded by the "Notes" field
To replace the sole "QSL comment"by "NOTES field for the current QSO + a space+ the QSL comment"
  "QSL-"  " NOTES   QSO +  + QSL-"
messages
messages
It is indicated the number of characters to send followed by the number of messages to send (a message can contain 47 characters maximum)
    ,   MSG (MSG     47 )
Dimensioning of both TX editors ("7" is the minimum)
    TX ("7" - )
RX editor dimensioning ("13" is the minimum), to see more or less messages
  ("13" - ),      MSG
No mixer found, which would be normal for LINUX PC. Change the option on the "Mixer" menu to avoid this message
  ,    LINUX PC.     "Mixer",    
For PC with Windows XP only
For PC with Win XP only
Preceded of the "Notes" field
Preceded of the "Notes" field
To export towards eQSL "NOTES field for the current QSO + a space+ the eQSL comment" instead of the sole "QSL comment"
  eQSL " NOTES   QSO +  +  eQSL"   " QSL"
AF levels + Sound card
AF levels + Sound card
AF frequency adjustment
AF frequency adjustment
HF frequency adjustment, by 10 kHz steps
  HF,   10 KHz
TCP/IP Ser.
TCP/IP Ser.
Request
Request
Mixer adjustments ("Input" for PC with Windows XP only)
  ("Input"    Win XP )
Mixer input - For PC with Windows XP only
  -     Win XP
Junzis
Junzis
Internet database "https://junzis.com/adb/" (you need a connction to the WEB). From the last plane identifier received by Multipsk, information about the plane is automatically supplied by the Junzis WEB site.
- "https://junzis.com/adb/" (   WEB).    ,  Multipsk,        Junzis WEB.
Internet database "https://www.flightradar24.com/data/" (you need a connction to the WEB). From the last plane identifier received by Multipsk, information about the plane is automatically supplied by the Flightradar24 WEB site (with possibly a photo).
- "https://www.flightradar24.com/data/" (   WEB).    ,  Multipsk,        Flightradar24 (,  ).
Weath.
Weath.
If this button is pushed, the reserved and filling packets will be displayed (a priori, without interest)
   ,       (,  )
L band
L band
C band
C band
To connect a server on the same PC (as Virtual Radar Server, for example) able to plot plane positions through a local loop ("127.0.0.1") TCP/IP connection then send plane positions to this server, where they will be seen
       (, Virtual Radar Server)        ("127.0.0.1")  TCP/IP ,       ,    
TCP/IP client
TCP/IP client
The local loop TCP/IP port number between 30001 and 30030 can be selected by the user with the spinbutton. Of course, it must be the same as the one selected on the server (for example "127.0.0.1:30003").
  TCP/IP             30001  30030. ,        (, "127.0.0.1:30003").
State of the connection between Multipsk and the server and the number of frames sent to the server
   Multipsk        
Internet database "https://www.flightradar24.com/data/" (you need a connction to the WEB)
-  "https://www.flightradar24.com/data/" (   WEB)
Junzis data
Junzis data
Display all the received positions, on the local map (which must be open), or on Google Earth or in DXAtlas
       (   )   Google Earth   DXAtlas
Flight
Flight
Vertical rate change event
Vertical rate change event
Altitude range event
Altitude range event
Waypoint change event
Waypoint change event
Towards station
Towards station
Multipsk is not connected to Commander (or to a Funcube, to a RTL/SDR key or to a SoftRock SdR). Note that you can click on the button "Commander" at the bottom of the RX/TX screen.
Multipsk    Commander (  Funcube,   RTL/SDR   SoftRock SdR).  ,       "Commander"     RX/TX.
Neither the local map nor GoogleEarth nor DXAtlas is selected...
  ,  Google Earth,  DXAtlas  ...
Transmission in progress. Stop it first, with the "Stop" button.
 .     "Stop".
APRS repeaters ("RELAY,WIDE"): click on the "Options" button.
APRS Repitery ("RELAY,WIDE"): nazhmite knopku "Options".
PAX repeaters ("ECHO"): click on the "Options" button.
PAX povtoriteli ("ECHO"): klik po knopke "Options".
South-West
South-West
The TCP/IP link is on duty
The TCP/IP link is on duty
Success of a QSP mail reception from
  QSP- 
No ITU ship information.
No ITU ship information.
CW Morse (200 to 2500 Hz or 200 to 3800 Hz) (limited to 5 mn for non-licencied versions)
CW  (200-2500 Hz  200-3800 Hz) ( 5     )
RTTY 45 bauds (200 to 2500 Hz or 200 to 3800 Hz) (limited to 5 mn for non-licencied versions)
RTTY 45  (200-2500 Hz  200-3800 Hz) ( 5     )
If pushed, all positions are transmitted, via a NMEA GPS frame, to any application able to manage GPS frames in real time (as Google Earth). The user must first select a serial port (physical or virtual) in the "Serial port for GPS" menu
      NMEA- GPS   ,    GPS-    (, Google Earth).     COM  (  )   "Serial port for GPS"
Radiosonde for 403 MHz and around, not 1680 MHz
  403 MHz   ,  1680 MHz
Coordinates time acquisition not given
    
Acceptable alternate ground stations DLS address
    DLS
First, select the "Unproto" mode or connect to a BBS
   "Unproto"    BBS
Your are not yet connected...
Your are not yet connected...
No more "LMS6 mode decoding" function, in non-licencied version.
  "  LMS6" (  ).
World map: positioning of an ORBCOMM satellite
 :   ORBCOMM
World map: positioning of a plane after reception of a position
 :      
World map: positioning of the search area after reception of an urgency frame
 :        
World map: positioning of a ship after reception of a position
 :      
World map: positioning of a radiosonde after reception of a position
 :     
Open this screen after start up
Start v eto okno Konfigurator
If pushed, for any TNT or compatible receiver, the I/Q signal is taken from the key through the "rtl_tcp.exe" TCP/IP server. On the RX/TX screen, click on the "Transceiver" button to control this SdR receiver (in frequency and, possibly, in gain).
    TNT    I/Q      TCP/IP  "rtl_tcp.exe".   RX/TX   "Transceiver",    SDR  (  , ,  ).
If pushed, for any SDRplay or compatible receiver, the I/Q signal is taken from the key through the "rsp_tcp.exe" TCP/IP server. On the RX/TX screen, click on the "Transceiver" button to control this SdR receiver (in frequency only).
     SDRplay   I/Q      TCP/IP  "rsp_tcp.exe".   RX/TX   "Transceiver",    SDR  (  ).
Options (port/adress)
Options (port/adress)
IP (figures) of the server (standard: 127.0.0.1):
IP ()  (: 127.0.0.1):
The standard local IP address is 127.0.0.1. For a distant server, paste the server WEB IP adress
  IP- - 127.0.0.1.     WEB- 
The TCP/IP port used, by default, is the number 1234, but it can be changed with the spin button, from 1231 to 1250. So several occurrences of Multipsk can be started, each one connected to a server and so to a different receiver.
 TCP/IP,   , -  1234,          1231  1250.      Multipsk,       , ,   .
RSP2 bias-tee
RSP2 bias-tee
The bias-tee (4.7 V / 100 mA at the ANT-B antenna output) of the SDRplay RSP2 can be set ("On") or reset ("Off")
 Tee (4,7  / 100     ANT-B) SDRplay RSP2   ("On")   ("Off")
RTL key/DLL
RTL key/DLL
If pushed, the TNT receiver presence is checked, the SdR interface is forced, the I/Q signal being taken from the TNT key through the RTL DLL. On the RX/TX screen, click on the "Transceiver" button to control this SdR receiver.
     TNT,    SdR,  I/Q    TNT  RTL DLL.   RX/TX   "Transceiver"     SdR.
ADSB mode can only work with a TNT or a SDRplay receiver connected via the DLL or TCP/IP and if the SdR interface ("Direct via the sound card" button) is started. Playing or recording are not allowed in this mode. So the program switches to BPSK31.
 ADSB      TNT  SDRplay,   DLL  TCP/IP,     SDR ("Direct via the sound card").       .     BPSK31.
The receiver is not yet connected to Multipsk, via TCP/IP link
     Multipsk  TCP/IP
RSP_TCP.exe file detected, TCP/IP connection in progress
  RSP_TCP.exe,   TCP/IP
Wait
Wait
Direct connection to Commander. "Connected" is displayed on this button if successful. Reversely, once connected, by clicking on this button, the connection with Commander is stopped.
   Commander. "" "Connected"       .          Commander .
Radius
Radius
LES TDM channel number
LES TDM channel number
Gain and frequency
Gain and frequency
SDRplay receiver detected and TCP/IP connection done
  SDRplay   TCP/IP 
SDRplay receiver disconnected
SDRplay receiver disconnected
Failure of the TCP/IP connection, the SDRplay receiver is probably not connected.
  TCP/IP, ,  SDRplay  .
250 KHz bandwidth SDR spectrum and waterfall (-125 KHz to 125 KHz), only available for TNT and SDRplay receivers, for licencied copies (5 minutes otherwise)
250 KHz  ,  SDR   (-125 KHz  125 KHz),     TNT  SDRplay, ( 5     )
If this button is pushed, the broadcast messages (B1 and B2 packets) will be displayed. Note that B1 and B2 packets can be issued from splitted packets carried by the BD/BE packets.
   ,    MSG ( B1  B2).  ,   B1  B2      ,   BD/BE.
Urgencies with position
Urgencies with position
If this button is pushed, the broadcast messages (B1 and B2 packets) relative to urgencies, search and rescue will be displayed with the concerned position on the world map.
   ,   MSG   ( B1  B2)         .
If this button is pushed, information supplied by the other known packets (except "LES list" packets (92 and AB)) will be displayed (i.e. packets 08, 19, 27, 2A, 5E, 6C, 7D, 81, 83, 90, 91, 93, 99, 9A, 9C, A0, AA, AC, AD, A2, A3, A8, A9, BD, BE)
   ,   ,     (  "LES list" (92  AB)) (. .  08, 19, 27, 2A, 5E, 6C, 7D, 81, 83, 90, 91, 93, 99, 9A, 9C, A0, AA, AC, AD, A2, A3, A8, A9, BD, BE)
List LES
List LES
If this button is pushed, the 92 and AB packets including a LES list will be displayed. They are very long and lead to a big CPU load (so to avoid, a priori).
   ,    92  AB,   LES.           (,  , ).
Number of valid EGC packets received
    EGC
EGC frame number being received (a frame contains at least 2 packets)
  EGC  (    2 )
LES TDM channel
LES TDM channel
Standby NCS common channel
Standby NCS common channel
Alerting supported
Alerting supported
Data transmission supported
Data transmission supported
Store and forward messaging
Store and forward messaging
Maritime distress traffic
Maritime distress traffic
Land mobile alerting traffic
Land mobile alerting traffic
AERO-C traffic
AERO-C traffic
Low Power C exclusively
Low Power C exclusively
Data - with ARQ
Data - with ARQ
Performance verification
Performance verification
Service
Service
Priorit
Priorit
Status code
Status code
Network identifier
Network identifier
Network Version
Network Version
INMARSAT system message
INMARSAT system message
Coastal warning
Coastal warning
Shore-to-Ship distress alert
Shore-to-Ship distress alert
EGC system message
EGC system message
Urgency message
Urgency message
Warning or forecast
Warning or forecast
SAR coordination
SAR coordination
Chart correstion
Chart correstion
Repetition number
Repetition number
Gain taken into account
Gain obrabotano
AGC taken into account
AGC obrabotano
AGC deleted
AGC deleted
SDRplay receiver not connected
 SDRplay  
Permits to control the frequency and the gain of a SDRplay receiver
      SDRplay
Permits to control the frequency and the gain of a TNT receiver
      
Either in dB or in level: "0/9" (min) to "9/9" (max)
  dB,   : "0/9" () - "9/9" ()
RTL/SDR gain adjustment: "Auto" (normal position, for "automatic level") or manual gain adjusted with the < > buttons. The gains (between about -1 to 49 dB) are variable from an equipment to another.
  RTL/SDR: "Auto" ( ,  " ")      < >.  (  -1  49 dB)     .
Gain adjustment: "Auto" (normal position, for "automatic level") or manual gain adjusted with the < > buttons. The gain is adjustable between "0/9" (min) to "9/9" (max).
 : "Auto" ( ,  " ")      < >.    "0/9" ()  "9/9" ().
Frequency taken into account
Frequency obrabotano
The RSL_TCP.exe file is not present in the directory where Multipsk.exe can be found (both files must be in the same directory)
 RSL_TCP.exe   ,   Multipsk.exe (      )
RSP_TCP.exe file not detected
RSP_TCP.exe file not detected
It is proposed an option to select the sole modes really used by the user. The panels of modes (amateur and professional) will, hence, propose a choice among the sole selected modes.
       .   (  )      .
All modes are selected and, consequently, checked (default option)
   , ,  (  )
Appliquer
Appliquer
"d-m.h" for "degrees-minutes.hundredth of minute". For example for "08 09.70' North": "08-09.70N". The latitude must be 9 characters long.
"d-m.h"  "-.  ". ,  "08 09.70' North": "08-09.70N".    9 .
"d-m.h" for "degrees-minutes.hundredth of minute". For example for "002 01.08' West": "002-01.08W". The longitude must be 10 characters long.
"-. "  "-. ". ,  "002 01.08' ": "002-01.08".    10 .
Transmission of a DSTAR message
 DSTAR MSG
Send the DSTAR message (20 characters by 20 characters maximum)
 DSTAR MSG ( 20   20 )
It is indicated the number of characters to send followed by the number of messages to send (a message can contain 20 characters maximum)
    ,   MSG   (MSG     20 )
DSTAR beacon with transmission interval between 15 seconds and 30 minutes
 DSTAR     15   30 
Activation
Activation
When the button is pressed, activation of the DSTAR beacon according to the selected interval (between 15 seconds and 30 minutes). When the button is released, the beacon is deactivated
    DSTAR-    ( 15   30 ).     
A transmission at seconds 0, 15, 30, 45 of the PC clock
   0, 15, 30, 45   
A transmission at seconds 0, 30 of the PC clock
   0, 30  
A transmission at each minute of the PC clock
     
A transmission at minute 0, 2, 4,.., 56, 58 of the PC clock
   0, 2, 4, ..., 56, 58  
A transmission at minutes 0, 5, 10,.., 50, 55 of the PC clock
   0, 5, 10, ..., 50, 55  
A transmission at minutes 0, 10, 20, 30, 40, 50 of the PC clock
   0, 10, 20, 30, 40, 50  
A transmission at minutes 0, 30 of the PC clock
  0, 30   
Parrot
Parrot
Transmits immediatly any valid DSTAR frame, once received (like a parrot which repeats what he is hearing). No modification is done to the received frame, which is re-transmitted as it is. For tests and modulation adjustment.
     DSTAR,    ( ,   ,  ).      ,    .     .
TCP/IP management: DNS adress/Port 14580 or 10152
 TCP/IP 
Data decoding of the "DV" sub mode frames only
      "DV"
It rings one tenth of a second on reception of a DSTAR frame
       DSTAR
Each display of a DSTAR frame is preceded by the UTC time and date
   DSTAR      UTC
If this option is selected, pieces of data located after the 20 characters message are all displayed (the message is always displayed irrespective to this option)
   ,    ,   20  MSG (MSG      )
Transmission of a DSTAR message in base band (so not in SdR configuration) . This message will be 20 characters maximum. Macros (sequences) can be used.
 DSTAR MSG    (   SDR).  MSG   20 .    ().
Direct transmission between terminals
   
Communication with interruption
  
Repeater control
Repeater control
Auto reply
Auto reply
Resend request
Resend request
ACK flag
ACK flag
No response available
No response available
Unavailable relay
Unavailable relay
No particular information
No particular information
From
From
Wait to be in reception (RX) to send this message
    (RX),    MSG
Transmission in progress. Wait the end of transmission
 .   
Data decoding of the "DV" sub mode frames data only (not the voice)
     "DV" ( )
Data decoding of the callsigns only (not the voice)
   ( )
This label indicates also the number of correct received frames ("FICH" or "DCH"), this to inform about decoding in progress.
        ("FICH"  "DCH"),     .
It rings one tenth of a second on reception of new C4FM data (transmission type, callsigns and, possibly, repeaters used)
        C4FM ( ,  , ,  )
Each display of new C4FM data (transmission type, callsigns and, possibly, repeaters used) is preceded by the UTC time and date
    C4FM ( ,  , ,  )      UTC
Transmission via VoIP station
Transmission via VoIP station
Uplink repeater
Uplink repeater
Automatic received picture record in the "Sstv_RX" sub-directory (standalone working)
      "Sstv_RX" ( )
Source
Source
Downlink repeater
Downlink repeater
FM 9 KHz must be used to decode the DMR mode
FM 9 KHz      DMR
FM 12 KHz must be used to decode the POCSAG, ACARS, C4FM mode or to listen to FM on 12.5 KHz channels. FM demodulation forces sampling frequency to 48 KHz
FM 12 KHz     POCSAG, ACARS, C4FM    FM   12,5 KHz.  FM     48 KHz
DMR stations positioning, on SYNOP/SHIP maps, if a position Hytera is sent
  DMR   SYNOP/SHIP,    Hytera
Data decoding of the callsigns and messages only (not the voice)
  callsign  MSG  ( )
This label indicates also the number of correct DMR received frames, this to inform about decoding in progress.
        DMR,     .
Repeater colour code
Repeater colour code
It rings one tenth of a second on reception of new DMR data (identifier, callsign and, possibly, message)
        DMR (,  , , MSG)
Each display of new DMR data (identifier, callsign and, possibly, message) is preceded by the UTC time and date
    DMR (,  , , MSG)      UTC
Validated messages
Validated messages
Only validated messages will be displayed. Otherwise, all messages validated or not will be displayed
    MSG.       MSG,   
The "Hexa" button permits, for a time limited need, to also display validated messages in hexadecimal
 "Hexa"        MSG   
If a position is received (and if it is decodable by Multipsk) then the position of the last received station is displayed on a local map chosen by the user
   (    Multipsk),           
Position on DXAtlas
Position on DXAtlas
If a position is received (and if it is decodable by Multipsk) then the position of the last received station is displayed on the DXAtlas map
   (    Multipsk),         DXAtlas
Filtering on string
Filtering on string
If the "On" button is pushed, it is only displayed data lines which contain the string specified by the user (callsign or TG,...) in the small editor
   "On",     ,  ,   (  TG,...)   
Number of positions received and displayed
    
Filtering on service
Filtering on service
validated
validated
not checked/not decoded
not checked/not decoded
Frequency displayed (if RX or XCVR connected)
   RX, XCVR 
This option permits to display, for memory, the frequency adjusted in the transceiver. But it is necessary that Commander or any receiver (RTL-SDR, SDRplay...) be connected to Multipsk
         .  ,  Commander    (RTL-SDR, SDRplay...)    Multipsk
FM 9 KHz must be used to decode the P25 mode
FM 9 KHz      P25
Mode P25 Phase 1 - Data decoding of the callsigns only (not the voice)
 P25  1 -    ( )
This label indicates also the number of correct P25 received frames, this to inform about decoding in progress.
        P25,     .
It rings one tenth of a second on reception of new P25 data (identifier and callsign)
        P25 (  )
Each display of new P25 data (identifier and callsign) is preceded by the UTC time and date
    P25 (  )      UTC
Error: recording speed must be 16200 samples/sec for this mode.
:        16200 /.
Error: recording speed must be 12000 samples/sec for this mode.
:        12000 /.
Error: recording speed must be 48000 samples/sec for this mode.
:        48000 /.
Error: recording speed must be 9600 samples/sec for this mode.
:     9600 /   .
Error: recording speed must be 8000 samples/sec for this mode.
:     8000 /   .
Error: recording speed must be 11025 samples/sec for this mode.
:        11025 /.
List of the limited functions and modes
    
Functions and modes which can be only run with the registered version
  ,   (  )
Options (port/address)
Options (port/address)
To select IP address and port (for SDRplay and RTL/SDR) plus the rsp_tcp.exe version 1.1 (for "RSPdx" receiver)
 IP-   ( SDRplay  RTL/SDR)   rsp_tcp.exe 1.1 (  "RSPdx")
The rsp_tcp.exe version 1.1 (compatible with SDRuno V.1.4 only) is indispensable to make work the "RSPdx" receiver
 rsp_tcp.exe 1.1 (   SDRuno V.1.4)     "RSPdx"
RSP_TCP_V_1_1.exe file detected, TCP/IP connection in progress
  RSP_TCP_V_1_1.exe,   TCP/IP
If this button is pushed, it will be displayed the speed in kts (knots)
   ,      (kts)
Region
Region
Beijing/China
Beijing/China
Aussaguel/France
Aussaguel/France
Pune/India
Pune/India
Fucino/Italy
Fucino/Italy
Yamaguchi/Japan
Yamaguchi/Japan
Burum/Netherlands
Burum/Netherlands
Eik/Norway
Eik/Norway
Nudol/Russia
Nudol/Russia
Hai Phong/Vietnam
Hai Phong/Vietnam
Saving and presentation
Saving and presentation
Save the predictions in the PASS_PREDICTIONS.TXT file, then show all of them, by opening the file
    PASS_PREDICTIONS.TXT,       
With minimum distance
With minimum distance
If this option is selected, it is displayed the minimum distance between the satellite and the user during the pass, plus the azimuth and the elevation when this minimum distance is reached. Useful to determine the closest pass from the user, if several
   ,          ,      ,     .       ,   
Advance
Advance
In this box, it is proposed to advance the satellites on their trajectories (and hence in the future), so to have the possibility to see where the satellites are going to exactly pass. This completes the "Pass predictions" function
       (   ),    ,    .    "Pass predictions"
The advance can be configured between 0 (the present) and 4h 14mn in the future
    0 ( )  4  14   
Remove the advance. So the trajectories are displayed in real time (standard way)
 .      ()
Minimum distance
Minimum distance
"Slow" sub-mode: 16 tones, B=250 Hz, 15.62 bauds, 19.5 wpm in Contestia
 -: 16 tones, B=250 Hz, 15.62 bauds, 19.5 wpm in Contestia
If this button is pushed, it will be displayed, on GoogleEarth or on the traffic window, the airplane speed in kts (knots)
   ,   Google Earth           (kts)
If "RAW" is pushed, it is exported (if the "TCP/IP" button is also pushed) ADSB raw data (on the port 3121) to a "TCP/IP client" application as ADSBscope, Virtual radar Server or Plane-Plotter, for example
  "RAW",  (    "TCP/IP")    ADSB (  3121)  -"TCP/IP ", ,  ADSBscope, Virtual radar Server  Plane-Plotter
The RSP_TCP.exe file is not present in the directory where Multipsk.exe can be found (both files must be in the same directory)
 RSP_TCP.exe   ,   Multipsk.exe (      )
The RSP_TCP_V_1_1.exe file is not present in the directory where Multipsk.exe can be found (both files must be in the same directory)
 RSP_TCP_V_1_1.exe   ,   Multipsk.exe (      )
RSP_TCP_V_1_1.exe file not detected
 RSP_TCP_V_1_1.exe  
Incorrect format, must be in 16 bits stereo
 ,     16 
Error: recording speed must be 192000 samples/sec for this mode.
:        192000 /.
The upper decoding panel where messages are displayed in red, can be sized with this spinbutton
  ,  MSG  ,       
Reception of a QSP mail in progress
 QSP- 
Stop of photo reception (order given by the other Ham)
   (   HAM)
Stop of reception
Stop of reception
Radio mail (AMD, DBM and DTM messages sent and received through messages transmission or individual or net calls)
 (AMD, DBM  DTM MSG,      MSG,    )
Radio mail (ARQ FAE messages sent and received)
 (ARQ FAE MSG   )
"AnyCa" ("Anycall" (CQ)), "Allcall", Call", "SoTW" ("Sounding with THIS WAS"), "So TI" ("Sounding with THIS IS"), "DTM" ("DTM message"), "DBM" ("DBM message"), "AMD" ("AMD message" in a call) or "TX" (transmission)
"AnyCa" ("Anycall" (CQ)), "Allcall", Call", "SoTW" (" THIS WAS"), "So TI" (" THIS IS"), "DTM" ("DTM message"), "DBM" ("DBM message"), "AMD" ("AMD message" in a call) or "TX" (transmission)
"FAE" ("ARQ FAE") or "TX" (transmission)
"FAE" ("ARQ FAE")  "TX" ()
Last call received
Last call received
Message no
Message no
not given
not given
Not available
Not available
Data frame
Data frame
Transmission towards a repeater
  
Control signal
Control signal
Urgent priority signal
Urgent priority signal
Through repeaters
Through repeaters
Towards
Towards
Frame repeated by the "parrot"
  ""
Direct transmission
Direct transmission
Transmission via repeater
Transmission via repeater
Ham
Ham
Start of
Start of
Stop of
Stop of
via
via
not validated
not validated
Colour code
Colour code
Data type
Data type
last block
last block
World map: positioning after reception of an AERO position
 :     AERO
Controlled by FIR
Controlled by FIR
Plane Identifier
Plane Identifier
Cancel all contracts and terminates connection (not decoded)
      ( )
Cancel contract (not decoded)
Cancel contract (not decoded)
Cancel emergency mode (not decoded)
   ( )
Periodic contract (not decoded)
  ( )
Event contract (not decoded)
Event contract (not decoded)
Emergency periodic contract (not decoded)
   ( )
Lateral deviation change (not decoded)
   ( )
Reporting interval (not decoded)
  ( )
Flight identifier (not decoded)
  ( )
Predicted route (not decoded)
Predicted route (not decoded)
Reference to Earth (not decoded)
   ( )
Reference to air (not decoded)
   ( )
Meteo (not decoded)
Meteo (not decoded)
Airframe Identifier (not decoded)
  ( )
Vertical rate change (not decoded)
   ( )
Altitude range (not decoded)
Altitude range (not decoded)
Waypoint change (not decoded)
Waypoint change (not decoded)
Aircraft intent (not decoded)
Aircraft intent (not decoded)
exported
exported
Acknowledgement of ADS contract
  ADS
Negative acknowledgement of ADS contract
   ADS
Noncompliance notification of ADS contract
     ADS
Cancel emergency mode
Cancel emergency mode
Basic report
Basic report
Emergency basic report
Emergency basic report
Lateral deviation change event
  
Flight identifier
Flight identifier
Next waypoint
Next waypoint
By reference to Earth
By reference to Earth
Track
Track
feet/mn
feet/mn
By reference to air
By reference to air
Mach speed
Mach speed
Meteo (wind/air)
Meteo (wind/air)
True direction
True direction
Intermediate Intent
Intermediate Intent
Distance
Distance
Fixed intent
Fixed intent
from plane
from plane
2-F count
2-F count
TDM number
TDM number
Channel type
Channel type
NCS common channel
NCS common channel
Joint common and TDM
Joint common and TDM
Enhanced data reporting
Enhanced data reporting
Slotted Aloha access
Slotted Aloha access
Beginning of splitted packet
Beginning of splitted packet
End of splitted packet
End of splitted packet
TDM frame number
TDM frame number
Slot number for the MES
Slot number for the MES
Frame length
Frame length
Hexa errors
Hexa errors
Channel clear (to mobile)
Channel clear (to mobile)
Channel clear (from mobile)
Channel clear (from mobile)
Forced clear
Forced clear
Reason for clear (number)
Reason for clear (number)
Short announcement
Short announcement
Long announcement
Long announcement
Half-duplex data
Half-duplex data
Data - no ARQ
Data - no ARQ
To-mobile
To-mobile
From-mobile
From-mobile
To and from mobile
To and from mobile
Hexa Information
Hexa Information
Logical channel assignment
Logical channel assignment
from mobile
from mobile
Request status
Request status
Request rejected
Request rejected
Request pending
Request pending
Distress test request
Distress test request
Test results
Test results
Confirmation
Confirmation
Message status
Message status
Message reference number
Message reference number
Hexa message status
Hexa message status
Slot logical channel assignment Control-Query
     -  
Hexa information
Hexa information
Network monitor
Network monitor
Individual poll
Individual poll
Hexa data
Hexa data
Group poll
Group poll
Login acknowledgement
Login acknowledgement
Common channel
Common channel
Number of LES
Number of LES
Enhanced data report acknowledgement (
     (
report(s)
report(s)
Hexa report
Hexa report
Network update
Network update
Logout acknowledgement
Logout acknowledgement
General call
General call
Group call
Group call
Extent to the North
Extent to the North
Extent to the East
Extent to the East
Priority
Priority
Failure opening the GPS serial port necessary to the position output
   COM  GPS,    
Failure to transmit the position through the GPS serial port
     COM  GPS
Apply
Apply
To select IP address and port (for the SDRplay) plus the rsp_tcp.exe version 1.1 (for "RSPdx" receiver)
 IP-   ( SDRplay)   rsp_tcp.exe 1.1 (  "RSPdx")
LRPT mode can only work if the SdR interface ("Direct via the sound card" button) is started. The program switches to BPSK31
 LRPT       SdR ( "Direct via the sound card").    BPSK31
FM-RDS mode can only work if the SdR interface ("Direct via the sound card" button) is started and not in recording mode. The program switches to BPSK31
 FM-RDS      SdR ( "Direct via the sound card")     .    BPSK31
Satur
Satur
I/Q is inverted
I/Q is inverted
I/Q is not inverted
I/Q is not inverted
Detection in progress
Detection in progress
None satellite visible
None satellite visible
Picture decoding
Picture decoding
At the end of reception (no more "Synchro" displayed), click on this button to decode the picture with the "M2_LRPT_Decoder.exe" program. Then, on this program, click on the "72K" button and load the 72k_LRPT_METEOR.s file
   (    "Synchro"),    ,     "M2_LRPT_Decoder.exe".        "72K"    72k_LRPT_METEOR.s
It is displayed "Synchro" on reception of a synchronization LRPT signal. Ideally, it must permanently appear "Synchro", while receving the METEOR-M2 satellite transmission
    LRPT  "Synchro".      "Synchro"     "METEOR-M2"
The square white picture gives an idea of the received QPSK signal quality, showing the phase and the magnitude of signals. On doit voir quadre tches spares.
         QPSK,     .        .
the "Ring" button permits a one second ring on reception of the first synchronization signal ("Synchro" is displayed for the first time). However some laptops cannot ring for an unknown reason
 "Ring"          ("Synchro"  ).          
Time-stamped LRPT file
Time-stamped LRPT file
This button permits to time-stamp the reception file name so as to have "72k_LRPT_METEOR date time.s" instead "72k_LRPT_METEOR.s". In this case, these "s" files are stored in the "METEOR_M2" sub-directory
         ,   "72k_LRPT_METEOR  .s"  "72k_LRPT_METEOR.s".     ".s"    "METEOR_M2"
In SdR Multipsk mode, this option is recommended if an "afc" or "AFC" function can, afterwards, follow the Doppler drift. However the tuning must be in "AF" or "HF".
  Multipsk  SDR   ,   "afc"  "AFC"     .      "AF"  "HF".
Attention: this option removes the Doppler automatic follow-up.
:      .
To TCP/IP
To TCP/IP
If this button is pushed, the position given in broadcast messages (B1 and B2 packets) relative to urgencies, search and rescue is displayed on DXAtlas with a big black dot. The zone is not displayed.
   , ,    MSG ( B1  B2)  ,   ,   DXAtlas   .   .
For METEOR-M2 (137.1 MHz). The transmission is only demodulated (decoded by "M2_LRPT_Decoder.exe") if a SdR receiver is connected to Multipsk and if the SdR interface is started (on the Configuration screen)
 "-2" (137,1 MHz).   ( "M2_LRPT_Decoder.exe")     SdR  Multipsk     SdR (  )
Image decoding
Image decoding
This button permits to time-stamp the reception file name so as to have "72k_LRPT_METEOR_date_time.s" instead "72k_LRPT_METEOR.s". In this case, these "s" files are stored in the "LRPT" sub-directory
         ,   "72k_LRPT_METEOR_date_time.s"  "72k_LRPT_METEOR.s".     ".s"    "LRPT"
Number of regular synchronisation signals received. For one satellite passage, the number of "synchros" received is about 7000
    .       7000 ""
Option to select if your PC is relatively slow (the red caption "Slow PC!" pops up frequently). However, if under noise your PC is slow, perhaps on a true LRPT signal, it will be sufficiently fast, so it is worth to try to demodulate
 ,      (    "Slow PC!").        , ,   LRPT,    ,    
Stop demodulation
Stop demodulation
Except when reading a WAV file, this option permits to stop the LRPT demodulation, which will make drop the CPU load of the PC. It can be useful for tests or to make an audio recording aimed to LRPT or RDS (FM), with very few risk to lose data
   WAV-,      LRPT,      .         ,   LRPT  RDS (FM),     
It is displayed the estimated percentage of the data received compared to a complete reception. If the maximum size of data storage has been reached (100 %), it is displayed "Saturated". In this case, old data are removed and replaced by new data
         .       (100 %)  "Saturated".         
Detection of an I/Q inversion
Detection of an I/Q inversion
This function, running on LRPT starting up, permits to detect if the I/Q signals are reversed or not, in reception (i.e normal order I/Q or reversed order: Q/I). This state (reversed or not) depends on your receiver
 ,    LRPT,  ,   I/Q    (. .   I/Q  : Q/I).   (  )    
Once the detection done for a given receiver, it is useless to do it at each LRPT starting up. In that case, to avoid this systematic detection, push on this button
       ,        LRPT.   ,    ,    
Received data are sent to a TCP/IP server on port 3121, for direct transmission to the decoding application M2_LRPT_Decoder.exe
    TCP/IP-   3121       M2_LRPT_Decoder.exe
To file
To file
Received data are stored in internal memory before being exported to the "72k_LRPT_METEOR.s" file on user demand ("Image decoding" button)
          "72k_LRPT_METEOR.s"    ( "Image decoding")
Flush
Flush
Once the image completely received, click on the "Flush" button, to send towards "M2_LRPT_Decoder.exe", through the TCP/IP link, all what remains in memory so as see all the received image
     ,   "Flush",     TCP/IP  "M2_LRPT_Decoder.exe" ,    ,     
PLL Freq.
PLL Freq.
Frequency locked by the PLL (phase-locked loop). If the receiver is well tuned on 137.1 MHz, this frequency must be equal to about 2.5 kHz at the beginning of the pass and to about -2.5 kHz at the pass end
   PLL (  ).      137,1 MHz,       2,5 KHz      -2,5 KHz   
You can't make work "M2_LRPT_Decoder.exe" in both modes (TCP/IP and file). You must first finish the work with "M2_LRPT_Decoder.exe" in TCP/IP link, then close the decoder
    "M2_LRPT_Decoder.exe"    (TCP/IP  ).     "M2_LRPT_Decoder.exe"  TCP/IP,   
It misses the decoding program "M2_LRPT_Decoder.exe" (see the Multipsk handbook for details)
   "M2_LRPT_Decoder.exe" ( .   Multipsk)
The decoding program "M2_LRPT_Decoder.exe" is stillstarted up. Stop it first
  "M2_LRPT_Decoder.exe"   .   
I/Q are inverted
I/Q are inverted
I/Q are not inverted
I/Q are not inverted
MODE
MODE
The panel opened by this button concerns the CW, CCW and RTTY parameters, plus the mode selection en progress
,   ,   CW, CCW  RTTY,     
TX video ID
TX video ID
Submode
Submode
In bauds
In bauds
Open POCSAG.TXT
Open POCSAG.TXT
Permits to open the POCSAG.TXT file to consult it or to manually add new correspondance "Adress name". In this case, don't forget to record the modified file. It's a personal file, limited to 2000 correspondences
   POCSAG.TXT       "Adress name" .        .   ,  2000 
RX/TX characters font (standard: Arial, bold, size:8)
SHrift simvolov RX/TX (standard: Arial, bold, razmer: 8)
Twice bigger spectrum or waterfall
    
Four times bigger spectrum or waterfall
      
Button to push, in case of UTF8 (Fldigi) transmission, i.e. if odd double characters appear instead of accented characters. Even if started, this function permits to also decode the ANSI characters, if there no ambiguity
      UTF8 (Fldigi), . .       .          ANSI,   
Sonde type
Sonde type
This button permits to display the type of radiosonde (4 hexa characters) followed by the model (M10 Gtop GPS, M10 Trimble Copernicus GPS or M20 Trimble Copernicus GPS)
      (4  ),     (M10 Gtop GPS, M10 Trimble Copernicus GPS  M20 Trimble Copernicus GPS)
Detection of an extension Fldigi
  Fldigi
Detection of an extension Fldigi RS ID
  Fldigi RS ID
Tune+AF
Tune+AF
Tune on initial frequency or on a repeater frequency + AF generator (for licensed copies). Help on right click
        +  AF (  ).    
No duplicate
No duplicate
If this option is selected, it will not be displayed a message which would be the same as the previous one. So the successive repetitions of the same message will not be displayed, regardless of the message origin
   ,    MSG,     ,  .        MSG       MSG
as AF generator
as AF generator
The "67", "88.5", "1750" buttons allows the user to open repeaters by transmitting a tone at the frequency displayed on the button (during about 2 seconds)
 "67", "88,5", "1750"    ,    ,    (   2 )
AF generator
AF generator
This AF generator (limited to licensed copies) permits to generate a sinusoidal signal at any frequency between 10 and 4300 Hz, under a given signal to noise ratio ("S/N"), between "no noise" (for "100" selected) to "no signal" (for "0" selected)
  AF (  )         10  4300 Hz    / ("S/N")  " " (  "100")  " " (  "0")
Frequency tuning between 10 and 4300 Hz
   10  4300 Hz
Noise level
Noise level
The noise level can be adjusted between 0 and 100 %: "no noise" for "100" selected to "no signal" for "0" selected. The signal to noise ratio ("S/N") is displayed
     0  100 %: " "   "100", " "   "0".      ("S/N")
S/N
S/N
Received text
Received text
QR Code decoding in progress...
 QR- ...
No QR Code decoded
No QR Code decoded
Force the HF frequency to 0 Hz for a VLF receiver on the sound card
  HF  0 Hz      
Detection of an "End Of Transmission" FLdigi RS ID
 "End Of Transmission" FLdigi RS ID
QR Code insertion
QR Code insertion
If this button is pushed, it is proposed to insert a QR Code (V.2) transmitting your text, in the SSTV picture. The text length (47 characters maximum) will define the error correction level used, so from the weakest to the strongest: L, M, Q and H
   ,     SSTV      QR- (V.2).   ( 47 )     ,      : L, M, Q  H
Small format
Small format
The small QR Code format is, in area, 4 times smaller than the standard format, but it is also 4 times less sensitive (in terms of Signal to Noise ratio)
  QR-    4   ,    4    (  /)
Text (47 characters max)
Text (47 characters max)
Type your text in this editor, as in the exemple "FX9XYZ PIERRE JN18FT". The authorized characters are: 0..9, A..Z, space, "$", "%", "*", "+", "-" , ".", "/", ":"
    ,   : "FX9XYZ  JN18FT".  : 0..9, A..Z, , "$", "%", "*", "+", "-", ".", "/", ":"
The error correction levels are:  "H" for 20 characters maximum (the strongest), "Q" for 29, "M" for 38, "L" for 47 characters maximum (the weakest). So the best is to limit the text to 20 characters, as in the example: "FX9XYZ PIERRE JN18FT"
  : "H" -  20  ( ), "Q" - 29, "M" - 38, "L" -  47  ( ).     20 ,   : "FX9XYZ PIERRE JN18FT"
If the automatic QR code decoding does not work, it is possible, after having correctly positioned the received picture and hence the QR Code (in slant and in shift), to decode manually the QR Code, by clicking on this button
   QR-  , ,     , , QR- (   ),  QR- ,    
If this button is pushed, the position of the Ham transmitting the SSTV picture is displayed on the local map, this if the Ham call sign and his/her Locator (separated by spaces) are given in the QR Code
   ,      HAM,   SSTV,   QR-      ( )
One error fixed
One error fixed
If this button is pushed (default position), one error (on a bit) can be fixed. Reversely (button extracted), no error is fixed and, consequently, the probability to decode a not valid frame becomes extremely weak
    (  ),     ( ).      , , ,       
not valid position
not valid position
No header file (HEADER_QR_CODE.BMP)!
   (HEADER_QR_CODE.BMP)!
No BMP, PNG, GIF or JPG file with the label
      BMP, PNG, GIF  JPG
Import the co-ordinates .TXT, .INF (from UI-VIEW) or .CLB (Sailwx maps) file corresponding to the .BMP, .JPG, .PNG or .GIF file
    .TXT, .INF ( UI-VIEW)  .CLB ( Sailwx)     .BMP, .JPG, .PNG  .GIF
Export the co-ordinates in a .TXT (and a .INF) file corresponding to the .BMP, .JPG, .PNG or .GIF file
    .TXT ( .INF),   .BMP, .JPG, .PNG  .GIF
Latitude/longitude file ('+FICHIER+') is not valid.
 / ('+FICHIER+') .
Import the co-ordinates .TXT, .INF (from UI-VIEW) or .CLB (http://www.sailwx.info/maps/shipplotter.phtml maps) file corresponding to the .BMP, .JPG, .PNG or .GIF file.
    .TXT, .INF ( UI-VIEW)  .CLB (http://www.sailwx.info/maps/shipplotter.phtml maps),   .BMP, .JPG, .PNG  .GIF.
Export the co-ordinates in a .TXT (and in a .INF) file corresponding to the .BMP, .JPG, .PNG or .GIF file.
    .TXT (   .INF),   .BMP, .JPG, .PNG  .GIF.
World map
World map
By pushing the "loudspeaker" button, you will listen the pass-band filtered sound located between the two blue dashes on the waterfall. The CW filtered signal will be easier to decode "with the hears" (in parallel to the Multipsk decoding)
  " " "loudspeaker",    ,    ,       . CW      " " (   Multipsk)
"DFM" for "Graw radiosondes: DFM06 / DFM09 / DFM17 / PS-15"
"DFM"  " : DFM06 / DFM09 / DFM17 / PS-15"
No more "DFM mode decoding" function, in non-licencied version.
  "  DFM", (  ).
To use this function, the "+Speaker" button of the SdR interface window "I/Q direct interface via the sound card, for SdR transceivers" on the Configuration screen, must not be pushed
   ,  "+Speaker"    SdR "I/Q     ,  SdR "   ""  
This function does not work on WAV file playing
      WAV-
Dimensioning of both TX editors ("7" is the standard)
     TX ("7" - )
Ham calls with Multipsk
Ham calls with Multipsk
This window displays the last 15 CQ sent from Multipsk by Hams (UTC date-time / call sign / mode / XCVR frequency / Locator) and you will have the possibility to see their positions on a map
     15 CQ HAM,   Multipsk (-  UTC /  /  /   / ),          
Website:
Website:
Manual update or automatic periodic update (each 10 sec) of the "Ham calls with Multipsk" website
      ( 10 )  "Ham calls with Multipsk"
Export your CQ to the WEBsite
Export your CQ to the WEBsite
Your CQ will be exported to the "Ham calls with Multipsk" WEBsite and will be seen by all users on the panel below
 CQ     "Ham calls with Multipsk"        
Always visible window
Always visible window
Manual update the "Ham calls with Multipsk" website
   "Ham calls with Multipsk"
Every 10 sec
Every 10 sec
Automatic periodic update (each 10 sec) of the "Ham calls with Multipsk" website
   ( 10 )  "Ham calls with Multipsk"
Reinitialization and display of all the Ham positions displayed on the panel, which will permit to change of local map
     HAM   ,     
Display of the Ham positions (Locators) on the local map
  HAM ()   
Display of the Ham positions (Locators) on the DXAtlas map, if this one exists on the PC
  () HAM   DXAtlas,     
Locators positions on:
Locators positions on:
The new Ham calls containing a Locator can be displayed on a local or a DXAtlas map
  "Ham",  ,         DXAtlas
To directly display the "Ham calls with Multipsk" webpage on your webbrowser
   - "Ham calls with Multipsk"   -
Capture of the last call
Capture of the last call
A click on this button permits to capture the data of the last call (mode and frequency) and to switch in the mode and the frequency of this call. Moreover, the detection of RS ID is put into operation to automatically tune to the CQ AF frequency
         (  )         .  ,     RS ID      CQ AF
Beeps on new CQ
Beeps on new CQ
It beeps for one second, if a new CQ call appears. This function has only an interest if the button "Update" or "Every 10 sec" is pushed
Beep   ,     CQ.         "Update"  "Every 10 sec"
Other options for GMDSS
Other options for GMDSS
Ham calls
Ham calls
Failure of the capture!
Failure of the capture!
Capture of the last call (mode and frequency)
   (  )
Positions of Hams calling, on SYNOP/SHIP maps
 HAM,   ,   SYNOP/SHIP
CQ EXPORT
CQ EXPORT
This option gives the possibility to send your CQs to the "Ham calls with Multipsk" website, where other users will see your CQs and possibly your position
      CQs   "Ham calls with Multipsk",      CQs , ,  
ATTENTION: don't move or resize the window while decoding EM, so as not to lose the synchronization
:           EM,    
Transmission/reception of a text as an Extended Message (EM), in parallel to the selected mode. Multipsk must be in reception ("RX" button pushed). The addressee must also have pushed the "EM RX/TX" button. The message will be displayed on the adressee waterfall and will be seen by all having this function in service.
/    Extended Message (EM)   . Multipsk      (  "RX").        "EM RX/TX". MSG        ,     .
Decoding of either all the spectrum visible on the waterfall, as on the RX panel of the EM window (rather for SWLs), or the sole transmission pointed on the waterfall (rather for HAMs)
   ,   "",      EM (  SWL),   ,   "" (  HAM)
All the spectrum
All the spectrum
Decoding of all the spectrum visible on the waterfall, as on the EM window (rather for SWLs)
  ,   "",    EM (  SWL)
Only the pointed frequency
Only the pointed frequency
Decoding of the sole transmission pointed on the waterfall (rather for HAMs). However, the whole spectrum remains decoded on the EM window
      (  HAM).        EM
With information
With information
Additional displaying of the following pieces of information: the AF frequency / possibly the time (according to the chosen option in the EM window)  / the signal-to-noise ratio in dB. Note that this information is yet displayed on the EM window
   :  AF / ,  (       EM) /  /  dB.  ,         EM
Erroneous frames display
Erroneous frames display
It is displayed, between two "?" (to show that the frames are incorrect), detected but erroneous frames, the channel being too much noisy. This because, even incorrect, these frames can be more or less readable and so must be of interest for the Ham
    "?" ( ,   ), ,   ,   .  ,   ,               HAM
Reversed waterfall
Reversed waterfall
With a waterfall scrolling upwards, it is easier to read the long messages displayed on the waterfall
      MSG,   
Without carriage returns
Without carriage returns
No artificial carriage returns will be added, which will make easier messages reading. However, the "Only the pointed frequency" button must be pushed and the "With information" button must be extracted
     ,    MSG.     "  "    " "
It beeps for 2 seconds, if an EM message is decoded. Once the beep finished, this button is extracted.
Beep    2 ,   EM MSG.  Beep     .
For all "ARQ" modes (Packet, PAX, 141A, ALE400, AUTEX) in "message mode" and in EM mode, the message is prepared and then sent when it is ready (with the "Send" button or <Esc> key or <Alt> key)
   "ARQ" (Packet, PAX, 141A, ALE400, AUTEX)  "message mode"  EM mode, MSG ,   ,    (   "Send"   <Esc>   "Alt")
Problem, the first line of the "Ham calls" WEB site is incorrect
,   "Ham calls" WEB  
Attention, your call sign given in the "Personal data" window is not valid (3 characters minimum)
,     "Personal data"  ( 3 )
Attention, your call sign given in the "Personal data" window is not valid (14 characters maximum)
,     "Personal data"  ( 14 )
Attention, your call sign given in the "Personal data" window is not valid ("A..Z", "0..9", "/" characters only)
,     " "  (   "A..Z", "0..9", "/")
Attention, the frequency in MHz displayed in the "Freq MHz" field is not valid or superior to 4162
,   MHz,    "Freq MHz",    4162
The "rg16.free.fr" and "multipsk.r-bender.de" servers are replaced by the "http://multipsk.fr/" server. This replacement is automatically done in Multipsk.
 "rg16.free.fr"  "multipsk.r-bender.de"   "http://multipsk.fr/".      Multipsk.
Attention, no Locator is given in the "Personal data" window
,   " "   
Attention, your Locator given in the "Personal data" window is not valid
,   Locator   "Personal data" 
Transmission in progress. The transmission will be stopped.
 .   .
client(s)
client(s)
TCP/IP server for exchanges (RX/TX) with one or several "TCP/IP client"
TCP/IP-   (RX/TX)     "TCP/IP "
TCP/IP management (Port 3122)
TCP/IP management (Port 3122)
ATTENTION: don't move or resize the window while decoding, so as not to lose the synchronization
VNIMANIE: ne dvigat eto okno ili razmer pri Decodirovanii - budet sboj Sinhronizacii
Additional displaying of the following pieces of information: the UTC time / the signal-to-noise ratio in dB / the AF frequency
   :   UTC /  /  dB /  AF
With a waterfall scrolling upwards, the new messages appear at the bottom and not at the top
      MSG  ,   
Display of all the FT8 positions stored (256 maximum). This will permit to change of local map
    FT8 ( 256).     
Display of the call sign
Display of the call sign
Display of the Signal-to-Noise ratio in dB following the call sign (if present)
  /  dB   ( )
The new Ham messages containing a callsign and a Locator can be displayed on a local or a DXAtlas map
 HAM MSG,    ,          DXAtlas
Number of FT8 frames received, followed by the number of positions received
   FT8,    
This option permits to force numeric messages in alphanumeric ones, as several numeric messages being, in fact, alphanumeric. It also permits to accept not standard (but used) message types 1 and 2 as alphanumeric messages
     MSG  -,    MSG   -.      ( )  MSG 1  2  - MSG
Error: recording speed must be 6400 samples/sec for this mode.
:     6400 /   .
Error: recording speed must be 21333 samples/sec for this mode.
:     21333 /   .
Display of the transmission power in Watt, but only in WSPR
    ,    WSPR
Number of frames received, followed by the number of positions received
  ,      
No WSPR message type 2
No WSPR message type 2
No display of the WSPR message type 2, as this one does not contain any Locator position and is not reliable
  WSPR MSG  2,         
Permanent WSPR decoding
Permanent WSPR decoding
If the decoding is not permanent, it is only done at the end of the odd minute (+/- 5 sec). In this case there are much less random decodes. But the PC clock must be synchronized with the true UTC time (by using CLOCK, for example)
  ,        (+/-5 ).      .          UTC (,   CLOCK)
The "WSPRnet" button permits to see the map associated to the Internet WSPR database "https://www.wsprnet.org/drupal/wsprnet/map". You need a connection to the WEB. Afterwards, you will have to choose a call sign and a Ham band.
 "WSPRnet"   ,   -  WSPR "https://www.wsprnet.org/drupal/wsprnet/map".    WEB.       Ham.
WSPR beacon
WSPR beacon
The call sign and the Locator are extracted from your personal data. They are immediately checked.
       .   .
The call sign is extracted from your personal data. It is immediately checked.
     .   .
The Locator is extracted from your personal data. It is immediately checked.
     .   .
The transmission power must be specified, between 1 mW to 1000 W
    ,  1   1000 
Checking display label
Checking display label
Beacon on duty. Remember that, this transmission to be decoded by other Hams, it is compulsory that the PC clock must be synchronized with the true UTC time (by using CLOCK, for example)
  . ,       HAM,        UTC (,  CLOCK)
Time interval between 2 WSPR transmissions (2 to 30 minutes)
     WSPR ( 2  30 )
Central frequency of the WSPR transmissions
   WSPR
It is displayed the maximum detected distance in km or in miles (depending on the choice done between "km" and "mi.") between your station position (given in your "Personal data") and the positions of the received stations
        (     "km"  "mi")     (  "Personal data")    
Internet database "https://junzis.com/adb/" (you need a connection to the WEB). From the last plane identifier received by Multipsk, information about the plane is automatically supplied by the Junzis WEB site.
-  "https://junzis.com/adb/" (   WEB).    ,   Multipsk,        Junzis WEB.
Internet database "https://www.flightradar24.com/data/" (you need a connection to the WEB). From the last plane identifier received by Multipsk, information about the plane is automatically supplied by the Flightradar24 WEB site (with possibly a photo).
- "https://www.flightradar24.com/data/" (   WEB).    ,  Multipsk,       - Flightradar24 (,  ).
Internet database "https://www.flightradar24.com/data/" (you need a connection to the WEB)
-  "https://www.flightradar24.com/data/" (   WEB)
Call sign incorrect
Call sign incorrect
Locator incorrect
Locator incorrect
Correct data
Correct data
It is not possible to activate the beacon because either the call sign or the Locator is incorrect
  ,    ,    
More robust
More robust
This option permits do decrease the number of false decodings by a factor equal to about 3, but then the decoding is less sensitive
         3 ,      
The standard SELCAL could be used until the 31th of March 2023. Note that the accuracy in the reception frequency adjustment of SELCAL is +/- 10 Hz
 SELCAL     31  2023 .  ,      SELCAL  +/- 10 Hz
The SELCAL32 will normally be used on the 1st of April 2023. From this date, it will be necessary to monitor in SELCAL32. Note that the accuracy in the reception frequency adjustment of SELCAL32 is only +/- 5 Hz
SELCAL32    1  2023 .         SELCAL32.  ,      SELCAL32   +/- 5 Hz
Dot display
Dot display
Affichage altitude
Affichage altitude
Small dot display
Small dot display
knot(s)
knot(s)
GPS: On
GPS: On
GPS: Off
GPS: Off
Are you sure to wish to come back to the 10 first maps?
 ,      10 ?
Transmission/reception of an EM (Extended Message)+Beacons
RX/TX EM ( MSG) + 
positions
positions
Minimized window
Minimized window
Locator and GPS beacons management
Locator and GPS  
This mode proposes 2 types of beacon, one transmitting the 6 characters Locator (and other information), the other transmitting the exact GPS position (and other information)
   2  :   6   (  ),  -  GPS- (  )
Ham messages management (RX/TX)
 HAM MSG (RX/TX)
Common data
Common data
Time interval between 2 EM transmissions (15 seconds to 30 minutes)
    EM  ( 15   30 )
Central frequency of the EM beacon (200 to 2500 Hz)
  EM  (200-2500 Hz)
The call sign is extracted from your personal data. It is immediately checked (12 characters maximum).
     .   ( 12 ).
Antenna (type / direction)
Antenna (type / direction)
The type or the gain of the antenna must be chosen among the "Vertical whip", "Vertical helical", "Discone", "Horizontal Halo", "Horizontal Loop", "Magnetic loop", "Dipole"  or for directional antennas among the proposed gains (4 to 16 dBi)
        "Vertical whip", "Vertical helical", "Discone", "Horizontal Halo", "Horizontal Loop", "Magnetic loop", "Dipole"     -     (4-16 dBi)
The directivity of the antenna must be chosen among the 8 proposed directions (for example, "NW" for "North West"). Omnidirectional antennas are not concerned by this data.
     8   (, "NW"  "North West").      .
Locator beacon
Locator beacon
Locator beacon on duty
Locator beacon on duty
Locator beacon off duty
Locator beacon off duty
Reception of the GPS frames to determine the position of your mobile Ham station, this to automatically determine the Locator 6 characters
  GPS      HAM ,     6 
State of the GPS positions reception : "On" or "Off"
  GPS-: "On"  "Off"
Free text (26 characters max)
Free text (26 characters max)
GPS beacon
GPS beacon
GPS beacon on duty
GPS beacon on duty
GPS beacon off duty
GPS beacon off duty
Reception of the GPS frames. The received GPS pieces of information will be transmitted by the EM GPS beacon
  GPS.  GPS-     EM GPS-
Free text
Free text
Free text (10 characters max)
Free text (10 characters max)
Knot
Knot
Speed (over ground for boats) expressed in knots, mph, km/h or m/s)
 (   )   ,   ,       
Feet
Feet
Altitude in feet ("ft"), rather than in m
   ("ft"),    
Vertical whip
Vertical whip
Vertical helical
Vertical helical
Discone
Discone
Horizontal Halo
Horizontal Halo
Horizontal Loop
Horizontal Loop
Magnetic loop
Magnetic loop
Dipole
Dipole
Gain: 4 dBi
Gain: 4 dBi
Gain: 7 dBi
Gain: 7 dBi
Gain: 10 dBi
Gain: 10 dBi
Gain: 13 dBi
Gain: 13 dBi
Gain: >=16 dBi
Gain: >=16 dBi
>2971 knots
>2971 knots
Correct callsign
Correct callsign
Magnetic Loop
Magnetic Loop
Omnidrectional
Omnidrectional
Incorrect call sign
Incorrect call sign
Incorrect Locator
Incorrect Locator
Incorrect antenna
Incorrect antenna
Latitude incorrecte
Latitude incorrecte
Incorrect longitude or altitude
   
Click, first, on "Local map" or "DXAtlas"
   "Local map"  "DXAtlas"
Click, first, on "Reception of GPS frames"
   "  GPS"
Reception of the GPS frames to determine the position and different pieces of information
  GPS      
Reception of GPS frames
Reception of GPS frames
Received GPS positions are converted in 4 characters Locators and are transmitted to the WSPR beacon. The received UTC time is used to transmit the WSPR frames at the right time
 GPS-   4-      WSPR.     UTC     WSPR   
All GPS data are transmitted to the EM beacons. Received GPS positions are possibly converted in 6 characters Locators.
  GPS    EM.   GPS, ,     6 .
Number of visible satellites ("Sat"), UTC date/time, latitude, longitude, altitude, speed and course received
   ("Sat"), /  UTC, , , ,    
Date (d/m/y)
Date (d/m/y)
The date format is day / month / year
  - //
Click on the "mm/dd" ("Month/Day") button to switch on the american way to display dates, i.e. mm/dd instead dd/mm
  "mm/dd" ("/"),      , . . mm/dd  dd/mm
Tracking in real time of the GPS positions on a local map or on DXATlas
    GPS-      DXAtlas
The display of the GPS positions on the map can be done in the form of sole dots or dots+altitude
 GPS-           + 
Tracking in real time on a map
     
To make work this function, it is necessary to have first clicked on the "Local map" or on the "DXAtlas" button, at the "WSPR" panel of controls level, on the "RX/TX" screen
   ,      "Local map"  "DXAtlas"     "WSPR",   "RX/TX"
The display of the GPS positions on the map can be done in the form of sole dots or dots+altitudes (if known)
 GPS-            +  ( )
Altitude display
Altitude display
Call sign display
Call sign display
Display of a dot and of the call sign
   
If the GPGGA frame includes a check-sum and if it is validated, a "V" (for "Valid") is displayed. If there is no check-sum, a "?" (for "Uncertain") is displayed. This also applies to the number of visible satellites
  GPGGA      ,  "V" ( "Valid").    ,  "?" ( "Uncertain").      
Display of positions on GoogleEarth
   Google Earth
Display of the past GPS positions on GoogleEarth, so without any tracking in real time
   GPS  Google Earth,     
Course
Course
Course (over ground for boats) expressed in  (0 to 359.9)
 ( )    ( 0  359,9)
Directional gain: 4 dBi
Directional gain: 4 dBi
Directional gain: 7 dBi
Directional gain: 7 dBi
Directional gain: 10 dBi
Directional gain: 10 dBi
Directional gain: 13 dBi
Directional gain: 13 dBi
Directional gain: 16 dBi and more
 : 16 dBi  
Decoding of all the spectrum visible on the waterfall, as on the EM window (default option)
  ,   "",    EM (  )
One frequency
One frequency
Decoding of the sole transmission pointed on the waterfall (to decode a particular EM beacon for example). However, the whole spectrum remains decoded on the EM window
     "" (,     EM).        EM
This mode proposes 2 types of beacon, one transmitting the 6 characters Locator (and other information), the other transmitting the exact GPS position (and other information). Configure the beacon on the EM window, this to start it or to stop it
     :   6  Locator (  ),  -  GPS- (  ).     EM,     
Beacon on duty: "None" or "Locator" or "GPS". Configure the beacon (Locator or GPS) on the EM window, this to start it or to stop it
  : "None"  "Locator"  "GPS".   (Locator  GPS)   EM,     
0 positions
0 positions
Number of positions received, issued from the EM beacon (Locator or GPS)
  ,    (  GPS)
It is displayed the maximum detected distance in km or in miles (depending on the choice done between "km" and "mi.") between your station position (given in your "Personal data") and the positions of the received EM beacons
        (     "km"  "mi")     (  "Personal data")    
Display of distances in miles, between your station position (given in your "Personal data") and the positions of the received EM beacons
        (   " ")    
Display of distances in km, between your station position (given in your "Personal data") and the positions of the received EM beacons
        (   " ")    
Positions of EM beacons on:
Positions of EM beacons on:
The positions of EM beacons (Locator or GPS position) can be displayed on a local or a DXAtlas map
 EM- (Locator  GPS-)         DXAtlas
Display of the EM beacons positions on the local map
  EM-   
Display of the EM beacons on the DXAtlas map, if this one exists on the PC
 EM-   DXAtlas,     
Display on the map
Display on the map
Display of a dot on the map
Display of a dot on the map
Display of a dot and the altitude on the map
     
Display of a dot and the call sign on the map
     
Clicking on the "GoogleEarth" button permits to display, from all the the received positions, the path of the mobile stations (defined by their name and altitude), if GoogleEarth exists on the PC
   "GoogleEarth"      (     ),    ,     GoogleEarth
Beacon on duty. Remember that, this transmission to be decoded by other Hams, it is compulsory that the PC clock must be synchronized with the true UTC time (by using CLOCK, for example). In GPS tracking, the synchronization is automatic
  . ,       HAM,         UTC (,  CLOCK).  GPS-  
Central frequency of the WSPR beacon (400 to 600 Hz)
  WSPR- (400-600 Hz)
Reception of the GPS frames to determine the position of your Ham station and the UTC time, this to automatically determine the Locator and the right time for the transmissions of WSPR frames by the beacon
  GPS     HAM     UTC,           WSPR   
The GPS beacon is yet activated
GPS-   
It is not possible to activate the Locator beacon because either the call sign or the Locator is incorrect
    LOCATOR,    ,     
The Locator beacon is yet activated
-   
The GPS reception is not in service. Click on the "GPS" button and then on the "Rception..." button
 GPS .   "GPS",    "Reception..."
The GPS reception is in service but none GPS frame has been received. Check the location where is set the GPS receiver
 GPS ,    GPS-   .    GPS-
It is not possible to activate the GPS beacon because the call sign is incorrect
  GPS-,    
You have chosen a CW transmission by the serial port. Now, none serial port has been selected, so the CW transmission will not work.
   CW  COM .    COM   ,   CW   .
You have chosen a CW transmission by the serial port. Now, none serial port has been detected, so the CW transmission will not work.
   CW  COM .    COM   ,   CW   .
Sound card 48 kHz
Sound card 48 kHz
Sound card 44.1 kHz
Sound card 44.1 kHz
Type the list of the MMSI's (9 figures by MMSI) that you don't want to see displayed. A space must separate two MMSI.
 MMSI (9    MMSI),      .    MMSI.
GMDSS filter
GMDSS filter
If this button is pushed, the user can specify the list of MMSI (9 figures by MMSI) that he/she does not want to see stored in the QSO file. A space must separate two MMSI. The limit is 100 MMSI maximum. Example: 123456789 234567890
        MMSI (9  MMSI),        QSO.  MMSI    .  100 MMSI. : 123456789 234567890
Display on map of the called coast stations
Pokaz na karte vyzyvaemyh beregovyh stancij
On the local map and real time display, the called coast stations will be displayed on red whereas the ones calling will be displayed in black
              ,   - 
HF frequency (kHz)
HF frequency (kHz)
Expl/Weather
Expl/Weather
Opensky
Opensky
Internet database "https://opensky-network.org/aircraft-database". You need a connection to the WEB. From the last plane identifier received by Multipsk, information about the plane is automatically supplied by the Opensky WEB site.
-  "https://opensky-network.org/aircraft-database".    WEB.       Multipsk        Opensky WEB.
Opensky data
Opensky data
Internet Database for aircraft. You need an Internet connection. From the last plane ICAO identifier (6 hexadecimal characters) received by Multipsk, information about the plane is automatically supplied by the Opensky WEB site
-    .    .   ,   (6  ),  Multipsk,        Opensky WEB
The OMM file is incorrect
The OMM file is incorrect
Display the received positions, also on OMMap, if OMMap one has been started
     OMMap,  OMMap   
The number of parameters of '+FICHIER+') is incorrect.
  '+FICHIER+' .
The first parameter of '+FICHIER+') is incorrect.
  '+FICHIER+' .
The correction factor along X of the file ('+FICHIER+') is not valid.
   X  ('+FICHIER+') .
The correction factor along Y of the file ('+FICHIER+') is not valid.
   Y  ('+FICHIER+') .
The latitude of the file ('+FICHIER+') is not valid.
  ('+FICHIER+') .
The longitude of the file ('+FICHIER+') is not valid.
  ('+FICHIER+') .
OMMap not started
OMMap not started
No connection because OMMap is not started.
 ,   OMMap  .
Error on DDE transmission or OMMAP stopped
   DDE  OMMAP 
OMMap connected
OMMap connected
Mapping program
MAP 
It can chosen the exterior mapping program where positions can possibly be displayed: either the "OMMap" program (part of the Multipsk package) or "DXAtlas"
      ,    :  "OMMap" (  Multipsk)  "DXAtlas"
Direct connection to OMMap (mapping program), which must be previously started. "OMMap connected" is displayed on this button if successful. Reversely, once connected, by clicking on this button, the connection with OMMap is stopped.
   OMMap (   ),    .        "OMMap connected".  ,    ,     OMMap.
Positions display of transmitters on maps GE, local and OMMap
     GE,   OMMap
Morse langage learning
Morse langage learning
Number of dots between two successive characters
     
The number of dots between two successive characters can be adjusted between 3 (standard) and 12 dots. Note that the Multipsk CW decoding only works well in the "standard" way (3 dots)
         3 ()  12 .  ,   Multipsk CW    ""  (3 )
standard
standard
Type of words to send in Morse
     
Abbreviations
Abbreviations
It is transmitted international CW abbreviations, in a random way
   CW   
Call signs
Call signs
It is transmitted random Ham call signs
   HAM
Noise
Noise
The signal can be more or less drowned in the noise. At 0%, there is no noise whereas at 100% there is no more signal
       .  0%  ,   100%   
The Keying CW speed is adjustable between 7 and 52 words/mn
 Keying CW    7  52 /
Start of the Morse learning
Start of the Morse learning
The Morse sound is transmitted to the sound card output selected in the Configuration screen menu. Take care not to switch your transceiver on TX
      ,     .   ,        TX
It can be transmitted, in a random way, either international CW abbreviations or random Ham call signs
     -    CW,    HAM
The initial tone is chosen on the Configuration screen ("TX Fr.:") (1000 Hz by default). The tone can also be punctually modified by clicking on the waterfall
      ("TX Fr.:") (  1000 Hz).    ,   
Display of the Ham positions (Locators) on OMMap, if OMMap one has been started
  Ham ()  OMMap,  OMMap   
The new Ham calls containing a Locator can be displayed on a local or an OMMap map
  Ham,  ,          OMMap
Display of the Ham positions (EM beacons) on the DXAtlas map, if this one exists on the PC
  HAM (EM )   DXAtlas,     
The positions of EM beacons (Locator or GPS position) can be displayed on a local or a OMMap map
 EM- (Locator  GPS-)         OMMAP
Display of the Ham positions (EM beacons) on OMMap, if OMMap one has been started
  HAM (EM )  OMMap,  OMMap   
The new Ham messages containing a callsign and a Locator can be displayed on a local or an OMMap map
 HAM MSG,    ,         OMMap
Display all the received GPS positions, on the map (which must be open) or in Google Earth or on OMMap
   GPS-   (   )   Google Earth   OMMap
Display all received GPS positions (GPRMC) on OMMap, if OMMap one has been started
   GPS- (GPRMC)  OMMap,  OMMap  
From the stored information in the Data_acars.txt file, display all the received ACARS positions, on the local map (which must be open), on OMMap or in Google Earth
     Data_acars.txt     ACARS    (   ),  OMMap   Google Earth
Display all the received ACARS positions, on the local map (which must be open), or on Google Earth or in OMMap
    ACARS    (   )   Google Earth   OMMap
Position of the aircraft on OMMap, if OMMap one has been started
    OMMap,   OMMap 
Display all the received EPIRB/ELT/PLB beacon positions, on the local map (which must be open), or on Google Earth or in OMMap
     EPIRB/ELT/PLB    (   ),   Google Earth,   OMMap
Position of the EPIRB/ELT/PLB beacon on OMMap, if OMMap one has been started
  EPIRB/ELT/PLB  OMMap,  OMMap  
Display all the received ARGOS satellite positions, on the local map (which must be open), or on Google Earth or in OMMap. These positions are correctly deduced from the orbit parameters if the PC clock is on time
     ARGOS    (   ),  Google Earth   OMMap.       ,     
Position of the ARGOS satellite on OMMap, if OMMap one has been started
  ARGOS  OMMap,  OMMap   
If this button is pushed, the position given in broadcast messages (B1 and B2 packets) relative to urgencies, search and rescue is displayed on OMMap. The zone is not displayed.
   , ,    MSG ( B1  B2)  ,   ,   OMMap.   .
Display all the received ORBCOMM satellite positions, on the local map (which must be open), or on Google Earth or in OMMap.
     ORBCOMM    (   ),   Google Earth,   OMMap.
Position of the ORBCOMM satellite on OMMap, if OMMap one has been started
  ORBCOMM  OMMap,  OMMap 
Position of the NWR SAME broadcast station on OMMap, if OMMap one has been started
   NWR SAME  OMMap,   OMMap 
Display all the received positions (ships or identified coast stations), on a local map (which must be open) or on Google Earth or on OMMap
    (    )    (   )   Google Earth   OMMap
Position of the ship or the coast station on OMMap, if OMMap one has been started
      OMMap,    OMMap 
Position of the DGPS station on DXAtlas, if this one exists on the PC
  DGPS  DXAtlas,     
Position of the DGPS station on OMMap, if OMMap one has been started
  DGPS  OMMap,   OMMap 
Display all the received HFDL positions, on the local map (which must be open), or on Google Earth or on DXAtlas
    HFDL    (   )   Google Earth   DXAtlas
Display all the received HFDL positions, on the local map (which must be open), or on Google Earth or on OMMap
    HFDL    (   )   Google Earth   OMMap
Display all the received JT65 positions, on the local map (which must be open) or on Google Earth or on OMMap
    JT65    (   ),  Google Earth   OMMap
Position of the Ham station on OMMap, if OMMap one has been started
 HAM   OMMap,    OMMap
Display all the received LENTUS positions, on the local map (which must be open) or on Google Earth or on OMMap
    LENTUS    (   )   Google Earth   OMMap
Position on OMMap
Position on OMMap
If a position is received (and if it is decodable by Multipsk) then the position of the last received station is displayed on OMMap
   (    Multipsk),        OMMap
Display all the received positions, on a local map (which must be open) or on Google Earth or on OMMap
       (   ),  Google Earth   OMMap
Position of the radiosonde on OMMap, if OMMap one has been started
   OMMap,   OMMap one
Stations
Stations
Option to display either all the positions of ground stations in communication with the planes, on the local map or on OMMap/DXATlas or only the ground stations associated with planes transmitting their position
                OMMap/DXATlas,    ,   ,   
Display all the received ADSB positions, on the local map (which must be open), or on Google Earth or in OMMap
    ADSB    (   )   Google Earth   OMMap
Position of the received Ham station on OMMap, if OMMap one has been started
  HAM   OMMap,  OMMap 
Display all the received AUTEX positions, on the local map (which must be open) or on Google Earth or on OMMap
    AUTEX    (   )   Google Earth   OMMap
Select the local map, GoogleEarth or OMMap
  , Google Earth  OMMap
The local map (button "Local map") is not displayed and GoogleEarth or OMMap is not selected...
  ( "Local map")      GoogleEarth  OMMap...
Packet APRS frames decoding/coding (several functions are limited to 10 mn for non-licencied versions)
/  APRS PACKET ( 10     )
PAX APRS frames decoding/coding (several functions are limited to 10 mn for non-licencied versions)
PAX APRS  / ( 10     )
The number of parameters of
The number of parameters of
is incorrect.
is incorrect.
The first parameter of
The first parameter of
The correction factor along X of the file
   X 
is not valid.
is not valid.
The correction factor along Y of the file
   Y 
The latitude of the file
The latitude of the file
The longitude of the file
The longitude of the file
Latitude/longitude file
Latitude/longitude file
is not available.
is not available.
The directory associated to the file "SNDVOL32.EXE" or "SNDVOL.EXE" has not been found... So the mixer control by the user from Multipsk is not possible
,    "SNDVOL32.EXE"  "SNDVOL.EXE",  ...        Multipsk 
Call too short
Call too short
Call too long
Call too long
Incorrect callsign
Incorrect callsign
Incorrect free text
Incorrect free text
Telemetry
Telemetry
Beacon (Ft)
Beacon (Ft)
Received GPS positions are converted in 6 characters Locators and are transmitted to the FT8 beacon. The received UTC time is used to transmit the FT8 frames at the right time
 GPS-   6-      FT8.     UTC     FT8   
To make work this function, it is necessary to have first clicked on the "Local map" or on the "DXAtlas" button, at the panel of controls level, on the "RX/TX" screen
   ,      "Local map"    "DXAtlas"    ,   "RX/TX"
Push one of both options
Push one of both options
Rebuilding accepted
Rebuilding accepted
Rebuilding to cancel
Rebuilding to cancel
Useful if you want to add a short comment (50 characters maximum) to your messages transmitted (RX) to the WEB server
,       ( 50 )  MSG,  (RX)  WEB-
Useful if you want to add a short comment (50 characters maximum) to your messages transmitted (RX or TX) to the WEB server
,      ( 50 )    MSG (RX  TX)  WEB-
Fill the <MY CALL> and <MY LOCATOR> fields ("Personal" button) and the "Freq MHz" QSO field. Click on "TEST TX" to send "TEST" + your data. 5 seconds after, click on "TEXT RX". "TEST" + your data must appear.
  <MY CALL>  <MY LOCATOR> ( "Personal")   QSO "Freq MHz".  "TEST TX",   "TEST" +  .  5   "TEXT RX".   "TEST" +  .
Save all the FT8 messages of the reception window in the "FT8_messages.txt" file (for exchange with other Hams and SWL, for example)
  FT8 MSG      "FT8_messages.txt" (,     HAM  SWL)
Load the "FT8_messages.txt" file (if exists) and displays the containt in the reception window, after the already displayed text
  "FT8_messages.txt" ( )           
Positions display of monitoring stations and/or transmitters on a map
    /   
Monitoring stations
Monitoring stations
Display of all the monitoring stations (SWL or Ham) positions or only one (to specify in the contiguous field), if their Locator is present
     (SWL  Ham)    (   ),    Locator
The field (20 characters maximum) can be filled if the user prefers to display only one station or these of a country as "F" for France, for example. If the field is empty, all received positions are displayed.
 ( 20 )  ,          , , "F"  .   ,    .
Display the positions of all the transmitters (planes, ships, balloons, beacons, satellites or Hams, according to the mode) or only one (to specify in the contiguous field)
    (, , , ,   HAM,    )    (   )
Display all the received positions of the reception window, possibly filtered by the fields associated to "Monitoring stations" or "Transmitters"
     , ,   ,   "Monitoring stations"  "Transmitters"
Do you accept the rebuilding?
Do you accept the rebuilding?
Reconstruction
Reconstruction
The call sign and the Locator are extracted from your personal data. They are immediately checked. If the call sign is incorrect, it is not possible to activate the beacon
       .    .   ,   
The call sign is extracted from your personal data. It is immediately checked. Its length must be between 3 and 6 characters. If the call sign is incorrect, it is not possible to activate the beacon
     ,  .      3  6 .      
The Locator 6 characters is extracted from your personal data. It is immediately checked. If the Locator is incorrect, it is not possible to transmit it
     6  Locator.   .  Locator ,   
Beacon on duty. Remember that, this transmission to be decoded by other Hams, it is compulsory that the PC clock must be synchronized with the true UTC time (by using CLOCK, for example
  . ,       HAM,        UTC (,  CLOCK)
Time interval between 2 FT8 transmissions (15 seconds to 30 minutes)
     FT8 ( 15   30 )
Central frequency of the FT8 beacon (200 to 2700 Hz)
   FT8 (200-2700 Hz)
To transmit the Locator
To transmit the Locator
To transmit the free text
To transmit the free text
Reception of the GPS frames to determine the position of your Ham station and the UTC time, this to automatically determine the Locator and the right time for the transmissions of FT8 frames by the beacon
  GPS     HAM     UTC,           FT8 
Display all the last received beacon FT8 position messages, collected by a specific WEB server
 RX MSG    FT8,   WEB-
When Fax RX stopped: -->
When Fax RX stopped: -->
For registered versions -->
For registered versions -->
It is proposed two ways to rebuilt the fax/APT image. To use both functions, the fax/APT reception (or the reading of an audio file) must be finished. The received fax/APT must be a good quality black/white picture
     /APT.      /APT (  )   .  /APT   -   
This function tries to rebuild a fax/APT picture which contains lines horizontally shifted. To use this function, the fax/APT reception must be finished ("Stop down" button pushed)
     /APT,    .    ,  /APT    (  "Stop down")
Automatic vertical drift rebuilding of a fax/APT picture, if the drift is not linear (bad recording for example). To use this function, the fax/APT reception must be finished ("Stop down" button pushed)
   /APT   ,    (,   ).      /APT    (  "Stop down")
Display the satellite pictures in false colors (only for registered version). This function can also be used once the APT fax reception is finished ("Stop down" button pushed))
     (  ).         APT (  "Stop down")
For FSK transmissions (AMTOR, PACKET...), but also for ARQ E and RTTY (with a small error): baudmeter, frequencymeter and shiftmeter. It is necessary to wait until stabilization of the displayed frequency.
 FSK- (AMTOR, PACKET...)   ARQ E  RTTY (  ): ,   .     .
It is not possible to activate the beacon because the call sign is incorrect. This can come from the characters or from the length which must be between 3 and 6 characters
  ,    .    -   - ,     3  6 
It is not possible to use the Locator 6 characters because it is incorrect
  6  Locator,    
It is not possible to use the free text because the characters are incorrect. The authorized characters are " 0123456789ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ+-./?"
   ,    .  : "0123456789ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ+-./?"
Exporting a QSO via UDP to a WEB server
Eksport QSO cherez UDP na WEB-server
The call sign (3 to 15 characters) and the Locator (4 or 6 characters) are extracted from your personal data. They are immediately checked. The call sign is compulsory, but not the Locator
 ( 3  15 )   (4  6 )     .   .  ,  - 
Automatic transmission of the QSO via UDP to a WEB server, after having clicked on one of the yellow buttons "QSO-->Log" or "DXKeeper"
  QSO  UDP  WEB-       "QSO-->Log"  "DXKeeper"
IP (figures) of the server or FQDN address
IP (adresa) servera ili FQDN adres
Write the server WEB IP address (figures separated by dots) or the FQDN address (characters separated by dots)
 IP-  WEB (,  )  FQDN- (,  )
The TCP port used, by default, is the number 52001, but it can be changed with the editor, from 1024 to 65535. So several occurrences of Multipsk could be started, each one connected to a different UDP server.
 TCP,   , -  52001,           1024  65535.  ,     Multipsk,       UDP-.
Port (1024 to 65535)
Port (1024 to 65535)
Incorrect
Incorrect
and, possibly, send this QSO to the eQSL WEB site or to a WEB server via UDP (see the "Logbook" options)
, ,   QSO   eQSL WEB   -  UDP (  "")
Strength of reception (S1 to S9) of NCDXF beacons, by time step of an hour, for each of the 5 bands
  (S1 to S9)  NCDXF,       ,    5 
History per hour
History per hour
By using the arrow button, one can access hour by hour, over 24 hours, to all the results averaged over one hour. The current hour is the last rolling one-hour, which is stored when a new hour is reached
   ,      ,    ,  ,    24 .   -     ,      
History by beacon
History by beacon
By using the arrow button, one can access beacon by beacon, hour by hour, over 24 hours, to all the results averaged over one hour, for the selected beacon and for the 5 bands
   ,       ,    ,        5 ,   ,    24 
History by band
History by band
By using the arrow button, one can access band by band (14 MHz to 28 MHz), hour by hour, over 24 hours, to all the results averaged over one hour, of the 9 most powerful beacons in reception
    ,       ,    ,    ( 14 MHz  28 MHz),     24 ,  9     
Print the curves
Print the curves
Record the curves in the "NCDXF_Curves" sub-directory, in PNG format
    "NCDXF_Curves"   PNG
Display with one decimal
Display with one decimal
The force display is done with one decimal (for example "S8.1" instead "S8
        (, "S8.1"  "S8"
Selection of the frequencies to scan
   
The Ham selects the frequencies to scan (all by default). Then he/she pushes on the "Scan" button
HAM     (  ).     "Scan"
NCDXF beacons state
NCDXF beacons state
The "NCDXF beacons state" button permits to fetch the present state of the NCDXF beacons, according to the official WEB site https://www.ncdxf.org/beacon/index.html
 "NCDXF beacons state"      NCDXF   WEB  https://www.ncdxf.org/beacon/index.html
until
until
Current hour
Current hour
Strength level curves (S0 to S9) according to the UTC time
   (S0-S9)   UTC
14 MHz band
14 MHz band
18 MHz band
18 MHz band
21 MHz band
21 MHz band
24 MHz band
24 MHz band
28 MHz band
28 MHz band
Strength level curves (S0 to S9) for the 9 strongest beacons
   (S0-S9)  9   
Current date/time
Current date/time
Printing in progress
Printing in progress
Recorded
Recorded
Add this QSO to the log book and, possibly, send this QSO to the eQSL WEB site or to a WEB server via UDP (see the "Logbook" options)
  QSO   , ,   QSO   eQSL WEB   -  UDP (  "")
CW (Morse), NDB beacons (LF and MF) and NCDXF beacons (HF)
CW (), DB- (LF  MF)  NCDXF- (HF)
Decoding of the NCDXF beacons, at 22 wpm, with an AF frequency of 700 Hz. This function is limited to 10 mn for non-licencied versions.
   NCDXF   22 /,   AF 700 Hz. ( 10     ).
Decoding of the NCDXF beacons on 14.100 MHz, so dial your receiver to 14.0993 MHz (USB) for an AF frequency of 700 Hz
   NCDXF  14,100 MHz,    14,0993 MHz (USB)   AF 700 Hz
The automatic tuning of the frequency on the receiver is done if there is a way to control it
     ,     
Decoding of the NCDXF beacons on 18.110 MHz (USB), so dial your receiver to 18.1093 MHz for an AF frequency of 700 Hz
  NCDXF  18.110 MHz (USB),    18.1093 MHz   AF 700 Hz
Decoding of the NCDXF beacons on 21.150 MHz (USB), so dial your receiver to 21.1493 MHz for an AF frequency of 700 Hz
   NCDXF  21.150 MHz (USB),     21.1493 MHz   AF 700 Hz
Decoding of the NCDXF beacons on 24.930 MHz (USB), so dial your receiver to 24.9293 MHz for an AF frequency of 700 Hz
   NCDXF  24,930 MHz (USB),    24,9293 MHz   AF 700 Hz
Decoding of the NCDXF beacons on 28.200 (USB) MHz, so dial your receiver to 28.1993 MHz for an AF frequency of 700 Hz
  NCDXF  28,200 (USB) MHz,    28,1993 MHz   AF 700 Hz
Decoding of the NCDXF beacons on all the 5 bands (or less). The automatic tuning of the 5 frequencies on the receiver is made if there is a way to control it from Multispk (via Commander for example)
  NCDXF   5  ( ).   5    ,       Multispk (,  Commander)
Beacons state
Beacons state
State of reception of NCDXF beacons, for each of the 5 bands + Configuration
   NCDXF    5  + 
Band
Band
Panoramic decoding
Panoramic decoding
No mode displayed in the "Mode" field
  "Mode"   
No frequency displayed in the "Freq MHz" field
  "Freq MHz"   
No call displayed in the "Call" field
  ""  
No IP or FQDN address for the UDP server
 IP-  FQDN-  UDP-
No more "NCDXF decoding" function, in non-licencied version.
  " NCDXF" (  ).
No scan is possible because Multipsk is neither connected directly to the receiver (SDRplay or RTL/DLL) nor interfaced through Commander ("Transceiver" button)
 ,   Multipsk      (SDRplay  RTL/DLL)     Commander ( "Transceiver")
Capture of the last message
Capture of the last message
Cluster for Hams and SWL using Multipsk
  HAM  SWL   Multipsk
This window permits exchange of pieces of information between Multipsk users (UTC date-time / Ham or SWL call sign / mode / XCVR frequency / Locator / Subject / Possible message) and you will have the possibility to see their positions on a map
       Multipsk (-  UTC /  Ham  SWL /  /  TX /  /  /  MSG),        
Manual update or automatic periodic update (each 10 sec) of the "Multipsk cluster" website
      ( 10 )  "Multipsk cluster"
Automatic export of CQ calls
Automatic export of CQ calls
Your CQ calls will be automatically exported to the "Multipsk cluster" website and will be seen by all users on the panel below
  CQ      "Multipsk cluster"        
Manual update the "Multipsk cluster" website
   "Multipsk cluster"
Automatic periodic update (each 10 sec) of the "Multipsk cluster" website
   ( 10 )  "Multipsk cluster"
Reinitialization and display of all the SWL/Ham positions displayed on the panel, which will permit to change of local map
      SWL/Ham  ,     
Display of the SWL/Ham positions (Locators) on the local map
  SWL/Ham ()   
Display of the SWL/Ham positions (Locators) on the DXAtlas map, if this one exists on the PC
  SWL/Ham ()   DXAtlas,     
The new SWL/Ham messages containing a Locator can be displayed on a local or a DXAtlas map
 SWL/HAM MSG,  ,        DXAtlas
Display of the SWL/Ham positions (Locators) on OMMap, if OMMap one has been started
  SWL/Ham ()  OMMap,  OMMap   
The new SWL/Ham messages containing a Locator can be displayed on a local or an OMMap map
 SWL/HAM MSG,  ,         OMMap
To directly display the "Multipsk cluster" webpage on your webbrowser
   - "Multipsk cluster"   -
Subject of the message to export
 MSG  
CQ in progress
CQ in progress
For a piece of information about a CQ call that you are transmitting
    CQ,   
Beacon in progress
Beacon in progress
For a piece of information about a beacon that you have activated
   ,   
Ham received
Ham received
For a piece of information about a Ham received (by default in the QSO "Call" field), in the specified mode and frequency
    HAM,  (    "Call" QSO),       
Transmitter received
Transmitter received
For a piece of information about a transmitter, other than a Ham, received, in the specified mode and frequency
   ,  HAM ,        
For a test
For a test
Manual export towards the cluster
   
Text (24 characters max)
Text (24 characters max)
To clear the message
To clear the message
Export
Export
Export the line of information towards the "Multipsk cluster" webpage
    - "Multipsk cluster"
A click on this button permits to capture the data of the last message (mode and frequency) and to switch in the mode and the frequency of this call. Moreover, the detection of RS ID is put into operation to automatically tune to the CQ AF frequency
        MSG (  )        .  ,   RS ID      CQ AF
Beeps on new message
Beeps on new message
It beeps for one second, if a new message appears. This function has only an interest if the button "Update" or "Every 10 sec" is pushed
Beep   ,    MSG.         "Update"  "Every 10 sec"
No Rref
No Rref
Data backup over 24 hours
Data backup over 24 hours
One-time
One-time
All the data acquired over the last 24 hours will be one-time stored in the NCDXF_DATA_date_time.TXT file located in the sub-directory NCDXF_data
 ,    24 ,      NCDXF_DATA_date_time.TXT,    NCDXF_data
Daily
Daily
All the data acquired over the last 24 hours will be, each day, stored in the NCDXF_DATA_date_time.TXT file located in the sub-directory NCDXF_data
 ,    24 ,      NCDXF_DATA_date_time.TXT,    NCDXF_data
Positions of Hams or SWL, on SYNOP/SHIP maps
 HAM  SWL,   SYNOP/SHIP
CQ export
CQ export
Decoding of all the spectrum visible on the waterfall, as on the EM window
  ,   "",    EM
Characters on 8 bits
Characters on 8 bits
To chat in languages using 8 bits tables as Polish, Russian, French, Greek, Turkish, Estonian, Vietnamese, etc
      8- ,   , , , , , ,   
The indicator is red if the RQI calculation is in progress. It is white otherwise.
 ,    RQI.  - .
It is displayed the Ham band in acquisition
  ham  
It is displayed the acquisition time (in "hour:minute"). A measurement lasts 24 hours, so as to obtain a reliable RQI. Once elapsed the 24 hours, the RQI display is fixed and switches to yellow.
   ( ":").   24     RQI.   24   RQI    .
The RQI in dB is related to the set "Omnidirectional antenna + Noise environment". A good result is around 0 dB or positive. It is displayed if the "Freq MHz" field is filled (limited to the Ham HF bands). The measurement lasts 24 hours
RQI  dB    "  +  ".   -  0   . ,    "Freq MHz" (  Ham HF).   24 
It is displayed the number of FT8 receptions since the FT8 decoding beginning on the selected Ham band
   FT8    FT8   HAM 
Permits to reset the counting in progress, to resume a new counting. For example to change of Ham band and restart the counting
   ,   . ,      
If the "Rref" button is pushed, it will be displayed the "Rref" value for the ones who want to create a specific RQI reference table for a station other than Twente (details in the FT8 manual). This value is useless for a RQI standard use
   "Rref",   "Rref"  ,       RQI  ,   Twente (    FT8).       RQI
When the "F(t)" button is pushed, it is given the number of FT8 decodes and the RQI (in dB) for each hour, for the 24 hours of measurement. These pieces of data can give a rough idea of the propagation according to the time
   "F(t)"    FT8  RQI ( dB)      24  .           
Each 100 receptions, it is displayed an updated radiation pattern. A minimum of 1000 receptions is necessary to obtain a reliable radiation pattern (supposing that the FT8/FT4 stations be located in an homogeneous way around the reception station)
 100     .        1000  ( ,   FT8/FT4     )
By clicking on this button, it is given the possibility to save the RQI data, once the measurement finished (i.e. after 24 hours). The RQI data will be stored in the RQI_date_time.TXT file located in the sub-directory RQI
   ,     RQI    (   24 ).  RQI     RQI_date_time.TXT,    RQI
If this button is clicked, a copy of the received SSTV picture is copied/pasted in the top-right corner of the SSTV picture to transmit. This function is used to acknowledge the reception of a SSTV picture transmitted by another Ham
        SSTV        SSTV.        SSTV,   HAM
The default area of the RX picture is 1/4 of the TX area. However, it can be reduced to 1/16 by pushing this button
      1/4  .      1/16,   
Cluster

This option gives the possibility to inform the other users of your radio activity (sending a CQ, inform of a QSO, operate a beacon, monitoring a transmission) to the "Activity on Multipsk" website, and possibly of your position
           ( CQ,   QSO,   ,  )   "Activity on Multipsk",  ,    
"iMet-4" and "iMet-1-RS" radiosondes
 "iMet-4"  "iMet-1-RS"
Satellites number
Satellites number
T atmosphere
T atmosphere
Battery voltage
Battery voltage
T interior
T interior
T pressure sensor
T pressure sensor
T humidity sensor
T humidity sensor
Export not done because the minimum interval between two successive exports is equal to 20 sec
  ,          20 
Attention, this mode does not permit a CQ call
,      CQ
No "RQI_references_txt" file found. So Twente reference values by default.
 "RQI_references_txt"  .      .
No more "IMET4 mode decoding" function, in non-licencied version.
  "  IMET4" (  ).
Basic QSO in FT4/FT8 or free text (13 characters) or chat
 QSO  FT4/FT8     (13 )   
No QSO in progress
No QSO in progress
Central frequency of the FT8 transmission (200 to 2700 Hz)
   FT8 (200-2700 Hz)
TX frequency
TX frequency
The call sign and the Locator are necessary. They are extracted from your personal data. They are immediately checked.
   .      .   .
The call sign is extracted from your personal data. It is immediately checked. Its length must be between 3 and 11 characters.
     .   .      3  11 .
Reception of the GPS frames to determine the position of your Ham station and the UTC time, this to automatically determine the Locator and the right time for the transmissions of FT8 frames
  GPS     HAM     UTC,           FT8
It is added the suffix "/P" to the Ham call sign, for a portable station
  HAM   "/P"   
It is added the suffix "/R" to the Ham call sign, for a mobile station
  HAM   "/R"   
Ring on QSO
Ring on QSO
Once a response from another station has been received (on TX1 response to a CQ or TX2 on response to a CQ response), a ringtone of 0.5 s is produced. This ring indicates that a QSO is now in progress
        ( TX1   CQ  TX2    CQ),    0,5 .   ,    QSO
Possibility of automatic recording of the QSO on a logbook
   QSO  
At the end of the QSO, the Ham can manually record his/her QSO. However, it is proposed that Multipsk automatically records the QSO, on the sole internal logbook ("QSO->log") or on both the external one ("DXKeeper" for example) and the internal logbook
  QSO HAM     QSO.  ,  Multipsk   QSO      ("QSO->log"),     (, "DXKeeper"),    
Add the QSO to the Multipsk log book and, possibly, send the QSO to the eQSL WEB site or to a WEB server via UDP (see the "Logbook" options)
 QSO   Multipsk , ,  QSO   eQSL WEB   -  UDP (  "")
This button permits to log the QSO on both the external and intenal logbooks and, possibly, to send this QSO to the eQSL WEB site or to a WEB server via UDP (see the "Logbook" options)
    QSO   ,      , ,   QSO   eQSL WEB   WEB-  UDP (.  "")
CQ call or response to a CQ
CQ call or response to a CQ
CQ call
CQ call
An automatic CQ call will be transmitted. Before, you must indicate if responses to your CQ call will be subject to a distance threshold or not and if the first response will be automatically selected or if you prefer to select the station (in 2 s!)
    CQ.  ,       CQ    ,       ,      ( 2 !)
CQ call off duty
CQ call off duty
Response to a CQ
Response to a CQ
An automatic response to a CQ call will be transmitted. Before, you must indicate if the CQ calls will be subject to a distance threshold or not and if the first CQ call will be automatically selected or if you prefer to select the station (in 2 s!)
       CQ.    ,    CQ    ,      CQ  ,      ( 2 !)
Response to a CQ call off duty
   CQ  
Distance threshold for the stations calling CQ or responding to your CQ
   ,  CQ     CQ
No distance threshold (all relevant stations will be proposed)
   (    )
Otherwise the stations to contact must be located at a distance superior or equal to:
         ,   
Transmission of your response either at the first proposal or at your choice
      ,    
Automatic response at the first proposal
    
In that case, the first received station is contacted
       
Response at your choice
Response at your choice
In that case, the user must select the station on the "Selection of the station" panel. There are two options for the selection: a slow one (by default) and a fast one.
         " ".    :  ( )  .
Immediate response (2 s to click)
  (2   )
In that case, the user has about 2 seconds to select the station. Once the selection done, the answer to the other Ham is immediate
       2 ,   .  ,   HAM -  
Selection of the station
Selection of the station
Transmission of a free text of 13 characters maximum 0-9 A-Z +-./?
    13  0-9 A-Z +-./?
Text checking
Text checking
Check first the free text that you have typed on the small line editor, before to transmit it
   ,      ,  
To stop immediately the free text transmission.
    .
Transmission of a message, for chat: Text then <Enter> or Sequence <F1> to <F12>
 MSG,  : ,  <Enter>   <F1>  <F12>
Transmission of a non-limited message, for chat. Either you type you message and finish by typing the <Enter> key (or by pushing the "Transmission" button) or you transmit a sequence (macro) by typing on the <Fx> key or clicking on the sequence to transmit.
  MSG  .  MSG  ,   <Enter> (  "Transmission"),   ,    "Fx"     .
Send the message in a "free text" way, i.e. by frames of 13 characters
 MSG " ",     13 
The "Erase" button permits to erase all the text. Furthermore, clicking right over the editor provides access to several "text" functions: "Select all", "Copy" and "Paste"
 "Erase"    .  ,          "text": "Select all", "Copy"  "Paste"
QSO recording done
QSO recording done
QSO in progress
QSO in progress
Calling CQ in progress
Calling CQ in progress
Stop requested
Stop requested
Attempt to answer to a CQ
Attempt to answer to a CQ
Selected
Selected
frames
frames
Repetitions
Repetitions
Each word (abbreviation or call sign) can be doubled ("X 2") or tripled ("X 3"), this to possibly fix the first or the second word "ear" reading. Note that after a CW CQ, the call sign is repeated at least 3 times.
  (  )    ("X 2")   ("X 3")         .  ,   CW CQ     .
Morse language learning
Morse language learning
Click on this button to open the "Basic QSO in FT4/FT8 or free text transmission" window
  ,    "Basic QSO in FT4/FT8 or free text transmission"
Add this QSO to the Multipsk log book and, possibly, send this QSO to the eQSL WEB site or to a WEB server via UDP (see the "Logbook" options)
  QSO   Multipsk , ,   QSO   eQSL WEB   -  UDP (  "")
The message is prepared by the user and then sent when it is ready (with the "Send" button or <Esc> key or <Alt> key)
MSG     ,    ( "Send"  <Esc>   <Alt> )
Data from the Flightaware site
   Flightaware
Call request
Call request
Call accepted
Call accepted
Clear request
Clear request
Clear confirmation
Clear confirmation
Interrupt
Interrupt
Interrupt confirmation
Interrupt confirmation
Received ready
Received ready
Received not ready
Received not ready
Reject
Reject
Reset request
Reset request
Reset confirmation
Reset confirmation
Restart request
Restart request
Restart confirmation
Restart confirmation
Diagnostic
Diagnostic
Registration request
Registration request
Registration confirmation
Registration confirmation
QSO "Freq MHz" field: the frequency (in MHz) must be a positive number (for example: 14.100), with "." as decimal separation character.
QSO "Freq MHz" :  ( MHz)     (: 14,100),  "."     .
It is not possible to activate this command because the call sign is incorrect. This can come from the characters or from the length which must be between 3 and 11 characters
   ,    .    -   - ,     3  11 
Automatic transmission of your response or response at your choice
        
Automatic response to the first proposal
    
Automatic response to the most powerful station
     
In that case, the most powerful station (in dB) among the ones received is contacted
        ( dB)  
Automatic response to
Automatic response to
Automatic response to the first proposal among one or several specified call signs or prefixes, separated by commas ("F6CTE,F9XYZ" or "GJ,GH,2J,MJ,MH" for the Jersey Island, for example)
            ,   ("F6CTE,F9XYZ"  "GJ,GH,2J,MJ,MH"   , )
End of QSO with
End of QSO with
FM 15 KHz must be used to decode the FLEX mode
FM 15 KHz      FLEX
Failure with
Failure with
afc
afc
Standard Automatic Frequency Control (Normal Autotune function required if the receiver drifts)
    (  Normal Autotune,   )
Fast Automatic Frequency Control (Autotune function required if the receiver strongly drifts)
    (  ,    )
New loading of the SELCAL_DICTIONARY.txt file. This function is useful if this file has been updated by the user while this one is monitoring SELCAL transmissions. So he/she will not have to stop and then re-start Multipsk
   SELCAL_DICTIONARY.txt.   ,          SELCAL.        Multipsk
Ring (for 0.1 s) on a FLEX message received
 (  0,1 )   FLEX MSG
This label indicates the ratio (in %) of correct characters to the total number of received characters, this to estimate the decoding quality
    ( %)       ,     
This label indicates the number of received messages, for information
     MSG,  
Address
Address
Alphanumeric
Alphanumeric
Not alphanumeric
Not alphanumeric
No more "FLEX mode decoding" function, in non-licencied version.
  "   FLEX" (  ).
TX RSID on CQ
TX RSID on CQ
It is possible to automatically send a RSID (so as to inform other HAMs of you CQ call), if the frame to send begins with "CQ " (for example "CQ DE F6CTE" or "CQ CT7/F6CTE). The RSID will be sent sent before the CQ frame
   RSID (   HAM   CQ),       "CQ" (, "CQ DE F6CTE"  "CQ CT7/F6CTE"). RSID     CQ
"NOAA 15", "NOAA 18" and "NOAA 19" satellites are no longer in service since August 2025. So no more APT.
 NOAA 15, NOAA 18  NOAA 19      2025 .  APT  .
Type the name of the satellite that you want to track, according to the same spelling of the name as it appears on the map (for example "FM11")
  ,    ,   ,      ( "FM11")
For information as "NOAA 15", "NOAA 18" and "NOAA 19" satellites are no longer in service since August 2025. So the APT mode is no more usable
 :  "NOAA 15", "NOAA 18"  "NOAA 19"      2025 .   APT  
Sat_APT.Hint:=AFFICHAGE_TEXTE('NOAA satellites decoded by Multipsk ("FAX" mode -> "APT")
 NOAA  Multipsk ("FAX" mode -> "APT")
NOAA 15, 18 and 19 satellites are no longer in service, so the APT mode is no more usable
 NOAA 15, 18  19   ,   APT 
Received messages must not be disclosed.
 MSG   .
The noise level can be adjusted between 0 and 100 %: "No noise" for "0" selected to "no signal" for "100" selected. The signal to noise ratio ("S/N") is displayed
     0  100%: "No noise"  "0", "no signal"  "100".   / ("S/N")
No noise
No noise
Step
Step
The step of frequency tuning can be selected: either "1 Hz" (for accuracy) or "10 Hz" (to move quickly)
    : "1 Hz" ( )  "10 Hz" (  )
No possibility to transmit the RSID, as a FT4/FT8 frame is being transmitted
   RSID,    FT4/FT8
